Advanced Search

Notice On The Regions ' Budgetary And Accounting, Auditing, Etc.

Original Language Title: Bekendtgørelse om regionernes budget- og regnskabsvæsen, revision m.v.

Subscribe to a Global-Regulation Premium Membership Today!

Key Benefits:

Subscribe Now for only USD$40 per month.
Overview (in Contents)
Chapter 1 Budget and accounting system for regions
Chapter 2 Annual budget and multiannual budget cover
Chapter 3 Accounting supplement period
Chapter 4 Revision etc.
Chapter 5 Dispensation
Chapter 6 Power
Annex 1 Budget and accounting system for regions

Report on the budget and accounting services of the regions, audit etc.

Pursuant to Section 18(1) and 2(2), Section 19(2) of Section 21(2) of Section 23(1) of Section 23(1) and 2, and Section 25(2) of Section 25(1) and 2 of the Act on regions and repealing the county councils, the Capital Region of Denmark and the Capital of the Capital Region of Denmark (region) cf.

Chapter 1

Budget and accounting system for regions

§ 1. The Minister for Finance shall lay down in Annex 1 of this Regulation on the ‘Budget and accounting system for regions’ rules on the form of the region’s annual budget, multi-annual budget covers and accounts, rules on specification of the areas in which there must be balance between revenue and expenditure on the annual budget and the multiannual budgetary frameworks, cf. section 3(2) and 3, rules on the specification of the records of the Nordic Regions, as well as the finalisation of the Regions.

Chapter 2

Annual budget and multiannual budget cover

§ 2. Proposal for the annual budget of the regions and multiannual budget covers is prepared by the business committee of the region within 15 August prior to that financial year.

Substances. 2. The Council of the Region Council 1. the proposal for a year budget and multiannual budget estimate shall be carried out no later than 24 August and 2 of the processing by 1 October.

3. The proposal for municipalities' annual contribution and development contributions contained in the proposal for a year budget, jf 6 and 7 of the regions' funding must be discussed in the contact committee between the region and municipalities in the region within 1 September.

4. The Municipal Boards of the Regions shall notify the Council of their position to the proposal for a basic contribution and development contribution referred to in paragraph 3.

§ 3. The economics of the Regions are divided into the following three areas of activity, cf. section 1 of the regions:

1) The health area.

2) Social and special training area.

3) 3) The regional development area.

Substances. 2. According to expenditure-based principles, there must be a balance between revenue and expenditure on the annual budget and the multiannual budget covers.

3. According to cost-based principles, revenue must be greater than or equal to the cost of social and special education in the annual budget and the multiannual budget covers. Similarly, for the regional development area. Over and deficits concerning previous years are considered revenue and costs.

4. Amendment to the proposal for a year budget must specify the amount of the proposal, as well as the amount of the grant is wished, and how the balance is calculated according to paragraph 2 and 3 of each of the three areas of activity in the year is provided.

5. The period for the multiannual budget covers is set to 3 years. Amendments to the multiannual budget estimate must have such a specification degree that overviews in the budget and accounting system, either to be submitted to the state, or which must be reconciled to budget treatment immediately. Amendment to the multi-annual budget estimate must specify, with which amount the record is desired changed, and how the balance is calculated according to paragraph 2 and 3 of each of the three areas of activity in the multiannual budget cover is provided.

6. In the year's budget and the multiannual budget estimate, revenue for the financing of the health area, in accordance with the features 1.90-1.90.94 of the budget and accounting system must be greater than the net service costs of the health area covered by the regional spending ceiling, cf. § 11 of a budget law.

7. In the year's budget there is access to budgets with general reserves in the health area, which can be a maximum of 1 % of the region's budgeted net service costs for health covered by the regional expenditure ceiling, cf. section 11 of a budget law.

Chapter 3

Accounting supplement period

§ 4. The accounting supplement period runs from the end of January in the following financial year. The Region Council may, in the region’s box and accounting regulatory, establish a shorter supplement period, which, however, must not be fixed to expire before 15 January.

Substances. 2. The accounting period includes December the year before the financial year. The Region Council can, in the region’s box and accounting regulation, establish a shorter settlement period.

Chapter 4

Revision etc.

§ 5. Any region shall let its accounts revise by a government-authorized or registered account. The audit of the Region shall be expert and independent, in accordance with Section 28 of the regions and repealing the municipalities of the county, the Council of the capital and the Danish Hospital.

Substances. 2. The Council of the Regions shall provide the audit to carry out the investigations, the audit shall find necessary, and shall ensure that the revision is also given the information and the assistance which the audit considers to be required for the execution of each.

3. The Council of the Regions shall lay down detailed rules on the revision of an audit.

§ 6. The audit provides an annual report on the revision of the financial statements. The audit also submits the report of the year when it is prescribed, or the revision finds appropriate (part reports), in accordance with Section 29 of the regions and repealing the county municipalities, the Capital Regions and the Capital Hospital Community of the Capital Region of Denmark, cf. section 42(4) of the municipalities.

Substances. 2. The President of the Region Council shall ensure that the annual report of the review and share reports shall be sent to the members of the Region Council within 7 days of receipt, in accordance with Section 29 of the regions and repealing the municipalities, the Development Council of the Capital Regions and the Hospital of the capital, cf. section 42 b of the Government of municipalities.

§ 7. In part reports, the audit carried out for the audit as well as for matters that have given rise to remarks or circumstances, which the audit has found the opportunity to deduct. The audit shall make note if it believes that the accounts are not right, or that the dispositions covered by the accounting process are not in accordance with the added appropriations, the other decisions, laws and other regulations, as well as with concluded agreements and usual practice, cf. section 28, 2, 2, 2 points, in the law of regions and repealing the county councils, the Capital of the Capital Regions and the Capital of the Capital Regions. The audit shall make note, if it believes that the management of the funds and the operation of the undertakings whose accounts are covered by the audit, is not guilty economic considerations, cf. section 28, 2, 3 para., in the law of regions and repealing the county municipalities, the Development Council of the Capitals and the Hospital of the Capitals. The auditor's remarks after 2 clause 3 of the article must be specified separately from the report.

Substances. 2. The report shall be submitted to the business committee and in respect of remarks not immediately in respect of the management of the business committee, to the regional authority concerned, before the Council of the Regions of a meeting shall decide on the remarks and any other question relating to that accounting.

3. The supervisory authority shall be submitted to the supervisory authority no later than 3 months after receipt of the report, but at the same time with the decision on the review report on the financial statements referred to in Section 8. At the same time, the decision is sent to the revision.

§ 8. The Annual Report shall be governed by the business committee to the Council of the Regions, so that the financial statements may be submitted to the audit before 1 May the following year.

Substances. 2. After the revision of the Financial Statements has been completed, this review must be provided with the endorsement that the audit has been carried out in accordance with the provisions of the audit.

3. The audit shall submit before 15 June the report on the revision of the financial statements of the Nordic Council.

4. The procedure referred to in section 7(1) and 2 shall also apply to the processing of the audit and the processing of the financial statements. The Annual Report shall be approved by the Council of the Regions.

5. The financial statements of the Regions are sent before the end of August to the supervisory authority together with the review report and the decisions made by the Council. At the same time, decisions are sent to the revision.

Chapter 5

Dispensation

Section 9. In special cases, the Minister of Finance and the Interior may notify exemption from the provision of Section 3(6).

Chapter 6

Power

Section 10. The decision shall enter into force on 27 February 2015.

Substances. 2. At the same time, notice no. 129 of 30 January 2014 on the budget and accounting services of the regions, audit etc.

Ministry of Foreign Affairs, 19 February 2015

P.M.V.
E.B.
Niels Jørgen Mau Pedersen

/ Søren H. Thomsen


Annex 1

Budget and accounting system for regions

1. INDICATIONS
Content Content Content
Page Page
1. Budget and accounting status as a rule
1.0 - 1
2. Budget and accounting structure
1.0 - 1

1 INDICATIONS

1.0 Budget and accounting system status as a set of rules

The authorised budget and accounting system includes a set of rules relating to the region’s annual budget, multiannual budget covers and accounts, etc. The rules are set by the Minister of Finance and the Interior with Home Affairs in §§ 24 and 25 of the Act on regions and repealing the county municipalities, the Capital Regions and the Capital Hospital Community.

In the Ministry of Finance and the Ministry of Foreign Affairs on the region’s budget and accounting services, audits, etc. are set a number - especially procedural - provisions on the budget and accounting services, audits, etc. In Annex 1 to the Order, the provisions on the budget and accounting of the regions referred to in Article 1 of the Regions shall be set out in Annex 1.

The Budget and Accounting Committee, which consists of representatives of the State as well as the municipal and regional parties, shall place the financial and domestic minister for the adjustments in the budget and accounting system, which the committee shall find the required or desirable.

Changes or add-ons to the budget and accounting system appear in the legal time and are notified separately electronically to the regions.

The budget and accounting system is available in electronic law, www.retsinfo.dk, or via internet on the Ministry of Finance and the Ministry of Foreign Affairs on www.im.dk under ‘Budget and accounting system. «

1.1 Budget and accounting system structure

The budget and accounting system includes two main parts. Share an authorized account plan with related contingency rules, and partly a set of form and procedure requirements relating to budgeting, accounting, etc. In accordance with this binder is divided into two parts.

Share In includes an overview of the account plan building and the general coding rules (kapitel 2), the authorized account plan (kapitel 3) and the special coding rules for each account (kapitel 4).

The account plan is binding on the regions.

Part II includes form and procedure requirements, including form and procedure requirements for the budget (chapitel 5), grant rules (kapitel 6), rules relating to accounting, accounting and audit (kapitel 7), rules relating to the calculation and measurement of material and intellectual property in the plant and balance (kapitel 8) Legislation and guidance etc. (kapitel 9).

Part II also occurs binding rules as well as descriptions of more indicative and elaborate character. The binding rules are where it has been possible and appropriate, marked with a highlighting the text.

The inclusion of the system has been done in terms of the fact that it is Part I, as the people working with the budget and accounting system in the daily, most often will need to perform. For people who are in front of having to enter the regional grant and budget and accounting system, a reading of Part II will be more natural.

DELI
KONTOPLAN AND
KONTING-EGLER
2. KONTOPLANENSIVE AND GENERAL REGISTER FOR KONTING
Content Content Content
Page Page
0
Overview of the account plan
2.0 – 1
1
Main accounts, main functions and features
2.1 – 1
2
Dranst
2.2 – 1
3
Owner relationship and cost
2.3 – 1
4
Group ring
2.4 – 1
5
Arts
2.5 – 1
6
VAT
2.6 – 1

2.0 Overview of the account plan

The main structure of the regional account plan is outlined in the overview on the next page.

The Account Plan is built from an account number system where the total account number consists of 16 digits.

1. digits - main account

The first digit number divides the regional business in 6 main accounts. According to the main account, 1-3 of the three activity areas that the regional operational and construction company are divided into (health, social and special lessons and regional development). The main account 4 relates to operational and construction business for public areas, while the main account 5-6 relates to the financial records common to the three activity areas. The main accounts are always authorized.

2. and 3 digits - main function

The main functions consist of a specified interval of functions relating to regional activities falling within the same overall purpose, such as ‘SYGEHUSVARSEN’. The main functions are always authorized.

4. and 5. digits - function

The features include a specification of the various regional activities within the same purpose. Through the division of function, the regional activities for e.g. ‘UDDA’ are specified in regional development tasks in the field of teaching and central administration of the field of education. The features are always authorized.

6. digits - dranst

The term ‘dranst’ is an artificially created expression consisting of the first 2 letters from each of the words operation, facilities and status. In the case of dranst, a specification of the records of the individual functions is done by type, i.e. after a operation post, plant post or similar. The account plan contains a total of 7 dranst values, and the indication of Dranst value is always authorized.

20977831721170868198 Size: (655 X 877)

7. digits - ownership

In 7. digits are made a division of regional activities according to the ownership of the institutions, arrangements or similar activities related. Owner relationship is always authorized.

There are sodres in the account plan between four types of ownership

– – Hotels

– – Self-owned/private

– – Other public authorities

– – Private suppliers of non-mom-plated services

8, 9, 10. and 11. digits - cost

Using the account number 8., 9., 10. and 11. digits, a fragmentation of cost places can be made, i.e. on the individual institutions, departments, etc. - 11. digits are authorized on the features 1.10.01 Hospitals and 2.10.01 Social offers, special training and advice.

12., 13 and 14 digits - grouping

The groupings on the account number 12.- 14. digits are used for a division of functions on single activities or areas.

A transverse grouping structure is authorised for main account 1-4. The group digits are also authorised in certain cases where one from the main authorities’ side wishes to be able to extract specific information of the regional accounts. This is always the case for state refunds and for facilities (in the accounting) as well as to a certain extent for operational accounts. Groups are only authorized in the accounting.

15. and 16 digits - main character and art

By using the account number 15. digit, the region’s resource consumption is specified in main species, i.e. pay, purchase, services etc. The main points 0-9 are always authorized in budget and accounting.

In the 16 digits, an additional specification of the individual species of species has been made. For example, the main item is divided into five species: food, fuel and propagation, the purchase of land and buildings, acquisitions and other purchase. The arts specification is always authorized in the accounting and in some cases also in the budget. Thus, in the budget, a specification of the artes 4.0, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.8, 5.2, 5.2, 5.9, 7.2, 7.9, 7.9, 7.9, 7.9, 8.5 and 8.6.

2.1 2.1 Main accounts, main functions and features

Location in the account plan

Main accounts, main features and features are always authorized. This means that budgets and accounts for the Ministry of Finance or the Ministry of Foreign Affairs or Denmark may not be used other texts for existing functions than they used. You may not create new main accounts, main functions or features.

The main account is determined in the account number 1. digits:

1) Health

2) Social and special lessons.

3) 3) Regional development

4) Common purpose and administration

5) Cleans etc.

6) Balance balance

There are thus in all six main accounts. The main account 1-3 divides the regional operating and plant business in all three main areas. The main account 4 includes common purposes and management, which, through the distribution keys, is transferred to the main account 1-3 in connection with both budget and accounting. The main account 5 includes the financial records distributed in the main account 1-4 in both budget and accounting. The main account 6 is the balance.

The main functions include a specified interval of functions set by the account number 2 and 3. digits.

In the main account 5 and 6, a parallel main function and function division is used. Features:

5.10.05 Deposits in banks etc.

6.10.05 Deposits in banks etc.

is thus used for the registration of deposits in banks, etc. (5.10.05) and the holding of deposits in banks, etc. (6.10.05).

Purposeal division

Through the account plan’s division in main accounts, main functions and features, a gradual specification of the regional expenditure and revenue after their purposes.

The main account determines the overall purpose, such as main account 3: Regional development.

In the main functions, a division of individual purposes or activity areas shall be carried out for the main account 3 as follows:

10 KOLLECMENT TRAFIKEL

20 VIRUSES VIRUSES

30 ERHVERVSUDVIKLING

40 OILITY

50 MILE

60 DIVERSE REQUESTIONS AND INDICATIONS

70 PROPORTION OF UNAFFILIATED AND ADMINISTRATION

90 FINANSING

Finally, there is an additional division of purpose-based activities. The main function ERHVERVSUDVIKLING is, for example, divided into the following features:

3.30.20 Growthfora

3.30.21 Tourism

3.30.22 Innovation and new technology

3.30.23 Business services and entrepreneurship

3.30.24 Development of human resources

3.30.25 Development of external and rural areas

3.30.29 Central management of business development

Registration on main functions and features

The registration in the budget and accounting system shall, as far as possible, in accordance with the rules laid down in Chapter 4 specifically, prescribe a calculation of expenditure or revenue (see detailed in Chapter 5.2.5).

Expenses and revenues that cannot be distributed on the individual main functions or functions must be registered on the features “Diverse expenditure/price and revenue”.

2.2 Dranst

Location in the account plan

The term ‘dranst’ is an artificially created concept consisting of the first two letters from each of the words operation, plant and status. Dransten, who is always authorized, is registered in the account number 6. digits with the following values:

The following main accounts/functions

1. Drift
1 – 4 and 5.90.99
2. State refund
1 – 4 and 5.80.95
3. plant
1 – 4
4. Renter
5.10.05 – 5.75.78
7. Financing
1.90–93, 2.90-91 and 3.90-91
8. Activate Activate Activate Activate Activate Activate
6.10.01–6.43 and 6.54.8187
9. Passives
6.45.46 – 6.55.79 and 6.72.90-99

In the authorized account plan in Chapter 3, Dransten is listed in the cases where special grouping digits are authorized for that function.

However, it does not apply to dranst 3 (systems) as there are authorized general groupings that apply to all functions referred to in Section 2.4. This also applies to certain groupings on Dranst 1 (drift) that is also applicable to all functions.

Application of dranst

With Dransten, the regional costs and revenue are divided by type. Dranst 1-3 limits thus the actual operating and construction company, while Dranst 4 and 7 relates to the financial records and Dranst 8-9 balance.

As regards the use of dranst values and the distinction between these at the registration, the general rules apply.

1 (drift) and 2 (state refund)

Dranst 1 (drift) is used for operating costs and operational income. The revenues from the state registered on Dranst 2 (state refund), in any case will be stated by authorized groupings in the account plan. It is primarily about revenue from the actual reimbursement schemes. Furthermore, in some cases, the account plan is authorised groupings under Dranst 2 to register certain grants from the state and from the EU. Other grants from the state (except for general grants, etc., in accordance with below) as well as payments from the state against goods a performance, are registered under Dranst 1. All payments in relation to municipalities and other regions are recorded under Dranst 1, regardless of whether a maturity or not.

1 (drift) and 3 (systems)

The distinction between operating costs and plant costs is made in the account plan using the dranst values 1 respectively 3.

The distinction between operating and construction costs does not only affect the actual registration in the region’s budget and accounting. There is also a difference between the funding procedures that must go ahead of the costs. For the operating costs, the grant declaration is attached to the adoption of the budget. In the event of the installation costs, the grant declaration shall, on the basis of the adoption of a plant funding for the individual plant project. The organisation of economic governance - the procedures around the grant control and control - are in other words depending on whether there is an operating or a plant cost.

In the cost-based system, plant costs are referred to as investments defined as assets that meet the 3 general conditions for the calculation and measurement of assets in the balance, in accordance with the chapter 8.1.2 on general rules for measuring and calculating material assets:

1 The asset is expected to be used for more a financial year (i.e. that the active has a time/life of more than 1 year)

2 The value of the asset can be measured reliably

3 The active has a value equal to or greater than 100,000 kr.

In the event where the distinction between operating and plant expenses gives rise to doubt, the following may be given:

Approximately, whether a cost for maintenance and renovation work is to be considered operational or investment, is partly whether the work involves improving and the lifetime of existing buildings or installations increases, partly whether the purpose of or the use of the building is significantly changed. Is this case, the cost must be conferred as an investment (dranst 3).

Larger acquisitions of material, fixtures etc., each for themselves falling under the rear limit, are recognised in the balance as a total asset and is recognised as an investment, if they are included in a total system, the same application and/or purchased in connection with new building or greater renovation, cf. chapter 8.3.1 of material installations.

The following grants and costs associated with the acquisition of the following assets are considered investments, although they do not meet the conditions of settlement in the region’s balance:

– – Material assets whose value for the region is primarily of cultural or historical character

– – Funds for self-owned institutions and other public authorities

In addition, it is referred to in Chapter 7, Section 7.0, mentioned continuity principle, and there should not be more frequent changes in the accounting rules and procedures that can help make an assessment of the region's accounting.

2 (state refund) and 7 (financing)

The general grants from the state, the activity-dependent grants from the state and municipalities in the health area, grants from the softer compensation scheme, the objective funding from the municipalities of social and special education, as well as municipalities' basic and development contribution on the functions 1.90-94, 2.90.91 and 390-91 are recorded under Dranst 7 (financing). Under Dranst 2 (state refund) is recorded as mentioned alone revenues from the reimbursement schemes as well as certain grants from the state and from the EU where it is authorized by grouping level in the account plan. Other grants and payments from the state are recorded during Dranst 1 (drift).

4 (renter)

Dranst 4 (renter) acts alone on the features 5.10.05 – 5.75.78.

7 (financing)

Dranst 7 (financing) is used in the registration of general grants from the state (functions 1.90.90, 2.90.91 and 3.90.90), municipalities' basic and development contribution (functions 1.90.91 and 3.90.91), the activity-dependent grants from the state and municipalities of the health area (features 1.90.92-93), grants from the softer equalization scheme (1.90.94) and the objective funding contributions on social function (90).

8 (active) and 9 (passor)

Dranst 8 (active) and Dranst 9 (passiver) are used solely by the registration of the active part and the passive part of the main account 6.

2.3 2.3 Owner relationship and cost

Owner relationship

The ownership relationship is determined by the 7th digit in the account plan and is always authorized. There are sore between four types of ownership

1 Hotels

2 Self-owned/private

3 Other public authorities

4 Private suppliers of non-mom-plated services

Owner relationship is not included in the authorized account plan in Chapter 3.

About the individual types of ownership must be noted the following:

Owner relationship It covers schemes or institutions, where as well as operations as accounting function fall within the region concerned. Where the region is accounting leading to a self-companing institution with the occurrence of operations, the ownership relationship must be set as self-owned/private, in accordance with below.

The owner relationship Self-owned/private is used in schemes or institutions operated in self-owned or private register, which achieves operational and plant supplements from the region. As a rule, there will be an agreement between the region and the institutions concerned.

The government and private institutions are recorded in the regional accounts following the same rules applicable to regional institutions, provided the operational interest between the region and the institution concerned.

There is no provision for the content of an operating profit. Generally, an operational interest will result in the fact that the Council of the Regions will have a significant influence on the institution's operation, so that the self-owned/private institution is to address a regional institution.

As a relationship that can describe an operating profit can be pointed to:

The Council of the Regions approves the statutes of the institution.

– – The Region Council influences the institution’s operation. For example, in terms of the number of institutions and who they are available for, daily opening hours, the number of positions and their nature, employment and dismissal of the institution’s manager.

– – The Region Council will host the institution’s operating expenses on the basis of the budget.

– – Budget, accounting and accounting procedures: Budget proposals are prepared by the Regional Council with assistance from the institution. The institution is obliged to comply with the budget, if necessary, seek additional grants and perform ongoing budget control. Parties agreements, who calculates and withdraws salary and manages accounting and accounting. The Region Council approves the auditor.

The budget and accounting of the institution are registered in the region that has the agreement. The accounting process is carried out on the respective functions under the respective main accounts except interest rates and deductions registered in the main account 5 and 6.

The same applies to the construction records for self-community and private institutions (except for private managers-managed institutions) that prior to the commencement of the works is concluded an agreement with. In the cases where there is no main summary region, it must be agreed on the region to budget and accounting for the institution.

For private managers’ institutions are included only operating expenses and operational income in the region’s budget and accounting, as the expenditure of interest and deduction is considered rent expenses.

The owner relationship Other public authorities are used by operational supplements and tariff payments for schemes and institutions in public areas, but outside the region.

The ownership Private suppliers of non-mom-plated services are used in the purchase of private suppliers of non-mom-plated services, an alternative to municipal and regional offers and institutions, such as on the social and healthcare area. Owner relationship code 4 is used solely for services admitted to the positive list in the VAT refund scheme for municipalities and regions. For example, it applies to the purchases of services in social residences without the establishment of operations or self-employed special schools without the establishment.

Cost

The account number 8., 9, 10. and 11. digits are used for the breakdown of the cost sites of the region and is authorized in the accounting.

In the budget as well as accounting, cost is authorized at function 1.10.01 Hospitals and function 2.10.01 Social offers, special training and consulting at institutional level.

The starting point is here that expenditure and revenue to what may be considered for the institution’s core performance is covered by the authorized registration on cost. The performance is defined as the basic performance associated with a specific area of function, such as stay in a 24-hour institution. Expenses and revenues necessary to ensure the general production of the core performance – such as expenditure on administration of the institution, inventory, water, heating, power inside maintenance and cleaning – are also covered by the authorized registration on cost.

Expenses for premises in themselves, i.e. rent, and expenses for external maintenance must also be registered at cost.

Cost of function 1.10.01 Hospitals

Expenses and revenues in the hospital area are registered in the accounting of cost in accordance with the Danish Hospital Organization Register, SOR, at the lowest possible relevant level. SOR is a classification system operated by the Danish Health Authority so that the two upper levels of classification system (owner and health institution) are maintained solely by the Danish Health Authority, with levels below maintained by the regions. SOR reflects economic management relations.

Registration at the lowest possible relevant level means that the cost types that can be registered at a given level without the use of distribution keys must be registered at this level. The authorized place level in the accounting is thus ‘liquid’, so that different instances of expenditure are linked to the lowest possible place level. As an example, costs of medicine in many cases can be registered at the section level without the use of distribution keys, while the expenditure and revenue of the hospital management can only be registered at the highest level of the hospital organization.

In the budget, the hospital level must be registered in accordance with SOR, which means an independent organizational unit. A hospital may constitute one or more geographical devices depending on how the hospital is organised.

Quality fund investments in the hospital area

function 1.10.01 Sygehuse, dranst 3 systems, as well as on the features 5.32.27, 5.55.78, 6.32.27 (grouping 903-907), 6.51.53 and 6.55.78, both in budget and accounting authorized cost sites for 16 quality fund projects:

Project Project
Cost
New University Hospital in Aalborg
3035
The new university hospital in Aarhus, DNU
9000 9000
Region Hospital Viborg, RHV
7699
New Vest, DNV
6599
Odense University Hospital
1671
Hospital Little Belt, Kolding
1672
Hospital of Southern Jutland
1673
The new hospital
1911
New Hospital Herlev
1711
New Hospital Hvidovre
1811
New Hospital Bispebjerg
1211
New Hospital North Zealand
2211
New construction at Psychiatric Center Sct. Hans
5181
Køge Hospital
8004
Psychological in Slagelse
8002
Slagelse Hospital (acut reception)
8003

2.4 Group ring

The groupings of the account number 12-14. digits are used for an additional breakdown of expenditure and revenue within the individual function.

The Account Plan includes a number of specific authorized groups. These groupings have only relevance for a given feature. It is particularly about cases where the central authorities want to be able to extract specific information of the regional accounts. As a supplement, a transverse grouping structure is authorised, which must be used on all functions, unless otherwise stated. It allows to withdraw information about general costs and costs relating to the regional service production and which goes across functions.

It should be noted that both the specific and transacted groupings are exhaustive. This means that there is no possibility for the regions to use unauthorized groupings.

The reference rules for the specific authorised groupings are described under the appropriate functions, and the implementation rules for the transverse grouping structure are described according to the overview of the cross-disciplinary grouping structure:

010 Personals

015 Service jobs

016 Wage subsidies

017 Other offers in non-compliance with quotas for wage grants

018 Job prize for regional employers

019 Flexible job bonus for regional employers

020 Courses

030 Working damage

110 Material and activity

310 Operation and maintenance

410 Property expenditure

420

The reference rules for the specific authorised groupings in the account plan are described under the appropriate functions of Chapter 4. The reference rules for the transverse account plan under the ‘dranst’ designation ‘drift’ are described in the following. Following the general rules of groupings under the ‘dranst’ designations: state refunds, facilities, interest and finance shifts, financing, and assets and liabilities.

Drift

The regions must use the specifically authorized groupings on the individual functions as well as the cross-disciplinary grouping structure. This means that the use of the authorised groupings is exhaustive to the costs and revenue of the region.

The special authorised groups under Dranst 1 (drift) which are not shown in the cross-group structure are always shown in the authorized account plan on the functions where they occur.

Below are detailed rules for the implementation of the authorised transverse groups

010 Personals

Here all expenses and revenues relating to the remuneration of staff are recorded. It includes payment for payroll systems, offence allowances, tax agencies, pension insurance prizes, anniversary pigs, medical declarations, BST, welfare measures for personnel, fee for staff not employed in the region, offsetting corps, lending of personnel, wage refunds, service execution, diets – hour/day money, responsibility insurance, travel insurance, staff-related consultancy, telephone and paid directly.

015 Service jobs This is registered the costs of the regions relating to persons employed in service jobs, in accordance with the law of service jobs.

It is noted that the service job scheme has ceased, in accordance with the law no 140 of 25 March 2002 so that no longer can be created and/or added new service jobs after 1 April 2002 while it may continue to be paid for already established and paid service jobs.

In addition, agreements on job training and pool jobs are concluded before 1 July 2003.

016 Wage subsidies

The costs and revenues of the regions are registered for employment of insured jobs with pay supplements (previous job training) in the regions referred to in Section 51(1) of the Act on an active employment effort. The paye, which the region receives from the municipality, is also registered here.

017 Expenses for other offers in non-compliance with the quota of pay subsidisation positions, cf. section 56 of the liability for and the management of the active employment effort and § 2(4) of Act No 176 of 27 February 2007

In the event that the region does not comply with the quota of pay supplements and cannot, in the timely manner, be able to provide a pay subsidence to be requested in accordance with Section 56 of the obligation for and management of the active employment effort and Section 2(4) of the Act No 176 of 27 February 2007.

018 Job prize for regional employers

Here, revenues from the job prize are recorded to regional employers who hire available in emergency jobs for at least 26 weeks, cf. section 3 of the law on emergency jobs and job prizes for employers.

019 Flexible job bonus for regional employers

Here, revenues from flexjob Bonus to regional employers employing people in flexjob with a weekly working time of 10 hours or less at least 6 months, in accordance with Section 1 of the Order on flexjob Bonus.

020 Courses

Here, all expenses and revenues relating to the training of staff in addition to the internal training system of doctors and other healthcare professionals. It can be external courses, conferences and seminars. It also includes expenses for teaching material, transport related to the course, diets and time/day money related to the course.

030 Working damage

Here, expenditure and revenue are registered with employee injuries.

110 Material and activity

Here, expenditure and revenue are recorded for product consumption and services linked to the activity not covered by the specific groupings 120-150 on main account 1. For example, it could be food, newspapers, office articles, telephone, consultant assistance, audit, attorney expenses, representation, printing cases, cleaning articles, etc.

Components, fixtures

Here, expenses and revenues for aids and spare parts, Machinery/TA, Study apparatus, EDB machines and applications, Beds and bed equipment, Sterilisation equipment, Communication plants, Art/expression, Processing equipment and spare parts, Running material, Office machines, Kitchen equipment, Radio TV installations and sale of old fixtures.

320 Operation and Maintenance

Here, expenditure and revenue for operational and maintenance costs are recorded in connection with acquired IT equipment, inventory and material. For example, it could be petrol expenses, repair costs, inventory andft insurances, licenses, and similar.

410 Property expenses and property maintenance

Here, expenses and revenues for guard companies, cleanliness, pest control, maintenance of garden and road facilities, fire safety, insurance related to the property, maintenance of the property, waste management, rental income, technical facilities and installations, refrigeration freezes, ventilation systems, maintenance of technical facilities and property tax.

420

In the group, all expenses and revenue are recorded for heating, water, electricity and other means of propagation.

710 Subsidies and kontingents

720 EU grants

730 Interne transfers

The grouping is used in terms of budget and accounting both to be transferred part of common purposes, administration and interest from main account 4 and 5 to main account 1-3.

790 Other

Here, expenditure and revenues that cannot be registered on the other groupings in the authorised grouping structure, such as inheritance and donation.

810 Payments to and from other regions

820 Payments to and from private hospitals, social institutions and foreign citizens etc.

830 Payments to and from municipalities

840 Payments to and from the State

State refund

The groupings under Dranst 2 (state refund) are always authorised either in the form of cross-disciplinary groups or specially authorized groupings on the individual function.

The special authorised groupings under Dranst 2 (state refund), which are not shown in the cross-group structure, are always shown by the authorized account plan on the functions where they occur.

There are under Dranst 2 authorized the following transverse groups

– – 051 Service jobs

– – 052 Privacy Policy

– – 053 Reward Supplements

– – 054 Claims for remuneration

Below are detailed rules for the implementation of the authorised transverse groups

051 Service jobs

In the employment of persons in service jobs, the State shall withdraw a grant, in accordance with the law of the law on the provision of law

Service jobs. There are under Dranst 2 authorized cross-border grouping 051 for registration of it

State grants to the employment of the regions insured available in service jobs

052 Terms of Service

In addition, Dranst 2 has an authorised cross-border grouping 052 corrections

Long service jobs

053 Reward Supplements

When hiring insured unemployed in a job with pay supplements in the regions, the state pays a grant,

According to law as an active employment. There are under Dranst 2 authorized cross-disciplinary grouping

053 for the registration of the state grants to the employment of insured persons in jobs with pay supplements.

054 Provisions for remuneration

In addition, Dranst 2 has an authorised cross-border grouping 054 corrections

Higher pay supplements.

plant

For all plant accounts, the following general groupings have been authorised:

010 Supplements

020 Buy/sale of soil

030 Buy/sale of buildings

040 Properties

050 Ans, fixtures, apparatus

For individual groupings, the following short description can be attached:

Renter

There are authorized groups under Dranst 4 (renter) on the main account 5 Interests etc. The authorized groupings appear on the Account Plan in Chapter 3.

Financing

There are authorised groups under Dranst 7 (financing) on main account 1 Health and main account 2 Social and special lessons.

Interest expenses and income relating to investments in a modern hospital structure are recorded on project-specific groupings established by the Ministry of Finance and the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. The project-specific groupings are used on function 5.32.32.27 Deposited amounts for loans etc. and 5.55.78 Applicable to Quality Fund Investments.

Activate and liabilities

There are authorised groups under Dranst 8 (active) in the main account 6 Balance. The same applies to Dranst 9 (passiver) where there are also authorized groupings in the main account 6.

Investments in a modern hospital structure in the period 2009-2018 are funded by grants from the quality fund, regional self-financing and lending access. These funds are registered in 2010 on a separate account in a financial institution, while they are deposited on a separate account in a financial institution. The funds are released as the cost followed by the final state commitment to the project is held. The Ministry of Foreign Affairs authorizes in connection with the commitment to the project a grouping to the postponement and a grouping to the release. Project-specific groupings established by the Ministry of Finance and the Ministry of Foreign Affairs are used: 6.32.32.27, 6.51.53 and 6.55.78.

2.5 Arts

The authorized species

The two last digits of the account number include a division of the regional expenditure and revenue, etc. after the main character - the 15th digit - and art - the 16 digit.

There are in the account plan authorized in all 9 main species that are again divided into a number of authorized species.

The authorized species are the following:

HOVEDARTER
ARTER
0 Calculated Cost
0.0 Status
0.1 Writings
0.2 Storage shootings
0.3 Pension reception on civil servants
0.4 Retailing
0.5 Transfer costs
Other costs calculated
0.7 Holiday Money
0.8 Calculated and transferred revenue
0.9 Modification account
1 Wages
2 Sale
2.2 Food
2.3 Burning
2.5 Buy of soil and buildings (incl. VAT)
2.6 Buy of soil and buildings (excluding VAT)
2.7
Other purchase
4 Services etc. v
4.0 Services without VAT
4.5 Construction and Craftsman
4.6 Payments to the State
4.7 Payments for municipalities
4.8 Payments for regions
4.9 Other services etc.
5 Deposits and transfers
5.1 Board pension
5.2 Transfers to persons
5.9 Other grants and transfers
6 Financial expenditure
7.1 7.1 Own rent income
7.2 7.2 Sales of products and services
7.6 Payments from the State
7.3 Payments from municipalities
7.8 Payments from regions
7.9 Other
8 Financial income
8.1 Financial income
8.5 Interpretation from municipalities
8.6 State supplement
9 Interne expenditure and revenue
9.1 Transfer wages
9.2 Purchase
9.4 Transfer services
9.7 Interne revenue

Purpose and application

With the species, there is a specification of the regional expenditure and revenue, etc. according to their kind - pay, purchase, services etc. - and thus according to the nature of the resource consumption they involve.

A main reason for the species is that the central authorities need to be able to set up the resource consumption that the regions’ activities give rise. Parted together - for example, for the use of the assessment of the national accounts - and partly within the individual sectors.

The group of Arts also forms the basis for the assessment of the price and pay development of the regional sector for the regulation of the general grants, etc.

At the same time, the group serves different purposes in the individual region budget and accounting.

In addition to allowing assessments of the development of each region's resource consumption, the species are used, among other things, by the inclusion of the price and payroll development in the budget.

In addition, a breakdown of VAT-coated and non-mom-plated expenditure is necessary for the administration of the VAT refund scheme. It happens by the species that contain a clear separation between species relating to expenditure with VAT - namely art 2.2, 2.3, 2.5, 2.7, 2.9, art 4.5 and 4.8 - and the other species. The special conditions concerning the registration for VAT are referred to in Section 2.6.

Finally, the authorized species are used under main species 0 Calculated costs for registration of calculated costs such as depreciation. Registration of main item 0 is carried out in order to be able to cost registers in the budget and accounting system.

Rules for coding on the species

In the budget, a specification of expenditure and revenue must be carried out at the authorized main species.

In addition, in the budget, a specification of art 4.0, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.8, 4.8, art 5.1, 5.2, 5.9, art 7.1, 7.9, 7.9, 7.9, 7.9, 7.9, 7.9 and 8.6.

In terms of the budget of the state VAT refund scheme, it will also be appropriate that the region budgets the VAT bearing expenditure species, i.e. art 2.2, 2.3, 2.7, 2.9, 2.9, and art 4.5 and 4.8. However, there is no requirement that art 2.2, 2.3, 2.5, 2.7 and 2.9 must be stated in the budget.

In the accounting, expenditure and revenue must be specified in the authorised species.

To the extent that in the expenditure and income sheets of the regions is contained a specification that includes several species, a general rule shall be made registration on each of these. However, an exception is expenditure on facilities, repairs and maintenance not carried out by the region’s own staff, including purchase and acquisitions associated with this. These expenses are collected under Art 4.5 Entrepreneur and Crafts Services.

They do not use numbers in the species can be used freely by the regions, if a further specification is requested. However, in the reports to the central authorities referred to in Chapter 7, a summary shall be made to the authorised species.

The use of main item 9 for registration of internal transfers of expenditure and revenue is mandatory in relation to the fact that both in budget and accounting must be transferred part of common purposes, administration and interest from main account 4 and 5 to main account 1-3. In addition, it is voluntary for the individual region, in accordance with below. However, if the region wishes to use the main species 9, this must be done by the use of the authorised species. The species under the main article 9 shall not be used for any other purpose than the stated.

Below are detailed rules for the composition of each main species and species.

HOVEDART 0 DESCRIPTIONS

The introduction of cost principles in budget and accounting involves the fact that there must be sore between expenditure and costs. Expenses are recorded either at the time of payment or delivery, while costs are registered as resource use.

Main item 0 is used for the registration of calculated costs and revenues such as depreciation. Registration of main item 0 is carried out in order to be able to cost records in the budget and accounting system as well as internal material assets, etc. in the balance.

Several of the species, including art 0.1 Writings and Art 0.2 Storage shootings, refers to costs calculated in the plant interest for material assets and then transferred to main item 0. In addition, the description of material assets in Chapter 8 and Chapter 9 on costs.

The registration of the calculated costs is made during the species 0.1-0.7, while calculated revenue is recorded under art 0.8. Postings under Art 0.1-0.7 and 0.8 to be posted in art 0.9 Modification account. The main character 0 of the budget or the accounting is available a cost budget/account accounts 1-5. Nons main item 0, a budget/account based on expense-based principles.

Calculated costs, etc. are in the art division divided into 9 species:

0.0 Status
0.1 Writing
0.2 Storage Shooting
0.3 Pension requests for service
0.4 Retailing
0.5 Transfer costs
Other costs calculated
0.7 Holiday Money
0.8 Calculated and transferred revenue
0.9 Modification account

In relation to the individual species, the following:

0.0 Status

In the expense-based system, assets are expensed by approach (and revenues are applied at departure) as operational or plant expenditure (- income), while the status is not affected by the approach/flow. However, in the cost-based system, the status must be affected by the approach/end of all assets.

Continuously, it is only assets with a value of over 100,000 kr., which it is mandatory to be inner in status. This corresponds to the assets that the region must record in the plant block, in accordance with the chapter 8.

The admission of the acquisition is done by the fact that this ‘consumer’ is to the relevant status accounts through the main account 6 and the use of art 0.0. In the ‘conference’ of the balance, the same value is used as by the bookkeeping expense.

The business processes must be established to ensure that the registration of acquisitions in the plant will also be recognised in the status, so that there is always compliance between to and Departures in the main account 6.

Example:

The example shows the ‘convention’ of the acquisition of the balance of the purchase of a reason for DKK 2 million, the reason must be used for the construction of an institution.

Investment x institution
2.01.3. place. 10.26
Box
601.5.zzzzzz.zz.zz
1) purchase price
2,000
2,000
Investment x institution
2.01.3.sted. 10.00
Reasons and buildings
681.5.xxxx. 03.00
2) ‘Reconvention’ to status via art 0
2,000
2,000

0.1 Writings

Activation that is included in the production/u introduction of products/services will typically be consumed. As part of the statement of costs, such consumption is recorded in the form of calculated depreciation on buildings, inventory, material etc. These depreciations are recorded under Art 0.1 Writings.

The use of art 0.1 Writings is mandatory. Depreciation is registered at the place level where this is authorized in the account plan. In other areas, depreciation is recorded at function level.

0.2 Storage shooting

In connection with the statement of costs, there is a need to make a periodization of expenditure. Thus, there may be costs for product consumption, which is not

is the expense register for the year in which consumption takes place because it is consumed from stock. Conversely, the registered expenses for the purchase of goods will not be recognised in the cost account, to the extent that is only in stock building. The registration of such displacements relating to consumption or storage is made by registering the displacements under art 0.2 Storage shootings.

0.3 Pension requests for civil servants

Art 0.3 is used to cost records in the pension obligations of the region relating to civil servants. The cost registration must be done annually at the same level as depreciation, in accordance with Art 0.1.

Payment of insurance prizes is registered using main item 1.

0.4 Clean

In a given activity, there will typically be bound a certain capital. For cost calculations, there may therefore be a need for a return of the capital invested in the activity concerned. For example, the rate can be calculated when internal loans are provided for investments. Internal interest is not used in relation to the social and special training area, since there is a requirement for interest with the market interest of the liquidity between the region. The registration is based on art 0.4.

0.5 Transfer costs

There may be calculated costs which may be relevant in the individual cost calculations. For example, indirect costs associated with regional delivery of offers for adult disabled persons, such as the share of common costs for management, administration, rent, etc. These are recorded under Art 0.5 Transfer costs.

0.6. Other calculated costs

Art 0.6 is used to register costs that cannot be registered using art 0.1-0.4.

0.7 Holidays

Art 0.7 is used to register costs for holiday money.

0.8 0.8 Calculated and transferred revenue

Under Art 0.8, calculated and transferred revenues are not to practice the region's accounts.

0.9 Modification account

Under Art 0.9, registrations made under art 0.1-0.8, i.e. the registration of art 0.9 takes place opposite the sign of the registration of art 0.1-0.8. The billing account is a technical account that ensures that only records of financial importance can affect the total cost accounts of the region. This is thus the function of the conversion account to neutralise the new entries in relation to the expense statement. The billing account is led to the main account 6.

HOVEDART 1

On the main part of 1 Wages, the pay expenses of the region are recorded, including the pay contribution of any kind.

Approval of employee expenditure in connection with the service, i.e. the cost of representation, travel, use of own motor vehicle and similar, is not registered under the principal 1 reward, but under main 4 Services etc. The same applies to expert and specialists in liberal professions as well as remuneration and similar to members of commissions, councils and boards where the members are not regional employees or members of the Nordic Council.

In certain cases it may be difficult to probe between wages and services. This will be crucial if the person concerned is regionally employed. Payments for people who are not employed in the region are not registered as wages, but under the main character 4 Services etc.

Region Council members are considered in this connection as regional staff. Taxable meeting bodies, remuneration and fees for region council members are registered on main part 1 reward, while non-taxable diets and similar to those persons are registered on main 4 Services etc.

Pension insurance prizes must be registered at main item 1, while directly paid pension, wait money, available pay and support are registered on main 5 Deposits and transfers.

Bonus and similar to pension insurance prizes as well as reimbursement of unemployment benefits relating to regional employees must be credited as expenditure under main points 1.

It is noted that the payload for people in regional flexjob and spare jobs is registered in art 1 under the regional institutions where they are employed. In the same features, the paye is also credited to art 1.

Under main species 1 is no authorized species. As examples of concentration under main species 1 can be applied:

1
1 Wages
Employers' student refund (AER)
Occupational health care (AES)
Work market education
ATP ATP
Clothing allowance (payable)
Direct paid salary
Døgn Care
Holidays
Fund for the training of trustmen
Approval from the unemployment fund regarding salary during pregnancy
Approval from the unemployment fund regarding illness of 5 weeks
Employment funds
Guarantee Fund
Meeting fees and remuneration to members of the Council of the Regions (payable)
Interimation
Pension insurance prizes
Pay-per- and spare costs
Lost work service, tax liability.

HOVEDART 2 VAREKØB

Under mains 2 Product purchases are registered the tax-coated product purchases as well as the cost of buying land and new buildings. In addition, the cost of buying buildings that are not new and VAT-plated.

Item purchases are divided into 5 species:

2.2 Food
2.3 Fuel and drive
2.5 Buy of soil and buildings (incl. VAT)
2.6 Buy of soil and buildings (excluding VAT)
2.7
Other purchase
As examples of concentration on the individual species under main species 2 can be specified:
2.2
Food food
Bread
Deep-free
Coffee, tea and cocoa
Potatoes, vegetables and fruit
Company
Shop
Meat, poultry and fish
Dairy products
Beer, water and other beverage
2.3 2.3
Fuel and drive
Petrol fuel
Diesel Oil
Electricity
Fast Burning (litter, cooks)
Floating fuel (oil)
Supply companies’ purchase of energy for sale
Gas Gas Gas Gas
Petroleum
2.5
Buy land and new buildings (VAT)
Buy new buildings with related soil
Construction Grounds
2.6
Buy of soil and buildings (excl. VAT)
Buy of buildings with related land areas that are not taxable
2.7
Questions
Here, bigger and costly purchases of items with life span of over 1 year (excluding land and buildings), such as:
Machinery machines
Motor vehicles and other vehicles
Technical systems and installations, such as lifts, combustion plants, boiler systems,
Cooling systems, sanitary facilities, heating and ventilation systems, larger devices such as x-ray systems, scanners, etc.
2.9
Other purchases
Construction materials, such as concrete elements, bricks, cement, gravel and timber
Office articles, such as paper and printing cases
Medical articles, such as apparatus and instruments, treatment devices, laboratory equipment, binders, medicine, dentures, x-ray articles, dental care articles and transfusion material
Cleaning articles, such as waste bags, washing and detergents, toiletries and disinfectants
Inventar, such as luminaires, blankets, furniture, beds and service
Teaching agents, such as books, movies, ribbons, collections, hand-drawing materials, writing tools, sling materials and goods for school kitchen

HOVEDART 4 TJENESTSER M.V.

On main character 4 Services, etc., expenses relating to the purchase of services provided by strangers.

The main character 4 includes only services directly provided from the outside world. Performances and achievements provided by the region’s own institutions or departments are not recorded under the main article 4, as well as on the registration of internal expenditure under the mention of the main item 9 Inter cost and revenue below. The actual parts of each activity range of the region's general management spending on the main account 4 are also recorded using main 9.

The purchase of goods and services in another public authority (i.e. the state, municipalities or other regions), which in the area of activity is the VAT register, and thus calculates deliveries incl. VAT, is registered on the VAT bearing expenditure species and thus not on art 4.6-4.8.

Apart from the purchase of VATable goods and services in another public authority, the purchase of the state, municipalities or other regions is registered in art 4.6-4.8.

In terms of the distinction between main character 4 Services etc., and principal 1 Pays are referred to in the comments for the main item 1.

In Art 4.0 Services without VAT, the services which are not VAT-plated. In addition, certain costs which are not actual services, but more have the character of purchase and acquisitions, which are not covered with VAT (e.g. newspaper subscriptions and purchases of certain art objects).

Art 4.9 Other services, etc., may only be tax-coated services.

Payments between regions are recorded under art 4.8 (retentional 7.8).

Payments between municipalities and regions are recorded under art 4.7 (regardless 7.3).

As examples of concentration on the individual species under main species 4 can be specified:

Services are divided into 6 species

4.0 Services without VAT
4.5 Construction and Craftsman
4.6 Payments to the State
4.7 Payments for municipalities
4.8 Payments for regions
4.9 Other services etc.
4.0
Services without VAT
Certain administrative services, such as kontingents for regional associations, non-taxable diets for region council members, porto, certain newspapers and magazines
Taxes, certain charges and insurances, such as property taxes, weight tax, building insurances, fire insurances and property insurance
Health services, such as general medical and nursing assistance, payment for private hospitals, payment for various studies
Certain transport costs, such as transport expenses, patient transport and non-address costs for bus transport
Sale and acquisitions not VAT-plated, including, for example, the proportion of heating costs charged by non-VAT registered housing associations and similar.
Payment regarding human diagnostic analyses.
4.5
Construction and craftsmanship
All costs of facilities, repairs and maintenance not carried out by the region’s own staff
4.6 4.6
Payments to the State
4.7 and 4.7
4.8
Payments for municipalities, respectively
Ambulante studies and treatments in hospitals in other regions
Admissions for special treatment at hospitals in other regions
Studies
4.9
Other services
Certain administrative services, such as ads and IT expenses, as well as remuneration for expert and etc.
Shipping
Audit and telephone etc.
Sanitary services, such as cleaning, exit and incineration of waste, chimney sweeping, sludge suction, washing and cleaning as well as window padding
Expenses for water

HOVEDART 5 FOR WEIGHT AND THE COMPANY

On main 5 The advance and transfers are recorded as a general rule expenditure which is not directly addressed by achievements of the beneficiary. In addition, expenditure is recorded in relation to health care at main 5.

Direct paid pensions must be registered on function 4.40.31.

Excess and transfers are divided into 3 species:

5.1 Staff pension etc.
5.2 Transfers to persons
5.9 Other grants and transfers
As examples of concentration on the individual species under main species 5 can be specified:
5.1
Staff pension etc.
Directly paid pensions and support (but not prizes for employees’ pensio
insurance schemes, as pension insurance prizes are registered under main points 1)
Pension transfers by transition between state and regions or between two regions (be
speaking region: debet, receiving region: credit)
Pension payments are subject to the region (credit)
Waiting and available pay
5.2
Transfers to persons
Compensation
Taxation for residents of institutions etc.
Taxes for sick protection
5.9
Other grants and transfers
Deposits to associations and institutions
Subsidies for staff clubs
Operators for traffic companies

HOVEDART 6 FINANSUDGIFTER

Main article 6 Financial expenses, the expenses incurred in the main account are registered 5. Without this main account, main article 6 is used only in relation to the interest of the region’s liquidity of the social and special learning area. Under main species 6, no authorized species are found.

As examples of concentration under main article 6 can be applied:

6
Financial expenditure
Kurstab
Interest costs

HOVEDART 7 INDICATIONS

Main article 7 Revenue is registered on the sale of products and services to state, municipalities, other regions and private. These revenues include tariff payments for municipalities' use of institutions in the region. Under the main item 7, revenue is also recorded by the sale of real estate as well as revenue by the rental of the facilities of the region.

It is noted that state refunds, basic and development contributions from municipalities as well as block subsidies from the state are registered under main 8 Financial income.

The index is divided into 6 species

7.1 7.1 Own rent income
7.2 7.2 Sales of products and services
7.6 Payments from the State
7.3 Payments from municipalities
7.8 Payments from regions
7.9 Other revenue

Payment between regions is recorded under art 7.8 (remember 4.8).

Payments between municipalities and regions are recorded under Art 7.7 (referred 4.7).

As examples of concentration on the individual species under main species 7 can be specified:

7.1 7.1
Own rent income
Contracted rent payments for the property region itself owns as well as heating contributions accordingly, if the heating costs are included in the VAT refund scheme
Excessive rental payment for personnel housings (doctoral dwellings, teacher housings etc.) the region itself owns and heating contributions accordingly if the heating costs are included in the VAT refund scheme.

Art 7.1 Own rent income is registered all rental payments, heating contributions, etc. regarding own properties as well as for settlements and other purposes.

This is used the criterion which is behind the refund scheme in the VAT refund scheme, in accordance with Section 2.6.2. If a composite performance - i.e. a performance, which besides rent, heat contribution, etc. relating to its own properties contains other elements - a division of art 7.1 and art 7.2 or 7.9 of the relevant parts of the service if possible. Otherwise, the income is registered at art 7.1. For housing in the region’s own properties, the entire lease, the heating contribution, etc. (as well as its own payment as the public grants) must be registered on art 7.1.

House rental income, which is included in a VAT registered accounting must be registered in art 7.9.

Residents’ payment for rent at institutions for older and adult disabled persons must be registered in art 7.2.

It is emphasised that rental payments, heating contributions, etc. relating to its own property from the state, municipalities or other regions must be registered on art 7.1 (or art 7.9 if revenue is included in a VAT register accounting) and therefore not on the species 7.6-7.8.

7.2 7.2
Sales of products and services
Ambulant studies and treatments for self-paying patients
Other care and treatment services
Work done for private
Resident payment for rent and service package at institutions for elderly and adults disabled
Use of protected housing
Parental payment for day institutions etc.
Cantine sales to patients, visitors and staff
Kur and care for incoming self-paying patients
Sales of apparatus and instruments etc.
Sales of books etc.
Sale of Furniture
Sale of diet and food waste
Sales of machinery and transport
Sales of technical systems and installations
Sale of goods
Surveys and treatments for insurance companies
7.6
Payments from the State
Ambulant studies and treatments
Fixed military patients
Services
7.8 and 7.8
Payments from municipalities respectively regions
Social and special lessons
Ambulant studies and treatments
patients for special treatment
7.9
Other revenue
Taxes and fees
Compensation from insurance companies
Rental payment for reasons and areas
Hire payment for inventory
Contracted rent payments for the property region rent as well as heating contributions accordingly
Excessive rental payment for personnel housings (doctoral dwellings, teacher housings etc.) the region rents as well as heat contribution accordingly
Sale of land and buildings

HOVEDART 8 FINANSIND

Main article 8 Financial income is registered revenues that are led to the main account 5. Without these main accounts, principal 8 is used in connection with state refunds as well as by state grants in main account 1-4.

Main species 8 is divided into 3 species:

8.1 Financial income
8.5 Interpretation from municipalities
8.6 State supplement

For reimbursements/after-regulations of grants from municipalities and state subsidies, the depaid records are used on respectively art 8.5 and art 8.6.

As examples of contingency under main 8 can be applied:

8.1
Financial income
Kurs gains
Interest income
Interimation from the EU
8.5
Disaster from municipalities
Contribution
Development contribution
Municipal activity-dependent contribution in the health area
8.6
State supplement
General grants
State refunds
Withdrawals/exporting of state subsidies
Activity-based grants from the state of health

It is noted that payments from the state that counter a performance must be registered on art 7.6 Payments from the State.

HOVEDART 9 INTERNEIES AND INDICATIONS

Registration of expenditure and revenue in connection with internal settlements between different functions and cost locations in the region can be made in 2 ways in the budget and accounting system. Either using plus/minusposts or using the internal species on the main part 9.

The individual region shall decide on which registration form it wishes to use. Regardless of registration form, the internal settlements should, as far as possible, reflect con-state transfers.

By plus/minus records, the settlement is positively recorded on the ‘buyer institution’ and negatively on the ‘sell institution’. To continue to show the correct distribution of expenditure and revenue on the individual species, plus/minus records must be done on the same kind.

VAT refund is taken by registration on the ‘buy institution’. It must also be emphasised that, as a starting point, registration shall be made on the external species by means of VAT-based services between accounts relating to the VAT register company and accounts relating to the VAT refund scheme. This is due to the fact that the statement of VAT in the VAT refund scheme is based on the registration on the external species.

Selects the region to register internal settlements under main species 9, this must be done using the authorised species.

To avoid an artificial increase in the region’s expenses and revenue in connection with the transfers, main item 9 is always considered a cost item. This implies that internal revenue (art 9.7) on the budget as well as the accounting must be registered as negative expenses.

Interne expenditure and revenue are divided into 4 species:

9.1 Transfer wages
9.2 Purchase
9.4 Transfer services
9.7 Interne revenue

For budget and accounting purposes, administration and interest from main account 4 and 5 to main account 1-3, it is mandatory to apply main item 9 to registration of internal transfers. In this situation there must not be used plus/minus records.

2.6 VAT

It is the main rule of the regional budget and accounting system, that expenditure and revenues of both operational and plant account must be registered exclusive VAT in the regional budgets and accounts.

From this main rule, individual specific exceptions are referred to in Section 2.6.2 Buy VAT.

In the regional budget and accounting system between two forms of VAT

– – VAT, i.e. VAT incurred by SKAT in connection with VAT registered business in the region

– – VAT included in the regional VAT refund scheme

The reference rules are different for the two types of VAT. The rules have been reviewed in the following sections.

2.6.1 REGISTRATION MOMS

The VAT is used here as a designation for the settlement of VAT with SKAT, which takes place in connection with the VAT register company in the regions.

The legal basis for this settlement is found in law notice no. 906 of 14 October 2005 on the value tax law. The rules include the marketing of goods or taxable services to private, state or other regions

The amounts for incoming and outgoing VAT as the bill of VAT with SKAT must be registered in the regional budgets and accounts.

function 6.52.59 Medium billing account.

An account is created for each VAT registration.

The account must be specified as follows:

xx VAT

xx VAT

xx VAT

The bill must be made separately for each VAT registration.

In the purchase of goods used in relation to VAT registered business and for other purposes, a distribution of the VAT amount is made by the purchase. The part relating to the VAT registered company is registered as incoming VAT in the company’s VAT accounts. The second part of the VAT amount is reported to reimbursement via the VAT refund scheme, in accordance with Section 2.6.2. The rules for the distribution of VAT amounts are found in the Danish Ministry of Taxation on surplus value (the Danish Act).

2.6.2 KØBSMOMS

The buyer's VAT is used as a name for the VAT paid by the regions when purchasing goods and services that are not included in a VAT register company in the regions.

According to law No. 497 of 7 June 2006 on competition equality between municipalities and regions’ own production and the purchase of services from external suppliers in relation to expenditure of added tax, etc. as well as on VAT funds, the regions as the main rule of purchase will be refunded through a refund scheme.

The purpose of this refund scheme is to address equal terms between the private business and the manufacturing of services for its own use. The refund of the purchase price means that the individual region in the choice between performing tasks in your own register or by foreign services may be disregarded.

Below is further prepared for the complication rules in connection with the purchase price. In addition, the provisions of the above law shall be referred to in Article 497 of 7 June 2006 and in the Ministry of Finance and the Ministry of Foreign Affairs on the municipal and regional VAT refund scheme.

Compensation of the purchase price

The purchase price and refund is recorded in the regional budgets and accounts of function 5.80.95 Refusion of the purchase price. Under the function are authorized two groups:

002 Refusion of purchase invoices

003 Expenses for buymoms

In all cases, the registration of groupings must be made using principal 6 financial expenditure.

The refund of the purchase price and reimbursement of grants pursuant to the positive list of the VAT refunds and accounts of grouping 002. When main item 6 Financial expenses are used by the registration, this must be done in the form of a negative expense record.

Expenses for the purchase price and indirect expenses of the purchase price, in accordance with the positive list of the VAT refunds, budgets and accounting of grouping 003. In addition, grouping 003 will be repayment of VAT refund in relation to income-covered business (house income), the purchase rate of plant expenditure on the sale of installations within 5 years and the refund of 17 1⁄2 % of grants from funds, private associations, institutions and the EU etc. The rules are referred to below in the section on “Back payment rules regarding the VAT refund scheme”.

Refusion of purchase invoices

The VAT amount refunded through the refund scheme includes incurred VAT expenses on main account 1-4, except for registered VAT, in accordance with Section 2.6.1.

From this main rule, the following specific exceptions are:

VAT expenses relating to operational and plant expenditure on function 3.10.01 Discharge to traffic companies and function 2.10.30 General older dwellings.

– – VAT expenses relating to plant expenditures for self-owned or private institutions in main account 2, if the institution has rented or will be rented into premises owned or constructed by others than the institution, or if there is no agreement with the region before the construction

– – VAT expenses relating to similar plant expenditures for self-owned or private institutions on function 1.10.01 Sygehuse and 2.10.01 Social offers, special training and advice, to the extent that they are to be admitted in the regions’ budgets and accounts

The stated VAT costs cannot be notified to reimbursement. As a result, in these cases, exemptions from the main rule shall be made up of expenditure including VAT in the budgets and accounts of the regions.

The VAT-bearing species

The administration of the VAT refund scheme is designed so that the regions monthly reporting incurred expenditure on the purchase price for the Ministry of Finance and the Ministry of Foreign Affairs for reimbursement.

In order to ensure a uniform and unambiguous provision of the expenditure on the purchase price, which is included in the refund scheme, the species are built so that only on certain species are registered expenditure with the purchase price.

This is about:

Art 2.2 Food

Art 2.3 Fuel and drive

Art 2.5 Buy of soil and buildings (incl. VAT)

Art 2.7

Art 2.9

Art 4.5 Construction & Craftsing Services

Art 4.9 Other services etc.

This division of the species implies that in art 4.9 Other services etc. may only be eligible for VAT services.

Services which are not VAT-coated shall, on the other hand, be included in Art 4.0 Services without VAT. The decisive for the contingency of art 4.0 is that there is no-mom-plated services. Whether Art 4.0 or art 4.9 is to be used in the registration of reimbursements (phone allowances, hotel allowances etc.), the claim for the reimbursement is provided on the basis of VAT expenditure.

In Art 4.0, certain costs which are not actual services, but purchase and acquisitions, which are not covered with VAT. As examples of this, newspaper subscriptions and the purchase of certain art objects.

As referred to in Section 2.5, it is voluntarily for regions, whether they will apply the species under the main article 9 Interne expenditure and revenue by the registration of internal settlements, except for the transfer of expenditure for common purposes from main account 4 and 5 to main account 1-3.

However, in terms of the administration of the VAT refund scheme, it is necessary that the regions as a starting point make registration on the external species in relation to VAT-based services between accounts relating to the VAT register company and accounts relating to the VAT refund scheme. This is because the statement of VAT in the VAT refund scheme is based on the registration of the external species.

Internal payment of services that are VAT-coated must therefore only be registered with the use of main item 9 when the conversion is made between accounts which in relation to VAT billing is one. In the case of VAT-based services between accounts, which in relation to VAT settlements are different, the amount is charged to the account in which it is moved, using an external nature. The account from which it is moved is credited by the use of the same external nature.

The administration of the VAT refund scheme also means that the purchase of goods or services in the state or other regions that in the area of activity is VAT registered and thus calculates their deliveries including VAT, shall be included in one of the VAT-bearing expenditures and not on art 4.6, 4.7 or 4.8.

However, a region may be good when it buys goods and services abroad to deliver in Denmark, review the import VAT and acquisition of VAT paid by SKAT, for reimbursement in the Ministry of Finance and the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. The tax returns are done in the same way as if the purchase was made in Denmark (i.e. through the attribution of the VAT-bearing species).

Positive List

In addition to the costs of VAT-bearing species, the regions may report a percentage of certain payments and reimbursement during the refund scheme. The background of this is that a number of regions allow activities to carry out private or associations. If the part of these payments or grants covering VAT expenses would not be reported to reimbursement, it would counteract the intended competition neutrality and favour the execution of tasks in regional registers.

The grants etc. that can be notified to reimbursement are calculated as a percentage of the accounting costs of certain functions and species. The rules laid down in the Ministry of Finance and the Ministry of Foreign Affairs on the municipal and regional VAT refund scheme, and the list of payments and grants that can be reported to reimbursement – the so-called positive list – is admitted as Annex to this section (in autumn 2006).

The part of the grants that can be notified to reimbursement is not posted in the main account 1-4, but in function 5.80.95. Refusion of purchase invoices.

Joint-regional business

In terms of the refund scheme apply to joint-regional business, which in one of the community’s regions accounts with full arts specification on the main account 1-4, that the other regions of the community must incur payments to this in art 4.7. The VAT expenses are reported as reimbursement of the accounting region, which will then send bills of exclusive VAT to the other regions of the community.

However, this does not apply if the accounting region is registered in that area. In this case, VAT must be calculated, in accordance with the remarks above the application of an external expense species, if the payment of deliveries includes VAT.

Joint-regional companies, which for administrative reasons are independent accounting, can – if there is approval from the Ministry of Finance and the Ministry of Foreign Affairs - report the refund of purchase through the regions of the Community, in which case the company which can be attributed to the functions, 1.10.01 Hospitals is exempt from approval.

If a grant or transfers must be included in art 5.9, the Community’s purchase price will be refunded in the following ways. The payments of the Regions for the Community are specified on a VAT-bearing payment conferred on Art 4.9, and a non- reversed payment conferred on Art 4.0. The dividend of VAT bearing and non-mom bearing payment is based on how large part of the payment relating to VAT-coated, respectively, non-dried, expenditure. If there is an aconto settlement with the community, the distribution must be carried out on the basis of how large part of the payment relating to VAT-plated, respectively, non-mom-plated expenditure. In the final accounting procedure, the amounts of art 4.9, respectively, shall be governed by the nature of which they will respond to the actual distribution of the Community expenditure on VAT bearing and non-mom bearing expenditure.

In real purchase of goods and services in a community that is independent accounting, one of the usual expenditure species is conferred.

Especially on self-owned/private institutions

In self-employed and private institutions, which are independent accounting for the region’s standard account plan, the accounting may be made including the purchase invoices.

In the transfer of the budget to the institution, the VAT-bearing species can be attributed to the purchase price, so that the grant control in the institution is continuously carried out on the basis of expenditure including the purchase price.

The institution’s budget is recorded in the year budget of the region without the purchase price, and at the institution’s withdrawal of the accounts to the region, the costs must be registered in the relevant species in normal manner, which is automatically excreted and applied to function 5.80.95.

Admission of the plant records for self-companing and private institutions (except for private managers-owned institutions) with who has entered into operational interest before the start of the works, means that VAT refunds can be provided by the incurred facilities. In the cases where an institution has rented or will rent into buildings owned by others other than the institution, VAT refunds may not be provided in accordance with the above.

VAT refund rules

In the income-covered business, the purchase price must be covered by rent income, excluding from reimbursement. It happens by 7.5% of the booked own rent income of art 7.1 from the monthly balance sheet of the purchase invoice to refund. House rental income registered on art 7.1.

For other forms of income-covered operations, no conversion is made.

For the purposes of a correct statement of the refund basis and for voting reasons, it is necessary to use a particular nature for the registration of own rent income.

The rules are therefore designed so that art 7.1 is reserved for rent income that is not derived from the lease. In the form of heating contributions (including aconto contribution) in connection with the mentioned rental objectives referred to in Article 7.1. All other rental income must be registered on art 7.2 or art 7.9.

The refund amount that will be included as minuspost in the monthly balance sheet for the Ministry of Finance and the Ministry of VAT refund shall be registered on function 5.80.95, grouping 003. The registration of the counterparts for the refund amount must be made on relevant function where the income caused the refund is conferred.

For plant expenses, refunds must be refunded to the VAT refund scheme if the plant is sold within a period of 5 years. This refund rule is managed as a starting point so that the refund is calculated continuously in connection with the sale of the plant.

In the sale of total facilities, it is sufficient to set up the refund by the approval of the ECB. In stages of sale of a plant, such as construction plots, the refund must be carried out continuously or at least once a year, so that the refund of the purchase price will be refunded for the parts of the plant established for a period of up to 5 years before the sale

The refund of the purchase invoices to be refunded shall be calculated on the basis of the expenditure of the tax-bearing species. A share of the refund is returned to the share of the sales income of the total expenditure in the accounting including VAT. However, the refund payment may not be entitled to the refund paid.

The withdrawal is carried out on the balance sheet for the Ministry of Finance and the Ministry of Foreign Affairs as a minuspost during grouping 003. The registration of the counterparts for the refund amount must be made on relevant function, where the sales income caused the refund is conferred.

In the event of compensation for damages or similar, the purchase price shall be refunded in connection with the reimbursement of the damage concerned shall not be refunded.

The purchase costs incurred by the purchase of goods and services financed by grants to the region from funds, private associations, institutions etc. are not covered by reimbursement. As a starting point, payments from public authorities and other public bodies are not covered by the refund rule of reimbursement.

This rule is administered by an amount corresponding to 17.5 per cent of the mentioned types of reimbursement are refunded to the VAT refund scheme.

However, it is an exception that research supplements are registered on function 1.10.01 Hospitals are not covered by the refund rule.

The withdrawal is carried out on the balance sheet for the Ministry of Finance and the Ministry of Foreign Affairs as a minuspost during grouping 003 with the opposition of relevant function, where the grant caused the refund is conferred.

Example:

The example shows the attribution of expenditure and buy-backs as well as reimbursement in connection with the health area
Account for hospitals (on function 1.10.01)
Box account
(on function 6.10.01)
Account for purchasemoms (on function 5.80.95, group 003)
Account for reimbursement of buymoms (in function 5.80.95, (group 002)
6001)
6001)
3002)
1501)
5003) 3)
3002)
3004)
75 752)
5003) 3)
1253) 3)
3004)
75 754)
4255)
4256)
4256)

Notes to the account kits:

1) Expenses for other purchase - art 2.9

2) Taxes for acquisitions - art 2.7

3) 3) Taxes for construction and crafts - art 4.5

4) Expenses for other services etc. - art 4.9

5) Expenses for buymoms

6) Refund of the purchase price - is behaved as ‘negative expense’ on function 5.80.95, grouping 002

BILAG

Positive list for regions

valid from and with accounting 2015

Art account
Function function
VAT and salary price percentage
(Drift: DR1)
(Another: DR3)
Regions
4.01)
1.10.01
Hospitals
39*
- - -
4.7 and 4.87)
1.10.01
Hospitals
21*
- - -
4.08)
1.10.01
Hospitals
61*
- - -
4.08)
1.20.10
General medical attention
61*
- - -
4.08)
1.20.11
Specialist help
61*
- - -
5.2
1.20.25
Hearing aids
75 75
- - -
4.01)
2.10.01
Social offers, special lessons and advice
25 25
- - -
5.9
3.20.10
Up to cultural activities
40
85
*
The rate of VAT contains a paysum share rate.
1)
Only non-addressed services from private suppliers and self-owned institutions, etc., without the occurrence of operations that is an alternative to municipal or regional offers and which is therefore registered with ownership code 4 private.
2)
Only for registrations on grouping 009 Private suppliers of personal and practical help.
3) 3)
Only for registrations on grouping 004 home sickness, ownership code 4 private.
4)
Applies only for registrations on grouping 012 and 013
5)
Only for registrations on grouping 003 redemption, relief and help etc. to the elderly and to persons with significantly reduced function ability, ownership code 4 private.
6)
Do not apply to motor vehicles.
7)
Do not apply to high- specialized treatment (land and country participants).
8)
Only for services purchased at Statens Serum Institut.

Calculation of VAT and pay rates:

For each function on the positive list, a VAT share rate reflects how large a proportion of the cost of the performance taxed. Similarly, for those with * marked relevant services, a paysum share rate reflects how large a proportion of the total cost of the performance paid. The paysum share rate is subsequently converted to the VAT share rate by multiplying the paysum share rate by (4.12/104,12))/(25/125), as private suppliers, in the relevant areas, pays a paysum tax of 4.12% of the paysumer/exe. After this, the amount of pay-sumer shares and the VAT share rates are divided into one VAT and pay-sumer percentage. Fx is the pay-sum share rate for hospitals 70 per cent, giving a VAT and pay-sum share rate of 14 (70*(4,12/104,12)/(25/125)).

Example of the amount for reimbursement for municipalities:

grants of DKK 1,000 (function 0.32.31 Stadium, sports facilities and swimming pools, art 5.9).

Amount: €50 x 55% x 25/125=110 kr.

The following is recorded in the municipal budget and accounting system:

– – The expense, excluding the calculated VAT expenses, i.e. DKK 1,000 - DKK 110 = 890 kr. is registered on function 0.32.31 stadium, sports facilities and swimming pools, art 5.9.

– – The calculated VAT expenses, i.e. DKK 110 are registered on function 7.65.87, grouping 003.

– – The VAT refund, i.e. 110 kr. is registered on function 7.65.87, grouping 002.

Example of the amount for reimbursement for regions:

grants of DKK 1,000 (function 1.10.01 Sygehuse, art 4.0).

Amount of refunds: €50 x 39% x 25/125=78 kr.

The following is recorded in the budget and accounting system for regions:

– – The expense, excluding the calculated VAT expenses, i.e. DKK 1,000 – DKK 922, is registered on function 1.10.01 Sygehuse, art 4.0.

– – The calculated VAT expenses, i.e. DKK 78 are registered on function 5.80.95, grouping 003.

– – The VAT refund, i.e. DKK 78 is registered on function 5.80.95, grouping 002.

3 THE AUTORISER KONTOPLAN

Content Content Content
Page Page
1
Health
3.1 – 1
2
Social and special lessons
3.2 – 1
3
Regional development
3.3 – 1
4
Common purpose and administration
3.4 – 1
5
Cleans etc.
3.5 – 1
6
Balance balance
3.6 - 1

3
THE AUTORISER KONTOPLAN
1
Health
SYGEHUSVSEN
1.10.01
Hospitals
1
Drift
120
Medicine Medicine
130
Implantater
140 140
Other medical articles
150
Clinical analysis
210
Patient insurance
220
Patient damage, hospital
230
Patient damage, practice and private hospital
3
plant
3035
New University Hospital in Aalborg
9000 9000
The new university hospital in Aarhus, DNU
7699
Region Hospital Viborg, RHV
6599
New Vest, DNV
1671
Odense University Hospital
1672
Hospital Little Belt, Kolding
1673
Hospital of Southern Jutland
1911
The new hospital
1711
New Hospital Herlev
1811
New Hospital Hvidovre
1211
New Hospital Bispebjerg
2211
New Hospital North Zealand
5181
New construction at Psychiatric Center Sct. Hans
8004
Køge Hospital
8002
Psychological in Slagelse
8003
Slagelse Hospital (acut reception)

SYGESIKRING M.V.

1.20.10 General medical attention

1.20.11 Specialist help

1.20.12 Medicine Medicine

1.20.13 Dentistry

1.20.14 Fysiurgical treatment

1.20.15 Kiropraktor

1.20.16 Glasses

1.20.17 Travel insurance

1.20.18 Foot therapists

1.20.19 Psychological treatment

1.20.20 Other health insurance costs

1.20.21 Nutrition preparation

1.20.22 Profylactic pregnancy studies

1.20.23 Medical studies of children

1.20.24 Vaccinations

1.20.25 Hearing aids

1.20.30 specialized dental care

DIVERSE INCREASURES AND INDICATIONS

1.60.40 Central administration of the health area

1.60.41 Other costs and revenue

1.60.42 General reserves

PROPORTION OF UNAFFILIATED AND ADMINISTRATION

1.70.50 Common purpose and administrative costs regarding health

PROPORTION OF UNAFFILIATED M.V.

1.80.60 Cleans etc.

FINANSIRING
1.90.90
Block subsidies from the state
1.90.92
Municipal activity-dependent contribution
7
Financing
833
Stationary somatic
834
Ambulant somatic
835
Stationary psychiatry
836
Ambulant psychiatry
837
The Practice sector (Syge protection)
838
Training during installation
1.90.93
Activity grants from the State
1.90.94
Discontinue from the softer compensation scheme
2
Social and special lessons
SOCIALE AND SPECIAL WORKING
2.10.01
Social offers, special lessons and advice
2.10.30
General older dwellings
1 Drift
501
Services support for private elderly dwellings
502
Rental loss
503
Rent income
DIVERSE REQUESTIONS AND INDICATIONS
2.60.40
Central administration of the social area
2.60.50
Other costs and revenue
PROPORTION OF UNAFFILIATED AND ADMINISTRATION
2.70.60
Common purpose and management costs regarding social offers and special training
PROPORTION OF UNAFFILIATED M.V.
2.80.70
Cleans etc.
REAL ADMINISTRATIVE OPGAVER
2.80
Special administrative tasks
FINANSIRING
2.90.90
Object funding contribution
7
Financing
831 Object financing – social
832 Special Education Area
2.90.91
Block subsidies from the state
3
Regional development
KOLLEKTIV TRAFIKEL
3.10.01
Operators for traffic companies
1 Drift
001
Discontinued to traffic companies relating to services carried out by private suppliers
VIRUSES VIRUSES
3.20.10
Up to cultural activities
1 Drift
001
Project preparation
ERHVERVSUDVIKLING
3.30.20
Growth forums
1 Drift
001
Project preparation
3.30.21
Tourism
1 Drift
001
Project preparation
3.30.22
Innovation and new technology
1 Drift
001
Project preparation
3.30.23
Business services and entrepreneurship
1 Drift
001
Project preparation
3.30.24
Development of human resources
1 Drift
001
Project preparation
3.30.25
Development of external and rural areas
1 Drift
001
Project preparation
OILITY
3.40.30
Regional development tasks in the field of teaching
1 Drift
001
Project preparation
MILE
3.50.40
Earth pollution
3.50.41
Raw materials
DIVERSE REQUESTIONS AND INDICATIONS
3.60.50
Other costs and revenue
3.60.51
Central administration of regional development.
PROPORTION OF UNAFFILIATED AND ADMINISTRATION
3.70.63
Common costs and administrative costs relating to regional development tasks
PROPORTION OF UNAFFILIATED M.V.
3.80.70
Renter
FINANSIRING
3.90.90
Block subsidies from the state
3.90.91
Municipal development contribution
4
Common purpose and administration
POLITIES ORGANISATION
4.10.01
Common purpose
4.10.02
Region Council members
1 Drift
040 Vederlag etc. to politicians
4.10.04
ADMINISTRATIV ORGANISATION
4.20.12
Secretariat and management
LØNPULJER m.v.
4.30.21
Salvation and maternity
TJENESTEMANDSPENSIONER
4.40.31
Board pension
1 Drift
050 Withdrawal of pension for civil servants before 1.1.2007
2 State refund
050 Refusion of pension payments relating to civil servants before 1.1.2007
DIVERSE REQUESTIONS AND INDICATIONS
4.60.51
Other costs and revenue
4.60.52
Interne insurance pools
EQUIRED TO HOVEDING 1-3
4.70.99
Transfer Transfer Transfer - Common purpose and administration
Cleans etc.
LICENSE AKTIVER
5.10.05
Deposits in banks etc.
5.10.07
Investment and placement associations
5.10.08
Real credit bonds
5.10.09
Municipal bonds
5.10.10
State bonds etc.v.5.10.11 Foreign bonds
RENTER AF KORTFRISTEDE FORGODEHAVENDER I ØVRIGT
5.28.14
Operators in payment control
5.28.15
Other head account holders 1-4
5.28.18
Financial assets associated self-owned institutions with operational overens
Top
5.28.19
municipalities and other regions
RENTER AF LANGFRISTOVER FORGODEHAVENDER
5.32.20
Pantry
5.32.21
Stocks and vouchers etc.
5.32.22
Front owners
5.32.23
Loans for residents
5.32.25
Other long-term lending and receivables
5.32.26
Non-liquid bonds
5.32.27
Deposited amounts for loans etc.
4
Renter
930 Quality Fund Investments
3035 New University Hospital in Aalborg
9000 9000 The new university hospital in Aarhus, DNU
7699 Region Hospital Viborg, RHV
6599 New Vest, DNV
1671 Odense University Hospital
1672 Hospital Little Belt, Kolding
1673 Hospital South Jutland
1911 The new hospital
1711 New Hospital Herlev
1811 New Hospital Hvidovre
1211 New Hospital Bispebjerg
2211 New Hospital North Zealand
5181 New construction at Psychiatric Center Sct. Hans
8004 Køge Hospital
8002 Psychological in Slagelse
8003 Slagelse Hospital (acut reception)
RENTER AF UDL Accutaneous HOVEDING 2
5.35.31
Review of main account 2
REQUIRED TO PENGEINSTITUTTER
5.50.50
Case credits and construction loans
PURPOSE STATEMENT STATEMENT
5.51.52
Second debt
PURPOSE HELP IN PACKAGE
5.52.54
municipalities and other regions
5.52.56
Other short-term debts with domestic payment
5.52.57
Other short-term debts with foreign payment
5.52.59
Between billing account
5.52.61
Independent institutions with the presence of the operational
PURPOSE SAFETY
5.53
Independent institutions with the presence of the operational
5.54
Stat and hypotekbank
5.55
municipalities and other regions
5.55.66
Pension insurance
5.57
Other insurance companies
5.58
Realkredit
4 Renter
001 Regional Older Housing
5.55.70
Accreditation
4 Renter
001 Regional Older Housing
5.55.71
Money institutions
4 Renter
001 Regional Older Housing
5.55.74
Publicly emitted bonds abroad
4 Renter
001 Regional Older Housing
5.55.75
Second long-term debt with domestic creditor
4 Renter
001 Regional Older Housing
5.55.76
Second long-term debt with foreign creditor
4 Renter
001 Regional Older Housing
5.55.78
Applicable to Quality Fund Investments
4
Renter
930 Quality Fund Investments
3035 New University Hospital in Aalborg
9000 9000 The new university hospital in Aarhus, DNU
7699 Region Hospital Viborg, RHV
6599 New Vest, DNV
1671 Odense University Hospital
1672 Hospital Little Belt, Kolding
1673 Hospital South Jutland
1911 The new hospital
1711 New Hospital Herlev
1811 New Hospital Hvidovre
1211 New Hospital Bispebjerg
2211 New Hospital North Zealand
5181 New construction at Psychiatric Center Sct. Hans
8004 Køge Hospital
8002 Psychological in Slagelse
8003 Slagelse Hospital (acut reception)
KURSTAB AND KURSGEVINSTER
5.75.78
Kurstab and course gains in addition
REFUSION AF KØBSMOMS
5.80.95
Refusion of purchase invoices
2 State refund
002 Refund of buymoms
003 Expenses for buymoms
1 and 3
5.90.99
Transfer – Interests etc.
Balance balance
LICENSE AKTIVER
6.10.01
Consolidated stocks
6.10.05
Deposits in banks etc.
6.10.07
Investment and placement associations
6.10.08
Real credit bonds
6.10.09
Municipal bonds
6.10.10
State bonds etc.
6.10.11
Foreign bonds
FORGODEHAVENDER HOS STATEN
6.15.13
Governments
8
Activate Activate Activate Activate Activate Activate
001
Constantly appealed to the state due to the sharing agreement
REQUIRED TOGODEHAVENDER I ØVRIGT
6.28.14
Operators in payment control
6.28.15
Other Tilts
6.28.17
Between the preceding and the following financial year
6.28.18
Financial assets associated with self-owned institutions with the establishment
6.28.19
municipalities and other regions
8
Activate Activate Activate Activate Activate Activate
001
Constant appeals to municipalities due to the sharing agreement
002
Constant appeal to regions due to the sharing agreement
LANGFRISTITY
6.32.20
Pantry
6.32.21
Stocks and vouchers etc.
6.32.24
Deposits in Landsbuildingfonden etc.
8
Activate Activate Activate Activate Activate Activate
001
Capital deficits (Inferred on the Landsbuilding Fund)
002
Capital capital for older dwellings
6.32.25
Other long-term lending and receivables
8
Activate Activate Activate Activate Activate Activate
001
Loans to municipalities due to the sharing agreement
002
Loans to regions due to the sharing agreement
003
Loans to the State due to the sharing agreement
6.32.26
Non-liquid bonds
6.32.27
Deposited amounts for loans etc.
8
Activate Activate Activate Activate Activate Activate
901
Recommendations regarding the quality fund
900
Interests of added amounts
901
Recommendations regarding the quality fund
902
Transfer to project-specific equity
903
Deferred on quality fund investments
904
Loans regarding quality fund investments
905
Private financing regarding quality fund investments
906
Quality Fund Investments
907
Interests of deposited amounts regarding quality fund investments
3035
New University Hospital in Aalborg
9000 9000
The new university hospital in Aarhus, DNU
7699
Region Hospital Viborg, RHV
6599
New Vest, DNV
1671
Odense University Hospital
1672
Hospital Little Belt, Kolding
1673
Hospital of Southern Jutland
1911
The new hospital
1711
New Hospital Herlev
1811
New Hospital Hvidovre
1211
New Hospital Bispebjerg
2211
New Hospital North Zealand
5181
New construction at Psychiatric Center Sct. Hans
8004
Køge Hospital
8002
Psychological in Slagelse
8003
Slagelse Hospital (acut reception)
AKKUMULED RESULTAT HOVEDKONTO 2
6.35.31
Accumulated result regarding main account 2
AKTIVER VEDREN BELURPOSE OR APPLICATION FOR ANDRE
6.38.36
municipalities and regions etc.
6.38.37
State of State
FONDS AND LEGATER
6.42.42
Legs
6.42.43
Deposita
PASSIVER AND LEGATER
6.45.46
Legs
6.45.47
Deposita
PASSIVER VEDREN BELURPOSE OR APPLICATION FOR ANDRE
6.48.48
municipalities and regions etc.
6.48.49
State of State
REQUIRED TO PENGEINSTITUTTER
6.50.50
Case credits and construction loans
REQUIRED TO STATEN
6.51.52
Applicable to the State
9
Passives
001
Constant compensation to the state due to the sharing agreement
6.51.53
Periodification – Quality Funding
9
Passives
903
Deferred on quality fund investments
906
Quality Fund Investments
3035
New University Hospital in Aalborg
9000 9000
The new university hospital in Aarhus, DNU
7699
Region Hospital Viborg, RHV
6599
New Vest, DNV
1671
Odense University Hospital
1672
Hospital Little Belt, Kolding
1673
Hospital of Southern Jutland
1911
The new hospital
1711
New Hospital Herlev
1811
New Hospital Hvidovre
1211
New Hospital Bispebjerg
2211
New Hospital North Zealand
5181
New construction at Psychiatric Center Sct. Hans
8004
Køge Hospital
8002
Psychological in Slagelse
8003
Slagelse Hospital (acut reception)
REQUIPMENT AND OF THE COMPANY
6.52.54
municipalities and other regions
9
Passives
001
Constant compensation to municipalities due to the sharing agreement
002
Constant compensation to other regions due to the sharing agreement
6.52.55
Holidays
6.52.56
Other short-term debts with domestic payment
6.52.57
Other short-term debts with foreign payment
6.52.59
Between billing account
6.52.61
Independent institutions with the presence of the operational
6.52.62
Poll and Control Account
LANGF
6.55.63
Independent institutions with the presence of the operational
6.55.64
Stat and hypotekbank
9
Passives
001
Loan from the state due to the sharing agreement
6.55.65
municipalities and other regions
9
Passives
001
Loans from municipalities due to the sharing agreement
002
Loan from other regions due to the sharing agreement
6.55.66
Pension insurance
6.55.67
Other insurance companies
6.55.68
Realkredit
6.55.70
Municipal credit
6.55.71
Money institutions
6.55.74
Publicly emitted bonds abroad
6.55.75
Second long-term debt with domestic creditor
6.55.76
Second long-term debt with foreign creditor
6.55.77
Long-term debt relating to older dwellings
6.55.78
Applicable to Quality Fund Investments
9
Passives
920
Deduction
921
Loan recording
3035
New University Hospital in Aalborg
9000 9000
The new university hospital in Aarhus, DNU
7699
Region Hospital Viborg, RHV
6599
New Vest, DNV
1671
Odense University Hospital
1672
Hospital Little Belt, Kolding
1673
Hospital of Southern Jutland
1911
The new hospital
1711
New Hospital Herlev
1811
New Hospital Hvidovre
1211
New Hospital Bispebjerg
2211
New Hospital North Zealand
5181
New construction at Psychiatric Center Sct. Hans
8004
Køge Hospital
8002
Psychological in Slagelse
8003
Slagelse Hospital (acut reception)
6.55.79
Financial leased assets
MATERIAL ANLÆGSAKTIVER
6.54.80
Reasons
8
Activate Activate Activate Activate Activate Activate
001
Hospitals and health – regional
002
Hospitals and health – self-owned institutions
003
Social tasks – regional
002
Social tasks – self-owned institutions
005
Regional development tasks
006
Not distributed assets
6.59.11
Buildings
8
Activate Activate Activate Activate Activate Activate
001
Hospitals and health – regional
002
Hospitals and health – self-owned institutions
003
Social tasks – regional
002
Social tasks – self-owned institutions
005
Regional development tasks
006
Not distributed assets
6.54.82
Technical systems, machines, major special equipment and transport
8
Activate Activate Activate Activate Activate Activate
001
Hospitals and health – regional
002
Hospitals and health – self-owned institutions
003
Social tasks – regional
002
Social tasks – self-owned institutions
005
Regional development tasks
006
Not distributed assets
6.54.83
Inventar – including computers and other IT equipment
8
Activate Activate Activate Activate Activate Activate
001
Hospitals and health – regional
002
Hospitals and health – self-owned institutions
003
Social tasks – regional
002
Social tasks – self-owned institutions
005
Regional development tasks
006
Not distributed assets
6.54.84
Material plant assets during execution and prepayments for material assets
8
Activate Activate Activate Activate Activate Activate
001
Hospitals and health – regional
002
Hospitals and health – self-owned institutions
003
Social tasks – regional
002
Social tasks – self-owned institutions
005
Regional development tasks
006
Not distributed assets
IMMATERIAL ANLÆGSACTIVER
6.62.85
Development projects and other acquired intellectual property assets
8
Activate Activate Activate Activate Activate Activate
001
Hospitals and health – regional
002
Hospitals and health – self-owned institutions
003
Social tasks – regional
002
Social tasks – self-owned institutions
005
Regional development tasks
006
Not distributed assets
REQUESTIONS
6.65.86
Stocks/sheets
8
Activate Activate Activate Activate Activate Activate
001
Hospitals and health – regional
002
Hospitals and health – self-owned institutions
003
Social tasks – regional
002
Social tasks – self-owned institutions
005
Regional development tasks
006
Not distributed assets
REQUESTIONS – FYSICAL AGREE TO Sale
6.68.87
Due and buildings determined for resale
8
Activate Activate Activate Activate Activate Activate
001
Hospitals and health – regional
002
Hospitals and health – self-owned institutions
003
Social tasks – regional
002
Social tasks – self-owned institutions
005
Regional development tasks
006
Not distributed assets
PASSIVER
HENSAT
6.72.90
Obligations
9
Passives
001
Non-insurance pension schemes
002
The reason for cultural activities
003
Provision of business development
002
The case of education
EGENKAPITAL
6.75.94
Modpost for donations
6.75.95
Reserve for printing
6.75.96
Accumulated result for health
6.75.98
Accumulated result for the regional development area
6.75.99
Balance account

4 KONTING-EGLER

Content Content Content
Page Page
Main account 1 Health
4.1 - 1
Main Account 2 Social and Special Education
4.2 - 1
Main account 3 Regional development
4.3 - 1
Main account 4 Common purpose and administration
4.4 - 1
Main account 5 Cleans etc.
4.5 - 1
Main account 6 Balance
4.6 - 1

4 KONTING-EGLER

Main account 1 Health

The main account includes expenditure and revenue relating to the hospitals of the regions and associated institutions etc., as well as expenditure and revenue relating to health protection. In addition, expenditure and revenue are registered with the administration of the health area.

In connection with the grant release, the main account is cost-based principles, while the accounting is used both expense and cost-based principles.

SYGEHUSVSEN

1.10.01 Hospitals

On this feature, expenditure and revenues are recorded regarding the hospital and expenditure and income relating to hospital services provided outside the hospital hospitals of the region, such as atpice stay and treatment in other regions or abroad.

Registration on cost is authorized. Expenses and revenues in the hospital area are registered in the accounts of cost site in accordance with the Organizational Register of Hospital, SOR, at the lowest possible relevant level. This means that the cost types that can be registered at a given level without the use of the distribution keys must be registered at this level in accordance with Section 2.3.

In the budget, the hospital level must be registered in accordance with SOR, which means an independent organizational unit. A hospital may constitute one or more geographical devices depending on how the hospital is organised.

The cross-disciplinary grouping structure is authorized on the function, as it is on the other functions of the account plan for regions. In addition, there are a number of authorized groupings that are specific to the function, such as grouping 120 Medicine.

Registration on the individual hospitals

Expenses and revenues relating to individual hospitals are registered on cost numbers in accordance with SOR at the lowest possible level. The regions must ensure that it is possible for the central authorities for each cost number to provide information about the address of the organizational device, department specials etc.

Payment for services that are exchanged between the region’s own hospitals to be composted between the cost sites of the hospital concerned by the use of the internal species under main nine or plus/minuspostations on the same kind. However, the resource use is recorded at ambulant treatment and investigations that are the result of references between the region’s own hospitals, only in the hospital where the activity takes place.

In other regions of hospitalisation, ambulant treatment or studies are also recorded on the individual hospitals, using art 7.8.

In the separate authorized cost sites of dranst 3 to hospital buildings financed by the quality fundants. The following cost sites are authorized:

3
plant
3035 New University Hospital in Aalborg
9000 9000 The new university hospital in Aarhus, DNU
7699 Region Hospital Viborg, RHV
6599 New Vest, DNV
1671 Odense University Hospital
1672 Hospital Little Belt, Kolding
1673 Hospital South Jutland
1911 The new hospital
1711 New Hospital Herlev
1811 New Hospital Hvidovre
1211 New Hospital Bispebjerg
2211 New Hospital North Zealand
5181 New construction at Psychiatric Center Sct. Hans
8004 Køge Hospital
8005 Psychological in Slagelse
8003 Slagelse Hospital (acut reception)

Shared Account

Common expenses and income relating to hospitals are registered at cost 0001. In the joint account, expenditure and revenue are recorded, which cannot be distributed in the individual hospitals.

Payments to other regions relating to hospitalisations, ambulant treatment or investigations on Somatic hospitals must also be registered on the common cost and using grouping 810 Payments – other regions. If the individual hospital dispons over expenditure on other regions in connection with hospitalisations, ambulant treatment or studies, this may be registered by sub-shareing the joint account and allowing the individual hospital to dispose of part thereof. The registration must not be made on the cost sites for the individual hospitals.

Payments to other public authorities are registered under the ownership code 3 Other public authorities. Payment for admission to private hospitals and for admission to foreign hospitals is registered under the ownership code 4 Private suppliers of non-addressed services and using grouping 820 Payments – private hospitals and institutions.

Although the region has an operational interest in the region’s budget and accounts for the rules of self-come and private institutions listed in Section 2.3.

It is underlined that there must be an actual occurrence of operations, i.e. that the region must influence a wide range of conditions around the operation, in accordance with what is applicable to self-come and private institutions with the establishment of the social area. Use agreements alone do not allow for self-employed/private hospitals to be admitted to the budget or accounting of the region. Recorded a private/sel road hospital in the budget and accounting, the common rules on medium-regional payments (use of art 4.8 respectively) in the event that other regions use places in that hospital.

The provisions relating to the admission of self-competitive and private hospitals in the region’s budget and accounting also apply institutions with the occurrence of operations if they fall within a hospital. In this regard, it is subject to whether they receive patients to hospitalization or ambulant treatment.

Help functions

On the function, a number of help activities that are resolved on common basis within the hospital authorities of the region, and which do not directly have patient treatment to do. It is about activities that are often handled by independent organizational devices, such as course departments, central kitchens, the engagement of patients.

SYGESIKRING M.V.

On this main function, the regional expenditure and revenue are registered under the law of public health insurance.

The following exhaust categories have been authorised:

1.20.10
General medical attention
1.20.11
Specialist help
1.20.12
Medicine Medicine
1.20.13
Dentistry
1.20.14
Fysiurgical treatment
1.20.15
Kiropraktor
1.20.16
Glasses
1.20.17
Travel insurance
1.20.18
Foot therapists
1.20.19
Psychological treatment
1.20.20
Other health insurance costs
1.20.21
Nutrition preparation
1.20.22
Profylactic pregnancy studies
1.20.23
Medical studies of children
1.20.24
Vaccinations
1.20.25
Hearing aids
1.20.30
Special dental care

It is noted that in function 1.20.20.20, all other expenses are recorded, e.g. grants for training and treatment as well as expenses for interpreting assistance in connection with medical treatment.

In the context of public health protection, art 5.2 is used.

Art 5.2 is therefore used for registration of expenses for payment of bills, which can be specified on the individual patient, including the cost of medicine and supplements for glasses. In addition, the functions apply to the general rules for specific coding.

In connection with the use of Art 5.2, transfers of services or products from another account area in the region to the main function shall be made a revenue registration in the account area from which the sale is made (e.g. function 1.10.01) using art 7.2 or 7.9. For other transfers, the general rules for internal settlements apply.

Only sick insurance expenses for the region’s own citizens must be stated in the main function. In the event of sick insurance expenses for other regions, it must be either registered in a billing account or equal to credit.

It is noted that expenditure and revenue relating to health insurance certificates are registered on function 1.60.41

DIVERSE INCREASURES AND INDICATIONS

1.60.40 Central administration of the health area

In this feature, expenditure held by central entities are recorded in connection with the administration of the health area, including pay for administrative staff, which are fully or largely engaged in the health area. Expenses relating to administration taking place at hospitals and institutions and relating to these, are recorded on function 1.10.01.

1.60.41 Other costs and revenue

On this feature, expenses and revenues that cannot be distributed on the functions 1.10.01-1.60.40 are recorded, including expenses for the Patient Ombudsman and the Health Authority’s Disciplinary Board.

1.60.42 General reserves

This function is used for budgeting expenditure in the health area that cannot be distributed by the adoption of the budget. The expenses are transferred to the respective features of the main account 1 when there is clarity about the distribution of expenditure. There cannot be accounted on the function.

The general reserves may constitute a maximum of 1 % of the region’s budgeted net service costs for health covered by the regional spending ceiling, cf. section 11 of the law on a budget law.

PROPORTION OF UNAFFILIATED AND ADMINISTRATION

1.70.50 Common purpose and administrative costs regarding health

In connection with both budget and accounting, the function is charged using art 0.5 or art 9.1-9.4 and grouping 730, Interne transfers, a share of common purposes and management from function 4.70.99. The distribution key is determined by the regions taking account of the three regional activity areas’ load of the common area.

PROPORTION OF UNAFFILIATED M.V.

1.60 Renter

In connection with both budget and accounting, the function is charged with the use of dranst 1, art 0.5 or art 9.4 and grouping 730, Interne transfers, a share of interest expenses and income from function 5.90.99, in accordance with the fixed distribution key in Section 5.2.5.

FINANSIRING

This main feature includes the general and activity-dependent grants from state and municipalities to the financing of the health area. The deficits are recorded under Dranst 7 and when using main article 8 Financial income. For grants from the state, art 8.6 State grants are used. Other revenue is recorded on function 1.10.01-1.60.41.

1.90.90 Block subsidies from the state

In this function, the general state supplement for the financing of the health area is registered in accordance with Section 3 of the regions’ financing. By using plus/minus records on art 8.6, it is transferred part of the block grant that relates to the social and special learning area to function 2.90.91.

1.90.92 Municipal activity-dependent contribution

On this feature, the municipal activity-dependent contribution is recorded that a municipality pays a proportion of the region’s expenditure

• • •
per stationary and ambulant treatment at hospitals for patients from the municipality,
• • •
per supplied sick protection to patients from the municipality,
• • •
for rehabilitation, which has been provided during hospital hospitalization to patients from the municipality,

§§ 13 and 14 of the regions' funding.

An operating group is authorised for each of the activity-dependent contributions:

• • •
Stationary somatic
• • •
Ambulant somatic
• • •
Stationary psychiatry
• • •
Ambulant psychiatry
• • •
The Practice sector (Syge protection)
• • •
Training during installation

1.90.93 Activity grants from the State

On this feature, the state activity-dependent grants to the hospital authorities of the regions are registered in accordance with Section 15 of the regions' funding.

1.90.94 Discontinue from the softer compensation scheme

On the function alone grants are recorded from the equal scheme. The region’s reply to the equalisation scheme is based on the general grants and is thus included in the registered amount of function 1.90.90.90 Blocks from the State.

Main Account 2 Social and Special Education

This main account includes costs and revenue in connection with the statutory supplier of the regions in relation to the municipalities for a number of social and educational offers. The regions receive payment from the municipalities for the operational tasks they are responsible for them.

The payments from the municipalities are registered in grouping 830 and with the use of art 7.7 Payments from municipalities, however, the objective funding contribution is recorded regarding the social area and special training area, in accordance with function 2.90.90, on grouping 831 and 832 and by the use of principal 8.

Activities of function 2.85.80 - Special administrative tasks - funded as an exception by the transfer of parts of the health blockage from the state to function 2.90.91 Block subsidies from the state. In the statement of the balance requirements of budget and accounting for the three areas of activity divided into regions, the two functions of the main account are 1 Health.

In connection with the grant release, the main account is cost-based principles, while in the budget and the accounting is used both expenditure and cost-based principles.

SOCIALE AND SPECIAL WORKING

2.10.01 Social offers, special lessons and advice

On this feature, costs and revenue are recorded:

• • •
special day deals and special clubs by section 32 and section 36 of the service law,
• • •
care families and residences, etc. for children and young people after section 66 of the service law,
• • •
preventive measures for children and young people, including to young people from 18 to 22 years after section 52(3), No. 1-7 and 9-10, § 52(4) and 5, § 54 and § 76(2) and paragraph 3(2) and 3(2) of the service law,
• • •
for children and young persons placed outside the home after section 52(3), no. 8, § 58 and § 75 of the service law, cf. section 66 of the service law,
• • •
day-stays for 18-22-years, cf. section 76(3), no. 1 of the law of social service,
• • •
day-to-day residences for 18-22-years, cf. section 76(3), no. 4 of the service law,
• • •
secured day-to-day institutions for children and young people, including safe departments associated with a day institution, after Section 123 of the Service Act,
• • •
personal and practical help (home aid) after § 83 of the service law,
• • •
solution, relief, and help, etc. to persons with significant reduced function ability, §§ 84, 85 and 102,
• • •
support for aids, consumer goods, interior decoration and engagement to persons with lasting reduced physical or mental ability, jf 112 – 117,
• • •
consultancy institutions, including country and nation-wide consulting institutions and knowledge centers for children and young people, in accordance with Section 11 of the Service Act, as well as child psychologists who are not a hospital service,
• • •
treatment of drug abuses by the § 101 and the Danish Health Act § 142,
• • •
overnight stay for individuals with significant and lasting reduced physical or mental function ability, cf. section 108 of the service law
• • •
Host offer for temporary stay for persons with significant and lasting reduced physical or mental ability or special social problems, cf. section 107 of the service law
• • •
contact person and accompanying arrangements for persons with significant and lasting reduced physical and mental function ability, §§ 45 and 96-99,
• • •
protected employment for persons under 65 years with significant reduced physical or mental function ability or special social problems, cf. section 103,
• • •
activity and interaction with individuals with significant reduced physical or mental ability
or special social problems, cf. section 104 of the service law

Costs for rehabilitation and maintenance training, in accordance with Section 86 of the Service Act during function 1.10.01 Hospitals

In addition, the cost and revenue of the country- and country-wide offers for special training and teaching institutions with special lessons for people with speech, hearing or visual difficulties (Communication Centres).

2.10.30 General older dwellings

The former county-Community owned general older dwellings are based on general housing law, etc. transferred to the regions per 1 January 2007. With regard to the establishment of new general older housings for this group, it is only the municipal council of the municipal council, making a decision. However, the individual municipal council may decide that the housing must be built and operated by the region council, which again may decide to leave the building and operating task to a public housing organisation or an independent institution.

There are on the function authorized following operating groups, which depending on the ownership relationship is used as listed below:

501 Services support for private elderly dwellings
502 Rental Loss
503 Rent income

Regional owned property:

The following costs are recorded on function 2.20.30:

• • •
Rental loss etc., including missing rental, is registered on grouping 502 with counterpost on grouping 503.
• • •
The full rent payments of the residents are recorded on grouping 503. Art 7.1. It is noted that then function 6.52.60 is carried out a separate registration of the part of the tenant's rent that relates to the maintenance of the balance account. The balance must be specified according to the rules of law on general housing and the rental law.
• • •
The general operating costs of the property.
• • •
Construction costs, including the soil value, taken into account real estate and intended advance and administration contribution.

Other regional costs and revenues, including the financing of housings, are recorded in the following ways:

• • •
Homeed index loans are registered in the main account 6 under function 6.55.77 Long-term debts relating to older dwellings. At the end of the year, the borrower will be indexed in function 6.55.77 with a counterpart in the balance account.
• • •
The capital of the Region is written in function 6.32.24, grouping 002 with a counterpost in balance account 6.75.99. The refund of the residents is part of the rent, and the status is subsequently regulated.

Deduction on loans relating to regional general elderly dwellings is charged 6.55.77.

Interests of debt relating to regional general elderly dwellings are recorded on one of the features 5.55.68-5.55.76 depending on the borrower

Older residences owned by non-profit housing companies, self-owned institutions or pension funds

The following costs are recorded on function 2.20.30:

• • •
Eventual losses on index loans are registered on grouping 502.

Other regional costs and revenue are thus registered:

• • •
The capital of the Region is registered on function 6.32.24, grouping 002. In commencement of reimbursement of basic capital, function is credited 6.32.24 for the annual deduction.

It is noted that operating and plant costs regarding general older dwellings cannot be reported to VAT refunds.

DIVERSE REQUESTIONS AND INDICATIONS

2.60.40 Central administration of the social area

In this feature, costs incurred by central entities in the administration of the social and special lessons are recorded, including pay for administrative staff, which are fully or largely engaged in the social and special training area.

2.60.50 Other costs and revenue

On this feature, costs and revenues are not eligible for the functions 2.10.01 and 2.60.40.

PROPORTION OF UNAFFILIATED AND ADMINISTRATION

2.70.60 Common purpose and management costs regarding social offers and special training

In connection with both budget and accounting, the function is charged using art 9.1-9.4 and grouping 730, Interne transfers, a share of common purposes and management from function 4.70.99. The distribution key is determined by the regions taking account of the three regional activity areas’ load of the common area.

PROPORTION OF UNAFFILIATED

2.80.70 Cleans etc.

In connection with both budget and accounting, the function is recorded when using main item 6 the interest of the liquidity between the region, in accordance with function 5.35.35.33 Acquisitions regarding main account 2.

REAL ADMINISTRATIVE OPGAVER

2.80 Special administrative tasks

On the function, costs are recorded for the processing of municipal statements, drawing up and follow-up to framework agreements, coordinating the country- and national-wide offers, etc. on social. – and special training area. Cost is financed by the health blockage from the state, in accordance with function 2.90.91.

FINANSIRING

2.90.90 Object funding contribution

On the function, the objective funding from the municipalities is to be able to use the country and country-wide offers on both the social area and special training area.

The following groups are authorised:

831 Object financing – social

832 Special Education Area

The registration is carried out under Dranst 7 and by the use of the main article 8 Financial eggs.

2.90.91 Block subsidies from the state

In the function, the part of the blockage in the health area is recorded, which the Council of the Regions shall be used for special administrative tasks on the social and special training area (processing framework agreements etc.). The transfer is done from function1. 90.90 Block subsidies from the state using plus/minusposts on art 8.6.

Main account 3 Regional development

On the main account 3, the costs and revenue relating to the activities of the region in relation to public traffic, cultural business, business development and growth forums, education and environment.

In connection with the grant release, the main account is cost-based principles, while the accounting is used both expense and cost-based principles.

On the main functions 3.20 Cultural business, 3.30 Business Development and 3.40 Education budgets and expense commitment to grants with the entire amount given to the year in which legally binding commitments are given, regardless of whether part of the payout falls in later years. Legally binding commitments on project supplements are posted the statement on relevant function, grouping 001 and using art 5.9. In the event of a project is co-financed by the EU, the expected EU refund is also incomed with the submission of legally binding commitments.

KOLLEKTIV TRAFIKEL

3.10.01 Operators for traffic companies

In accordance with Section 3 of the Act on Traffic Companies, the region’s grants are registered to the traffic company.

The supplement of the Region is registered with art 5.9 Other grants and transfers.

The function is the following authorized grouping:

001 Claims for traffic companies related to services carried out by private suppliers
Here, the part of the region’s grants for traffic companies relating to services carried out by private suppliers. The traffic company shall identify how large part of the region’s grants to the traffic company relating to payment for services carried out by private suppliers.

VIRUSES VIRUSES

3.20.10 Up to cultural activities

On the function, grants are registered for individual cultural activities. It is authorised grouping 001 for the registration of legally binding commitments on grants.

ERHVERVSUDVIKLING

3.30.20 Growthfora

On the function, costs are recorded in relation to meetings, conferences, etc. in the region’s growth forums. The administrative costs associated with growth forums, including the secretariat control, must be registered on function 3.60.51.

The function is authorized grouping 001 for the registration of legally binding commitments on grants.

3.30.21 Tourism

On this feature, costs and revenue relating to tourism promotion activities, such as funding for tourism development companies, exhibition and conference facilities are registered against business tourism and tourism marketing, cf. law on business promotion § 9.

Furthermore, the commitments for EU grants to similar activities as well as the commitment to project support in relation to this. Legally binding commitments on grants are registered on grouping 001.

The central administration costs of the Region for tourism are registered at 3.60.51.

3.30.22 Innovation and new technology

On this feature, costs and revenues are recorded on the promotion of innovation (and the use of new technology), e.g. grants to development parks, cooperation between companies and knowledge institutions and facilities to promote cultural acquisitions as well as associated analyses, in accordance with the Act on Business Promotion § 9.

Furthermore, the commitments for EU grants to similar activities as well as the commitment to project support in relation to this. Legally binding commitments on grants are registered on grouping 001.

The central management costs of the Region for innovation and the use of new technology are registered at 3.60.51.

3.30.23 Business services and entrepreneurship

On this feature, costs and revenues are recorded regarding business services and entrepreneurship, such as grants to business councils, investment firms and entrepreneurship consultancy, cf. law on business promotion § 9.

Furthermore, the commitments for EU grants to similar activities as well as the commitment to project support in relation to this. Legally binding commitments on grants are registered on grouping 001.

The central administration costs of the Region for business service and entrepreneurship are registered at 3.60.51.

3.30.24 Development of human resources

On this feature, costs and revenues are recorded for the development of human resources in order to promote business development, for example, co-financing of social fund projects (e.g., competence development activities located beyond the general offer), cf.

The function is authorized grouping 001 for the registration of legally binding commitments on grants.

3.30.25 Development of outer and rural areas

In this feature, costs and revenues are recorded regarding business-producing activities which have the main objective of strengthening the development of external areas (svage areas), as well as country development, such as projects under the EU country-wide programmes and IT-houses in areas, in accordance with the Act on Business Promotion § 9.

The central administration costs of the Region in the development of external areas and country development are registered at 3.60.51.

The function is authorized grouping 001 for the registration of legally binding commitments on grants.

OILITY

3.40.30 Regional development tasks in the field of teaching

Here, the cost of the region is recorded for educational institutions (gymnasier, VUC, social and health schools etc.) in connection with the financing of local development projects and other types of projects with developing and training promotion aimed at the institutions.

The function is authorized grouping 001 for the registration of legally binding commitments on grants.

Administration of coordination and planning features is registered at 3.60.51.

Deposits to institutions are registered with art 5.9 Other grants and transfers.

MILE

3.50.40 Earth pollution

Here, the cost of land pollution is recorded. Administration of coordination and planning features is registered in the main account 3.60.51.

3.50.41 Raw materials

The operating costs of the region are recorded on the raw material area. Administration and planning tasks are hereby registered at 3.60.51.

DIVERSE REQUESTIONS AND INDICATIONS

3.60.50 Other costs and revenue

On this feature, costs and revenues are not eligible for the functions 3.10.01-3.50.41.

3.60.51 Central administration of regional development.

On this feature, costs incurred by central entities in the settlement with the administration of the regional development area, including pay for admini-strative staff, which are fully in or in the course of the regional development area.

PROPORTION OF UNAFFILIATED AND ADMINISTRATION

3.70.63 Common costs and administrative costs relating to other regional development tasks

In connection with both budget and accounting, the function is charged using art 0.5 and art 9.1-9.4 and grouping 730, Interne transfers, a share of common purposes and management from function 4.70.99.

The distribution key is determined by the regions taking into account the burden of regional activity of the common area.

PROPORTION OF UNAFFILIATED

3.80.70 Renter

In connection with both budget and accounting, the function is charged with the use of dranst 1, art 0.5 or art 9.4 and grouping 730, Interne transfers, a share of interest costs and income from 5.90.99, cf. the fixed distribution key in Section 5.2.5.

FINANSIRING

3.90.90 Block subsidies from the state

On this function, the general state subsidies for funding regional development tasks are recorded in accordance with Section 3 of the regions' funding.

The registration is made under Dranst 7 and by the use of art 8.6 State grants

3.90.91 Municipal development contribution

In this function, development contributions are registered for funding regional development tasks paid by municipalities in the region, cf. section 7 and 19 of the regions' funding.

The registration is carried out under Dranst 7 and when using main article 8 Financial income

Main account 4 Common purpose and administration

This main account includes costs and revenues regarding the region’s political business, the central administration and planning company, various costs and revenues as well as wage pools and choices.

For the registration of administrative costs and revenue, the following main rules apply:

• • •
Costs and revenues relating to central administration are registered only in the main account of 4, if there are cross-disciplinary task types that cannot be unique to one of the three areas. This applies, regardless of whether the central administration is gathered in the area, or whether it is divided into several geographical devices.
• • •
Cost and revenue relating to the management carried out and relates to the individual institution is registered under the institution.
• • •
Costs for employees with administrative tasks are registered in the main account 4, if the employee is fully or in terms of cross-disciplinary tasks that cannot be unique to one of three regional main areas.

The three regional main areas of the region’s costs for common purposes and administration are transferred in relation to budgeting and accounting from the main account 4 to the individual areas of the main account 1-3, where the amounts are charged by the use of art 0.5 or art 9.1-9.4. On the main account 4, the amounts will be credited 4.70.99 using art 0.9 or debited using art 9.7 Internegative expenditure.

In connection with the grant release is applied to the main account cost-based principles, while the budget and accounting is used both expenditure and cost-based principles.

POLITIES ORGANISATION

4.10.01 Common purpose

On this feature, costs and revenues that cannot be distributed on the functions 4.10.02-4.10.04, such as receiving delegations etc.

4.10.02 Region Council members

On this feature, all costs relating to the members of the Region Council are recorded, including remuneration, compensation for lost work service, reimbursements, diets, travel costs, costs of courses, meetings and representations, as well as pension and after-paid pay for advocates, etc. The function includes costs relating to the participation of the members in the region’s own business as membership of advice and boards.

In case of taxable income from the recipient, the taxable income is registered under the main item 1, while other non-taxable reimbursements and similar are registered under Art 4.0.

An operational grouping 040 has been authorised to register remuneration, etc. to politicians.

4.10.04 Select etc.

On this feature, costs and revenue are recorded regarding the election of the region.

Diæ for election managers, election board members and forewords are registered under the main article 1 if these are employed in the region, and under Art 4.0, if these are not employed in the region.

ADMINISTRATIV ORGANISATION

4.20.12 Secretariat and management

In this feature, costs and revenue are recorded regarding cross-disciplinary functions which cannot be applied in one of the three regional activity areas. This applies to:

• • •
the Secretariat of the Region Council,
• • •
the office of the president and secretariat,
• • •
different staff features (central finances, accounting, staff, IT office etc.)
• • •
other costs and revenue relating to the central administration of the region.

The direct transferable costs that can be uniquely related to one of the three regional activity areas must be registered on relevant function of individual main accounts.

In addition, the joint cost of the management - such as audit, IT, canteen operation, printing and copying, telephone and porto.

The function also recognises consulting, organization analyses, etc., which replaces or complements a management of the above tasks.

LØNPULJER m.v.

4.30.21 Løn and maternity heartbeats

This function is used for budgeting costs relating to special collective agreements that cannot be distributed by the adoption of the budget, such as local and chief wage pools and maternity equals. The cost is transferred to the respective functions when the pools are distributed. It is noted that other costs for pay, including, for example, costs to vicars, over/m.v., must be registered on the features that the cost relates.

Not paid costs for wage pools must be distributed in the areas of main account 1-3 with one of the region fixed distribution key.

TJENESTEMANDSPENSIONER

4.40.31 Board pension

On the function, the costs of paid service pension are recorded using Art 5.1. The payments are thus registered centrally and do not follow the employment area.

A deposit from a pension company for full or partial coverage of pension payments must be credited with the use of art 5.1. In the cost account, this means insured regions that the function must be credited with the net payment (pension payment for officials minus deposit from insurance) and charged 6.72.90

Any net expenses for pension insurance prizes (including bonus) are also recorded on the function but with the use of art 1. Likewise, the function of pension transfers is registered by the employment of officials (in the cost of paying region: credit, receiving region: debet). Both types of complication have an appeal on the income statement of pension obligations for civil servants on function 6.72.90 Fixed obligations.

The pension payment does not involve a cost in the cost accounts, but only that the pension obligation is reduced, the withdrawals are neutralized by crediting the function of the kind 0.3 and debtor function 6.72.90.

On the function, the following operating grouping is authorised:

050
Withdrawal of pension for civil servants before 1.1.2007
Here, the costs for the withdrawal of pension for civil servants are deducted from the former county municipalities before 1.1.2007 with the right to current or set pension, cf. section 3 of the announcement of service obligations in relation to the municipal reform.

There is also under Dranst 2 authorized a grouping 050 for the registration of the refund which the state provides the regions of costs recorded on operational grouping 050, cf. section 4 of the service obligations in connection with the municipal reform.

The cost of officials corresponding to the change in the pension obligation is charged in the relevant cost places where these are authorized, otherwise in the function under the main account 1-4 using art 0.3. The cost is calculated as a percentage supplement of 20.3 % of the pension winning salary for the service staff employee. The cost is credited to function 6.72.90, grouping 001, Non-insurance pension.

Except from the authorisation of a discretion established cost to the board of service representatives of 20.3 % of the pension reward to the earners is the institutions that provide services under the framework agreements on the social and special teaching area. This applies to the specified cost via the concluded framework agreements. These costs are also included in compliance with the rules of Budget and accounting system for regions.

DIVERSE REQUESTIONS AND INDICATIONS

4.60.51 Other costs and revenue

On this feature, costs and revenues are not eligible for the functions 4.20.12-4.40.31.

4.60.52 Interne insurance pools

This function is used if the region has established a cross-border internal insurance scheme. The insurance prize must be determined so that the insurance rests in itself in the long term. The completion of the insurance prize must be made on a documented basis to be stated in the comments to the budget and the accounting. Claims and expenses relating to the insurance arrangements can be registered when using main item 0 calculated costs.

Instead of applying internal species, the insurance scheme can be handled by leaving for the budget work, a reduction of the grants is made corresponding to the value of the insurance prizes placed on function 4.60.52.

Expenses for damage claims, damages, etc. are recorded using external species on the relevant groupings of function 4.60.52 or directly on the function.

It is clear that the administrative costs relating to internal insurance arrangements must be registered at function 4.20.12 Secretariat and management.

In the function, the authorised transverse groups are used for work injuries, patient injuries, inventory andft insurance, as well as insurance for properties:

030 Working damage

Here, expenditure and revenue are registered with employee injuries

220 Patient Damage, Hospitals

Here, expenditure and revenue are registered with damages for patients on the regional hospitals.

230 Patient damage, practice and private hospital

Here, expenditure and revenue are registered with damages for patients in treatment in practitioners and in private hospitals.

320 Operation and Maintenance

This includes expenses and revenue relating to inventory andft insurance.

410 Property expenses and property maintenance

This includes expenses and revenue relating to insurance related to the property of the region.

EQUIRED TO HOVEDING 1-3

4.70.99 Transfer Transfer Transfer - Common purpose and administration

The three regional main areas of the region’s costs and revenue for common purposes and administration are transferred in relation to budgeting and accounting from the main account 4 to the individual areas of main account 1-3.

To display a correct division of main account 1- 3 on the expense-based records (headed 1-9) and the cost-based records (headed 0), it is necessary for the distribution/reposting of the cost-based records from main account 4 to be done via main item 0, while the cost-based records are distributed using main 9. The transfer takes place on grouping 730 Interne transfers. In relation to main account 2, the transfer occurs in all cases using main item 9.

In addition, Dranst 1 is used by the transfer of operation and dranst 3 by the transfer of installations.

In this feature, the amounts are credited using art 0.9 or charged when using art 9.7 Internegative expenditure, grouping 730 Interne transfers and relevant dranst value. The distribution key is determined by the regions taking into account the burden of regional activity of the common area.

Financial accounts: Main Account 5 and 6

The main account of the Account Plan 1-4 includes the actual operating and construction company. Unlike this, the main accounts relate 5 and 6 the financial area and the balance.

The main account 5 is used for registering interest, etc., including financial income.

The main account 6 shows the stocks in the balance of regions. The activations appear in the features 6.10.01-6.42.43 and 6.54.81-6.54.87. The conditions are shown in the 6.45.46-6.55.79 and 6.72.90. The difference between assets and obligations is stated in the main function “Egenital” (the functions 6.75.91- 6.75.99).

In connection with the accounting end, certain up and depreciation of the statusposts under the main account 6 is carried out in balance account. As an example, the regulation of bond holdings can be provided by the price per 31 December.

On the main account 5 and 6, a parallel main function and function building is used.

Features:

5.10.05 Deposits in banks etc.

6.10.05 Deposits in banks etc.

is thus used for registration of respectively:

– – Interests of deposits in banks etc. (5.10.05)

– – Deposits of deposits in banks, etc. (6.10.05)

Main account 5 Cleans etc.

The main account 5 is used for the registration of interest income and expenses as well as price loss and price gains as well as refund of the purchase price.

In relation to interest rates, only main item is 6 and 8, so that the main item 6 is used in relation to interest costs and price loss and mains 8 for interest income and price gains. When registration of revenue and expenditure relating to the VAT refund scheme, the dranst 2, main item 8.

The three regional main areas of the region’s expenses and revenue relating to interest are transferred in the budgetary and accounting from the main account 5 to the main account 1 and 3, where the amounts are charged by the use of principal 9. On the main account 5, the amounts function 5.90.99 are also credited to the use of main item 9.

LICENSE AKTIVER

5.10.05 Deposits in banks etc.

On this feature, interest income is recorded by deposits in banks etc.

Furthermore, fees are registered with deposits in banks.

The registration is at the time of depreciation of interest. Interests attributed no later than 31 December shall be attributed to an old financial year.

5.10.07 Investment and Locations

5.10.08 Real credit bonds

5.10.09 Municipal bonds

5.10.10 State bonds etc.

5.11 Foreign bonds

In these features, interest income is recorded by the securities concerned.

The registration is made by the payment. In the purchase or other acquisition of bonds between two terms, any paid interest is recorded as negative income rate at the acquisition.

Feature 5.10.10.10 includes government bonds as state debts, government loans with variable interest and tax chambers.

The function 5.10.11 includes the interest of foreign mortgage and government bonds issued in an EU/EEA country, in an EU/EEA coin unit and noted on a fund exchange in an EU/EEA country, in accordance with Section 6(1) of the notice of the placing of funds and boards.

RENTER AF KORTFRISTEDE FORGODEHAVENDER I ØVRIGT

5.28.14 Operators in payment control

5.28.15 Other head account holders 1-4

5.28.18 Financial assets associated with self-owned institutions with the establishment

5.28.19 municipalities and other regions

In these features, interest income is recorded by the respective creditors.

However, the registration is made at the expense dispatch or by payment, depending on the conditions of the different interest-bearing claims - for function 5.28.18, however, no later than in the registration of the accounting for the self-owned institution.

The interest in the social area and regional development area is not recorded in function 5.28.15, but on function 5.31

RENTER AF LANGFRISTOVER FORGODEHAVENDER

5.32.20 Pantry

5.32.21 Stocks and vouchers etc.

5.32.22 Front owners

5.32.23 Loans for residents

5.32.25 Other long-term lending and receivables

5.32.26 Non-liquid bonds

5.32.27 Deposited amounts for loans etc.

On these features, the region’s interest income is recorded by the long-term settlements, including share yields, etc.

The registration is made up of the term date, whether the payment must be made cash, or the interest must be attributed to the main chair (the head office).

Interest income for the deposited amounts for loans etc. can - to avoid piece-wood distributions - income on the respective functions instead of function 5.32.27. However, interest income for the deposited amount regarding quality fund investments is recorded on a separate grouping 930 on function 5.32.27.

If the region provides grants to an institution etc. for payment of interest by one of the region provided loans, this is to consider as a interest exemption. This means that there is no registration of grants and interest income.

RENTER AF UDL Accutaneous HOVEDING 2

5.35.31 Review of main account 2

On this feature, the region’s interest income and expenditure is recorded the social area. Tilgodehavens and debt are interestd with the market rate.

The registration will be made by the end of the accounting, and the counterpart will take place in the main account 2.

REQUIRED TO PENGEINSTITUTTER

5.50.50 Case credits and construction loans

Registration of interest expenses and commissions is done by the rewriting of interest in the financial institution. Interests attributed no later than 31 December shall be attributed to an old financial year.

On the function, the interest is recorded (rate loss) of certificates and REPO transactions.

PURPOSE STATEMENT STATEMENT

5.51.52 Second debt

Registration of interest costs is made by payment.

PURPOSE HELP IN PACKAGE

5.52.54 municipalities and other regions

5.52.56 Other short-term debts with domestic payment

5.52.57 Other short-term debts with foreign payment

5.52.59 Between billing account

5.52.61 Independent institutions with the presence of the operational

On these features, interest expenses are recorded regarding the debts concerned.

In function 5.52.56, interest in cash deposits and settlements with grants etc.

The registration is made at the time of decay or by payment, depending on the conditions of the individual obligations; for function 5.52.61, however, no later than in the registration of the accounts for the self-come institution.

PURPOSE SAFETY

5.53 Independent institutions with the presence of the operational

5.54 Stat and hypotekbank

5.55 municipalities and other regions

5.55.66 Pension insurance

5.57 Other insurance companies

5.58 Realkredit

5.55.70 Municipal credit

5.55.71 Money institutions

5.55.74 Publicly emitted bonds abroad

5.55.75 Second long-term debt with domestic creditor

5.55.76 Second long-term debt with foreign creditor

5.55.78 Applicable to Quality Fund Investments

On these features, the region’s interest expenses are recorded for long-term debt, including management contributions and the share of reserve funds.

The registration is made up of the term date, whether payment happens at the same time, or the interest is added to the payment of a remaining account. The acquisition of bonds issued by the municipality itself before the due date for amortisation, the interest rate is recorded at the acquisition. The receipt of interest in lending between two interest rates is considered negative expense rates.

On function 5.55.78, grouping 929 has been authorised to record interest costs regarding quality fund projects.

KURSTAB AND KURSGEVINSTER

During this main feature, course losses and price gains are recorded, however, the price loss is recorded in relation to borrowing directly on balance account 6.75.99.

5.75.78 Kurstab and course gains in addition

The registration is based on the time of the event and is calculated as the difference between the value and the value of the event deduction of trading costs, i.e. courier, fees etc.

The registration is made under Dranst 4.

After the establishment of the Securities Centre, the price value of the individual fixed bonds cannot be found. This means that a region cannot be distinguished between whether a drawn or broken bond is acquired before 1 January or in the current financial year.

The Kursgevinsten on the draw or de incident of bonds within a series where the region per 31 December had a holding and later acquired additional bonds, must therefore be calculated in relation to a road average of the value per 31 December and the value of later acquired bonds within the series. It is noted that regions wishing to register the price winestone/loss in relation to the original purchase price rather than the regulated price per 31 December have the option to apply the following procedure:

In the event or outtake of bonds, the difference between the purchase value (purchase price) and sales value is recorded as a price or exchange rate in function 5.75.78, and at the same time the difference between the purchase price and the value per previous year 31 December as an up, or depreciation over the status of the main account 6 with a counterpart in balance account 6.9.

The same rules apply to realised losses and gains in the event of swaps.

Jf. it referred to in Section 7.0, the principle of continuity, after which the assessment of the municipal accounts should not be carried out frequent changes in the registration, it will be appropriate that the region decides to attach to one of the registered entries.

REFUSION AF KØBSMOMS

5.80.95 Refusion of purchase invoices

On this feature, revenue and expenses relating to the state refund scheme of purchase invoices are recorded.

The registration is carried out under Dranst 2, main article 8, on subsequent exhaustion, authorized groups For individual groupings, the following comments must be attached.

Grouping 002 Refusion of buymoms and grouping 003 Expenses for The purchase price is calculated with equal amounts.

It is noted that when the refund income of grouping 002 is registered as ‘negative expenditure’, grouping 002 and grouping 003 for one particular financial year will be offset.

The content of groupings 002 and 003 is determined by the cost of the main account 1-4, as the refund purchase invoices must be built in grouping 003 - and not in the individual functions under main account 1-4.

For the accounting period, the following applies:

The purchase refund shall be calculated on the basis of the supplementary accounts, in the extent that the refund is first paid after the completion of the supplementary period - shall be deducted in the financial year.

1 and 3

5.90.99 Transfer – Interests etc.

The shares of regional main areas (including common purposes and administration) of the region’s expenses and revenues for interest, etc. are transferred in relation to budgeting and accounting from main account 5 to main account 1 and 3, where the amounts are charged by the use of dranst 1, art 9.1-9.4 and grouping 730 Interne transfers. In this feature, the amounts are credited using dranst 1, art 9.7 Interne revenue and grouping 730 Interne transfers. The distribution is done according to the specified distribution key in Section 5.2.5.

The interest income of the region and expenditure relating to the social area is not distributed as the counterpart of 5.35.35.31 is carried directly on the main account 2.

Main account 6 Balance

The main account 6 represents the total balance of the region. The overword consists of the balance of material, intangible assets and financial assets and liabilities, with liabilities understood the sum of equity and obligations.

The balance contains information about the value of the region's reasons and buildings, technical facilities, machines and major special equipment, inventory, transportation etc. Similarly, the information on the financial assets of the region and the value of obligations.

The main account 6 does not apply to the budgeting, as budgeting and registration of the status accounts is set out in the balance and money flow statement, which the region council must approve in connection with both the budget and the accounts. Features 6.10.01-6.42.43 and 6.54.81-6.64.87 are active accounts recorded under Dranst 8. The features 6.45.46-6.55.79 and 6.72.90-6.75.99 are passive accounts recorded during Dranst 9.

It is not mandatory to apply species in the balance, except for main species 0, which, in certain cases, according to the rules of application, is the requirement to apply. For example, it applies to investment, registration of depreciation and pension costs.

LICENSE AKTIVER

For the purposes of controlling compliance with the Chamber of Commerce, in accordance with the Ministry of Finance and the Danish Ministry of Foreign Affairs on the banks of the regions and the notice of guarantees, etc., the Section shall be organised so that there may be a reconstruction of the saldiene on function 6.10.01-6.10.11 daily during the course 12 months period (see also function 6.50.50).

6.10.01 Consolidated stocks

The balance must correspond to the present holding. In the course of the year, the income funds will often include Annex for expenditure (and any revenue) as part of the holding.

It is noted that the social area and the debt of the regional development area to the region may not exceed the region's liquid stocks (the price of the saldies on the features 6.10.01-6.10.11) presented the available feature on the region's cash credit. Please refer to Section 10.3.1 and 10.3.2.

6.10.05 Deposits in banks etc.

The balance of this feature must correspond to what is known as available on the account. Foreign bank accounts are calculated at the end of the financial year in new exchange rate with maturity account 6.75.99.

6.10.07 Investment and Locations

6.10.08 Real credit bonds

6.10.09 Municipal bonds

6.10.10 State bonds etc.

6.10.11 Foreign bonds

The function 6.10.07 includes a place in dividends in yielding investment and placement associations, in accordance with the notice of the placing and board of funds.

Feature 6.10.08 includes bonds issued by mortgage institutes, banks etc. Feature 6.10.09 includes bonds issued by municipality credit and other Danish coined bonds issued by Danish municipalities. Feature 6.10.10 includes securities issued by the Danish State, including government bonds, state debts, government loans with variable interest and tax chambers.

Functionality 6.10.11 includes interest-bearing bonds, which are traded on a regulated market, in accordance with the notice of placing and board of funds. Only foreign bonds must be registered on the function.

The return of securities is registered to the price of the day available to the securities. Kursgevinst and exchange losses are recorded on function 5.75.78.

The value of the action is calculated at the annual end of the price per 31 December with a maturity of 6.75.99 Balance account, grouping 002 Modpost for value adjustments.

FORGODEHAVENDER HOS STATEN

6.15.13 Governments

The balance must correspond to the total amount of appeal, which must always be specified on single items.

The following grouping has been authorised:

001 Constant appeals due to the sharing agreement

In accordance with the rules on compensation to authorities relating to the sharing agreement, cf. section 41(1) of the notice no. 877 of 16 September 2005 on the distribution of assets and liabilities, rights and duties and employees arising from the task mover on 1 January 2007 in connection with the municipal reform.

REQUIRED TOGODEHAVENDER I ØVRIGT

6.28.14 Operators in payment control

6.28.15 Other Tilts

The balance of these features must correspond to the total appeal that must always be specified on single records.

Insistent amounts are passed over balance account 6.75.99 or over the account in which the income in its time was conferred.

6.28.17 Between the preceding and the following financial year

The function must be used for periodization between the financial year of e.g. prepaid salary, rent, subscription expenses, etc.

The function does not register expenses and revenues, according to more specific rules, are included in the main account 6, such as the functions 6.28.14 and 6.52.56.

The balance must correspond to the sum of:

• • •
pre-paid amounts in an old financial year,
• • •
prepaid amounts in the old financial year regarding new financial year.

In the accounting end, the balance of function 6.28.17 in the old financial year shall correspond to the sum of postages on function 6.28.17 in new financial year, with opposite signs.

The balance can be both positive and negative and can therefore be both an active as well as a passive. However, the registration is made under Dranst 8 in any case.

6.28.18 Financial assets associated with self-owned institutions with the establishment

The balance must, at the end of the accounting, correspond to the total financial assets associated with the institutions with the agreement.

6.28.19 municipalities and other regions

The balance must correspond to the total amount of appeal, which must always be specified on single items.

On the function, cash creditors are registered in municipalities and regions associated with the sharing agreement, in accordance with Section 41(1) of Regulation No 877 of 16 September 2005 on the distribution of assets and liabilities, rights and duties and employees arising from the assignment, on 1 January 2007 in connection with the municipal reform. The composition amount is recorded directly on the 6.75.99 Balance account function.

Two groups are authorised:

001 Constant appeals to municipalities due to the sharing agreement

002 cash donors in regions due to the sharing agreement

LANGFRISTITY

6.32.20 Pantry

The balance must correspond to the current residual retreat. Unsholdable tilgodes or receivables converted to grants shall be taken into account 6.75.99.

6.32.21 Stocks and vouchers etc.

The balance must for unsigned shares correspond to the price per 31 December. Kursregulation is based on balance account 6.75.99.

The receipt of funds shares as well as up, and the depreciation of the value of the shares is recorded solely on the main account 6 - with a balance sheet account 6.75.99.

For non-notified shares and other shares of shares (assessments, deposits, etc.) shall be made in the form of the internal value in accordance with the latest financial statements or interim accounts for the companies that the region has shares in. A company's inner value is its own capital. The method implies that the region in the balance must inherit a proportion of the company's internal value corresponding to the region's ownership. Internal value method also applies to ownership shares in joint-regional companies. However, this does not apply to companies that the region must participate in by law. In the comments for the accounting, the calculation of the internal value for each company appears. The value adjustment is made with a balance sheet account 6.75.99.

6.32.24 Deposits in Landsbuildingfonden etc.

As a result of the very favourable lending conditions, with, among other things, interest and significant deduction freedom provided for in the income Landsbuilding Fund, etc., the balance will be marked with ‘’ in the balance of the region. The regulation of the unmanaged deposits in the Landsbuilding Fund is made up of a balance sheet account 6.75.99.

In the comments for the accounting, the nominal value of the region’s unmanaged deposits in the Landsbuilding Fund shall be calculated.

In the balance calculated perimo for the following year, the value regulation must be returned, so the account again shows the nominal appeal.

The following groups have been authorised:

–001 Investments (inferred in Landsbuildingfonden)

Below, the basic capital deficit is registered in general construction, cf. section 120 of general housing law. In connection with the sale of general dwellings, there will be reimbursement of basic capital deficits.

–002 Base capital for general elderly dwellings

Below, basic capital deficits are registered for older dwellings built by the region, but not by a public housing organisation, cf. section 121 of the general housing.

6.32.25 Other long-term lending and receivables

New loans and payers are admitted to nominal value.

The balance must, at the end of the accounting, correspond to the total receivables with the depreciation of expected losses on the banks. The depreciation can be carried out at the end of the year as a percentage of the different types of settlements based on historical experiences and must be documented.

The depreciation is made directly on the balance by crediting 9.32.25 with a counterpart in balance account 6.75.99

In the comments for the accounting, the nominal value of the payer and lending must be calculated.

In the balance calculated perimo for the following year, the value regulation must be returned, so the account again shows the nominal appeal.

Refundable services may take place in function 6.32.25 with a counterpart in balance account 6.75.99.

The following groups are authorised:

001 Loans to municipalities due to the sharing agreement

002 Loans to regions due to the sharing agreement

003 Loans to the State due to the sharing agreement

In the groupings, lending to other authorities, cf. section 41(2) of the notice no. 877 of 16 September 2005 on the distribution of assets and liabilities, rights and duties and employees arising from the task move on 1 January 2007 in connection with the municipal reform. The composition amount is recorded directly on the 6.75.99 Balance account function.

6.32.26 Non-liquid bonds

The Primo balance and the displacements of the year must correspond to the stock of the preceding year or the purchase price at the end of the year. At the end of the financial year, the value is adjusted according to the current price of the balance sheet account 6.75.99.

After the individual region provision, the holding can be either registered to the acquisition value or to the nominal value. Kurs regulation in connection with balance account 6.75.99.

6.32.27 Deposited amounts for loans etc.

The balance must, at the end of the accounting, correspond to the total amount that is deposited in connection with the admission of loans, warranty, conclusion of leases and leasing agreements or postponement regarding the quality fund etc.

In the authorized grouping 901 Recommendations regarding the quality fund. Midler from the quality fund to partial funding of investments in a modern hospital structure during the period 2009-2012 is paid to an earmarked account in the region, conditioned by the region having allocated its own funding. The regions continue in 2010 and 2011 annually DKK 1 billion after the block subside key. This entry is registered on grouping 901. The interest of the general application is registered on the authorized grouping 900 interest of the amount.

Investments in a modern hospital structure are funded with grants from the quality fund, regional equity and loans. These funds are deposited on a separate account in a financial institution and are released as the cost resulting from the final state commitment to the project is held.

There are authorised groupings for the registration of grants from the quality fund, regional self-financing and loan access. Likewise, there are authorised groups for registration of free given funds and prescribed interest by deposited funds. The groups are the following:

903
Deferred on quality fund investments
904
Loans regarding quality fund investments
905
Private financing regarding quality fund investments
906
Quality Fund Investments
907
Interests of deposited amounts regarding quality fund investments

In addition, grouping 902 Transferd to project-specific self-financing by transferring general equity to project-specific own funding. The group ring 905 is charged by the transfer.

AKKUMULAR RESULTAT VEDREN HOVEDKONTO 2

6.35.31 Accumulated result regarding main account 2

On the function, the accumulated result is recorded concerning the main account 2. The accumulated result is either a resident or a debt, as there is an interstate with the municipalities as through the payment fund. The accumulated result for the health area and the regional development area is recorded as part of the own capital, as there is a difference between the regional activity areas.

AKTIVER VEDREN BELURPOSE OR APPLICATION FOR ANDRE

6.38.36 municipalities and regions etc.

6.38.37 State of State

The Saldiene consists of the requirement of third parties and of holding assets (postgiro instructions).

FONDS AND LEGATER

6.42.42 Legs

The balance must correspond to deposits in banks as well as the nominal value or the value of the holding of the capital of the capital of securities. Furthermore, the balance contains real estate values of the foundation’s fixed properties. By reassessment, this function is governed by modpost on function 6.45.46.

6.42.43 Deposita

On this feature, assets are registered regarding deposita. Alternatively, the registration, after the decision of the region, can be done in the control box or function 6.45.47, which is also referred to.

The registration of debet movements occurs when receiving active and recording credit movements at the return.

The balance must correspond to the nominal value of the assets.

PASSIVER AND LEGATER

6.45.46 Legs

The balance is an expression of the sum of the nominal value of the scholarship capital or the value of the price of any priority debt in properties and of unconsumptiond operating amounts and deductions for any over-use of operational amounts.

The difference between 6.45.46 and 6.42.42 corresponds to the settlements' settlements with the region.

6.45.47 Deposita

On this feature, capital is registered as the region receives:

• • •
For storage
• • •
As a deposit of offer material
• • •
As a safety for payment to the region of delivery and work as well as for the fulfillment of suppliers
of contracts.

The region may decide that capital that is either received for storage or as a deposit of offer material is not to be registered in the region’s accounting, but in control box or similar.

Capital for storage and deposita, which must be registered in the region’s accounting, as well as capital that serves as security, must be registered (credit) on this feature.

If there is any other assets than cash, the region may decide whether the counterpart must be done on function 6.42.43 or on this function.

The registration of debet movements is made by refund or release as well as by the transfer of deposita in the form of assets when it is decided to post these to this feature.

Registration of credit movements is done at reception, whether there is cash or other assets.

The balance is an expression of the sum of cash deposits and the nominal value of other deposits.

The difference between 6.45.47 and 6.42.43 corresponds to what the region has received as cash deposits.

PASSIVER VEDREN BELURPOSE OR APPLICATION FOR ANDRE

6.48.48 municipalities and regions etc.

The balance must correspond to the region concerned, whether it is charged by third parties or not. The difference between function 6.48.48 and 6.30.36 corresponds to the sum of what the region has been charged by third parties, but not yet allocated to the requested municipality.

6.48.49 State of State

The balance must correspond to the state unrecooked reply, whether the claim of third parties is charged or not.

The difference between function 6.48.49 and 6.30.37 corresponds to the sum of charged, not deducted amounts, and received, but not yet paid state supplements.

REQUIRED TO PENGEINSTITUTTER

6.50.50 Case credits and construction loans

The balance must correspond to the current part of the financial institution relating to that loan account.

For the purposes of controlling compliance with the box accredit rule, in accordance with the Ministry of Finance and the Danish Ministry of Foreign Affairs’s borrowing and notice of guarantees, etc., the statement of cash Credits and construction loans shall be organised so that there may be a reconstruction of the daily saldi (excluding construction loans, which is later converted to long-term loans) in the course of 12 months.

REQUIRED TO STATEN

6.51.52 Applicable to the State

The function is recorded short-term debt to the state.

A grouping has been authorised to register cash compensation to the State in connection with the sharing agreement, in accordance with Section 41(1) of the Order No 877 of 16 September 2005 on the distribution of assets and liabilities, rights and duties and employees arising from the task mover on 1 January 2007 in connection with the municipal reform. The composition amount is recorded directly on the 6.75.99 Balance account function.

6.51.53 Periodification - Quality Funding

The payout of quality funds for investments in the hospital is deposited with the counterpost of this feature credited. Quality funds are incomed as actual consumption by debiting this function - as at least once monthly. A grouping is authorised, respectively, for added quality fund supplements and free of charge.

903
Deferred on quality fund investments
906
Quality Fund Investments

REQUIPMENT AND OF THE COMPANY

6.52.54 municipalities and other regions

The balance must correspond to the amount of the amount to be specified in single records.

In accordance with Section 41(1) of Regulation No 877 of 16 September 2005 on the distribution of assets and liabilities, rights and duties, and employees arising from the assignment, on 1 January 2007 in connection with the municipal reform. The composition amount is recorded directly on the 6.75.99 Balance account function.

6.52.55 Holidays

Holiday money from previous earning years for holiday which has not yet been held must be registered and determined on the function of the end of the financial year.

Employees who are entitled to holiday with pay

The tax registration must include all earned holiday money for this personnel group. This is the ordinary holiday money of 12.5 % of the paysum and the 5 special holiday days.

Holidays are earned in the calendar year and are held in the holiday year, which goes from 1 May to 30 April. This means that there is a possibility for 16 months before the holiday can be settled and thus returned in the balance. This means that the taxable holiday allowance of each accounting must include:

• • •
Holiday money earned in the current calendar year and
• • •
Holiday money from previous earning years which have not yet been held, but which must be held during the period from the date of the accounting and to 30 April the year after the transfer of holiday.

Holiday money is costed using art 0.7 on the relevant features of counterpost function 6.52.55, pending holiday money. Holiday money payment includes either pay during holidays, reimbursement for the five special holiday days or the deposit to the Feriefond of the labour market. In the cost account, the holiday payment does not imply a cost of the region, but only that the holiday allowance is reduced. This means that the withdrawals are neutralized by crediting the relevant features using art 0.7 and debit function 6.52.55 Feriemoney.

Staff who are not entitled to pay during holiday

For the sake of holiday by each accounting must include:

• • •
Holiday money earned in the current calendar year and
• • •
Holiday money from previous earning years which have not yet been held, but which must be held during the period from the date of the accounting and to 30 April the year after the transfer of holiday.

The holiday allowance is 12.5 % of the paysum and is regularly registered on the relevant features of the counterpost of 6.52.55, pending holiday money. The payment of holiday money is carried out as a balance displacement by debiting 6.52.55, debtors, and credit the liquid assets. For this staff group, the expense cost accounts are identical.

6.52.56 Other short-term debts with domestic payment

6.52.57 Other short-term debts with foreign payment

6.52.59 Between billing account

The balance must correspond to the amount of the amount to be specified in single records. The exchange of any debt in foreign currency is carried out at the expense of a balance account of 6.75.99.

6.52.61 Independent institutions with the presence of the operational

In the Financial Statements, the balance is expression of debt in self-owned institutions with the agreement. In addition, between bills with the Agreement Region.

6.52.62 Poll and Control Account

The balance must be brought in zero.

LANGF

6.55.63 Independent institutions with the presence of the operational

The balance constitutes at the end of the year, the repayment of the long-term debt of the institutions.

6.55.64 Stat and hypotekbank

6.55.65 municipalities and other regions

6.55.66 Pension insurance

6.55.67 Other insurance companies

6.55.68 Realkredit

6.55.70 Municipal credit

6.55.71 Money institutions

6.55.64 Stat and hypotekbank

6.55.65 municipalities and other regions

6.55.66 Pension insurance

6.55.67 Other insurance companies

6.55.68 Realkredit

6.55.70 Municipal credit

6.55.71 Money institutions

The balance of the above features must correspond to the size of the debt relating to the loans concerned. All loans are thus registered with the nominal value, as a possible price loss is registered in balance account 6.75.99.

The regulation of residual debt resulting from the posting of reserve funds in relation to ordinary payments of thermoins services is made directly on the main account 6 with a maturity account of 6.75.99. Deposits from the credit association of the reserve fund dividends in addition to residual income are added to function 5.75.78.

By using swaps or other financial instruments, the ultimo year is adjusted if the use of the financial instruments is important to the value of the residual debt. The rate adjustment is carried out on the function in which the original loan is registered with maturity account 6.75.99.

All loans are associated with the region. If the cost-based activity areas are the need for funding investments, this covered by an internal loan that is interestd with the market rate.

On function 6.55.64, the following grouping:

001
Loan from the state due to the sharing agreement

In accordance with Section 41(2) of Regulation No 877 of 16 September 2005 on the distribution of assets and liabilities, rights and employees arising from assignment transfers on 1 January 2007 in connection with the municipal reform.

On function 6.55.65, the following groupings have been authorised:

001
Loans from municipalities due to the sharing agreement In accordance with the rules on compensation to authorities relating to the sharing agreement, pursuant to Section 41(2) of Regulation No 877 of 16 September 2005 on the distribution of assets and liabilities, rights and duties and employees arising from the assignment, the 1 January 2007 in connection with the municipal reform.
002
Loan from other regions due to the sharing agreement In accordance with the rules on compensation to authorities relating to the sharing agreement, in accordance with Section 41(2) of Regulation No 877 of 16 September 2005 on the distribution of assets and liabilities, rights and duties and employees arising from the assignment, the 1 January 2007 in connection with the municipal reform.

6.55.74 Publicly emitted bonds abroad

The foreign loans (function 6.55.74) are governed by each financial year over balance account 6.75.99 after the exchange rates per 31 December, so only the residual debt may be registered in current exchange rates.

6.55.75 Second long-term debt with domestic creditor

The balance must correspond to the residual debt regarding the loans.

6.55.76 Second long-term debt with foreign creditor

The balance corresponds to the current residual debt, is converted to Danish kroner. The remainder is governed by each financial year of balance account 6.75.99 after the exchange rates per 31 December, which is why only the remaining debt will be recognised in current exchange rates.

6.55.77 Long-term debt relating to older dwellings

The balance must correspond to the residual debt regarding the loans. The regulation is done at the end of the year with a maturity of 6.75.99.

6.55.78 Applicable to Quality Fund Investments

The function is authorized groupings for deductions and borrowing for each quality fund project. The groups are determined by the Ministry of Finance and the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. The balance must for each project correspond to the residual debt relating to the loans admitted to the funding of the project.

The following groups are authorised:

920
Deduction
921
Loan recording

6.55.79 Financial leased assets

The obligation of leasing contractors is recognised in the balance as a leasing obligation in the same way as a regular loan must be recognised as a debt obligation.

The size of the debt obligation corresponds at the time of the value of the active asset. The asset and leasing obligations are therefore equally large at the time of the conclusion. The lease obligation is credited to function 6.55.79 and charged function 6.75.99. Actively charged function 6.54.81-6.64.87 and credited function 6.75.91-6.75.93.

The leasing services are divided into funding costs (rents), and deductions that reduce leasing obligations. Thus, the interest must be allocated to a constant periodic interest in the residual debt in each financial year. The cost-based accounting costs are made up of interest and depreciation, while the leasing costs in the cost-based accounting are interest and deductions (leasing performance).

The accounting value of the active and leasing obligation will develop differently over the leasing period depending on the depreciation of the asset and calculated deductions on the leasing debt, why the assigned assets and obligations will rarely have the same size during the leasing period.

MATERIAL ANLÆGSAKTIVER

Material assets are defined as a plant asset with physical substance for renewable use and which is acquired for the production of goods and services, rental or for administrative purposes. Examples of this are real estate, machinery, transportation and inventory.

6.54.80 Reasons

The function is divided into 6 groups.

Primo opening year, the value of 6.54.80 will be an expression of the current total value of the region's reasons, determined in accordance with the chosen accounting principles. As a general rule, it is originally the acquisition price with deductions of accumulated depreciation. This value will then each year at the end of the accounting be regulated with any up and downwriting. The value must be regulated for approaches and departures for reasons.

For and departures on purchase and sale of reasons are registered directly on 6.54.80.

In the approach of assets, only the appropriate function/place under main account 1-4 is charged with the use of the authorized species. The opposition will be a liquid account or a creditor account.

The next step is ‘convention’ of the acquisition, so it comes true to the balance as an active. This happens when using art 0.0. The appropriate function / cost site during main account 1-4 is credited while account 6.54.80 is charged.

It must be ensured that there is a conformity between the records of the accounts and the plant.

Depreciation is costed by debtors under main account 1-4 using art 0.1. The opposition is a credit of 6.54.80 using art 0.9.

Any impairment is made by debiting 6.54.80 and credit 6.75.99.

The balance of function 6.54.80 shall be identical to the book value shown in category ‘00 Due’ in the plant.

6.59.11 Buildings

The function is divided into 6 groups.

Primo the year of opening will be an expression of the current total value of the region's buildings, determined in accordance with the chosen accounting principles. As a general rule, it is originally the acquisition price with deductions of accumulated depreciation. This value will then be subject to ongoing or by the accounting end being regulated with depreciation, as well as possible up and downwriting. After this, the value must be regulated for approaches and departures of assets.

For and departures when buying and selling buildings are registered at 6.54.81.

In the approach of assets, only the appropriate function/place under main account 1-4 is charged with the use of the authorized species. The opposition will be a liquid account or a creditor account.

The next step is ‘convention’ of the acquisition, so it comes true to the balance as an active. This happens when using art 0.0. The appropriate function / cost site during main account 1-4 is credited while account 6.54.80 is charged.

It must be ensured that there is a conformity between the records of the accounts and the plant.

Depreciation and depreciation is costed by debtors under main account 1-4 using art 0.1. The opposition is a credit of 6.54.80 using art 0.9.

Any impairment is made by debiting 6.54.80 and credit 6.75.95.

The balance of function 6.54.80 shall be identical to the book value shown in category ‘01 Buildings’ in the plant.

Property acquired before 1 January 1999 must be measured for the public property assessment per 1 January 2004 corrected for depreciation and depreciation as well as depreciation made during the period 2004-2006.

6.54.82 Technical systems, machines, major special equipment and transport

6.54.83 Inventar – including computers and other IT equipment

Please refer to the application rules regarding function 6.54.81.

6.54.84 Material plant assets during execution and prepayments for material assets

The function is an interim record, a billing account where prepayments and costs relating to non-use acquisitions and assets during execution are temporarily placed. Depreciation is not initiated before the assets are taken into use, i.e., while the payments listed under this feature are transferred to 6.75.99 balance account.

The function is similar to the other material assets divided into 4 groups.

Please refer to the application rules regarding function 6.54.8183.

IMMATERIAL ANLÆGSACTIVER

Immateral assets are defined as identifiable non-financial assets without physical substance for renewable use.

Immated plant assets can typically be acquired IT software programs, major investments in IT systems, including upgrades of existing standard systems, patents, licenses.

Internally processed intellectual property assets, such as internal development projects, including IT systems, can be activated if the active is centrally and significantly for the assignment. Immated assets must only be activated if the value can be determined reliably. Thus, it is a requirement that the project can be delimited and resource utilisation is determined reliably, e.g. using a time tracking system or similar. It is alone expenditure held in the development phase and subsequent expenditure held in the operation phase in the form of improved functionality to be activated. Expenses in the operating phase must not be activated, as these do not contribute to a value increase.

It must be emphasised that the activation of internal work intellectual assets makes significant demands for the actual resource consumption documentation.

6.62.85 Development projects and other acquired intellectual property assets

Please refer to the application rules regarding function 6.54.81.

REQUESTIONS

Revenue assets are defined as all other assets than installations.

VARECILITY

Stocks include warehouses of raw materials and help materials, products during processing and finished goods of any kind for resale. Stocks also include emergency stacks and cost goods that are not coined on sale

6.65.86 Stocks/sheets

Goods with a value exceeding DKK 1 million must always be registered. Items include in the context of product categories recorded on the same function.

Items between the rear axle limit and DKK 1 million must be registered if there is a displacement in the product layer, which is assessed to be significant. The being responsible must be documented. It is voluntary to register goods under the bagatel limit of DKK 100,000.

Primo opening year, the value of 6.65.86 will be an expression of the current total value of the region’s holdings, determined in accordance with the chosen accounting principles. This value will then be governed by each year at the end of the accounting, if they are assessed to be essential. In addition, the value must be regulated for any approach or departure. No items can be copied.

Items must be calculated in connection with the opening balance. Ordering of goods shall then take place at the end of each year. In addition, please refer to the Code of Conduct relating to function 6.54.81, which, however, changes in stock are recorded using art 0.2.

6.68.87 Due and buildings determined for resale

Please refer to the application rules regarding function 6.54.81.

HENSAT

6.72.90 Obligations

Competed obligations have arisen as a result of previous events, and if redemption is expected to lead to future economic benefits. In contrast to financial obligations uvisse is in terms of size or due time, and they must contact the financial year or previous financial year.

Fixed obligations can be recognised in the balance when:

• • •
the region of the balance sheet has a legal or actual obligation as a result of a previous event and
• • •
it is likely that the resolution will result in a row on the economic resources of the region and
• • •
a reliable amount measurement of the obligation

By probability, there must be greater risk for a part of economic resources than the opposite.

As an example of regional occupied obligations, it can be pointed to service pension. Other regional commitments may, for example, be obligations derived from a lawsuit, claims, environmental pollution, etc.

Obligations that link to an active shall not be recognised as a postponement, for example, a contaminated reason must be prescribed with the costs associated with the fulfilment of the obligation.

Since committed obligations are uvisse for size or decay, they cannot be calculated precisely on the balance day. The obligations must therefore be recognised as the best estimate of the costs on the day of the balance are necessary to take the obligation.

Competed obligations differ from eventual obligations by the latter cannot be calculated with adequate reliability, and that it is not likely that the resolution will lead to a part of the economic resources of the region.

It is mandatory to innerize obligations that simply exceed DKK 100,000 in the balance.

The following groupings have been authorised:

Grouping 001 Non-insurance pension:

The grouping must show the debt obligations of the region in the form of the pension claim that is not insuranceed.

The non-covered pension obligation shall be calculated in connection with opening balance per January 1, 2007 actuary. After that, the pension obligation shall be recognised at least every five years.

The Pension obligation shall be calculated in accordance with the effect of accounting 2007 on the basis of realistic conditions in terms of business loss and life, a pension age of 62 years, as well as a base rate of 2%. This corresponds to the common prerequisites that are most commonly used in the actuary calculation of the non-slip pension burden. The obligation is calculated both for pensioned, deducted and commercially-active officials.

Regions that are insured shall not be the internal pension obligation in the balance if this is fully covered. If there are elements of self-insurance in the insurance agreement, such as in the event of dismissal of officials or early retirement, the non-determined obligation shall be determined. Likewise, a pension obligation covered by the other authority shall not be recognised in the statement of the alleged obligation to service pension.

The amendment in the pension obligation are carried out continuously:

a) Increased by business-active officials earns pension law

b) Change as a result of expected altered mortality, departure age, dismissal etc. among business-active, deducted and retired officials

(c) Withdrawal via ongoing withdrawals to pensioned and deducted officials

The amendment in the pension obligation, which it is calculated after point (a) corresponds to the cost of service pension in the cost-based accounting, while clause (c) corresponds to the expense of the cost-based operating accounts.

A:

The costs are charged on the relevant cost places where this is authorized, otherwise directly on the function under the main account 1-4 when using art 0.3. The costs are calculated as a percentage supplement corresponding to 20.3 % of the pension winning salary for the service staff. The cost is credited to function 6.72.90 Competed obligations, grouping 001, Non insurance covered service representatives.

Except from the authorisation of a discretion established cost to the board of service at 20.3 % of the total pay-examination to the minist is the institutions that provide services under the framework agreements on the social and special teaching area. This applies to the specified cost via the concluded framework agreements. These costs are also included in compliance with the rules of Budget and accounting system for regions.

Subsection b)

By the aktuary statement of the pension obligation for civil servants, it is written value on this function, so that there is compliance between the book value of the function and the aktuary obligation. The up or depreciation is carried out with the offset. Thus, no distribution shall be carried back on the cost of the corrected inventory of the cost of the settlement calculated the pension obligations on the function.

Article c)

Continuous pension payments that reduce pension obligations must be registered using Art 5.1 on function 4.40.31. It is noted that in the cost account, pension payments do not imply a cost for the region, but only that the pension obligation is reduced, as this is already added in the accounting. It implies that the withdrawals are neutralized by credit function 4.40.31 with the use of art 0.3 and debit function 6.72.90, Competed obligations.

002
The reason for cultural activities
003
Provision of business development
002
The case of education

Legally binding commitments on project supplements are expensed on main function 3.20 Cultural business, 3.30 Business Development and 3.40 Education depending on the purpose. The opposition here is grouping 002-004 depending on the purpose. By the withdrawal of commitments, the obligations are reduced.

EGENKAPITAL

The capital constitutes the difference between the assets and obligations of the region. The capital is in this way an expression of the capital of the region. The capital must be specified on the features 6.75.94-6.75.99. The movements of the own capital must be stated in the notes in the accounting.

6.75.94 Modpost for donations

In donations of assets or receipt of grants of DKK 100,000 or up to wholly or partial funding of assets included in the service production of the region, the asset must be recognised at the cost which the region should pay for it if it was not received as a donation (day value). At the same time, a corresponding passive post is recorded on this feature.

After that, depreciation must be carried out on the active book value in the appropriate function of the main account 1-4. However, it is true that the region should not have any operational costs in the form of depreciation on something the region has been donated. Therefore, a revenue is recorded using art 0.8 corresponding to the depreciation of the appropriate function of the main account 1-4. The denture/examinations are compared to a corresponding reduction of this function.

By donation of property with related reason, the building part is treated as described in the above. The reason is absorbed as an active feature 6.54.80. There is no need to be written on the ground, and there must therefore not be posted a income equivalent to the depreciations that it applies to other donated assets.

6.75.95 Reserve for printing

The function is a kind of non-financial equity. The purpose of the function is to set up how big part of the value of the value of the value of the non-financial assets that can be attributed to non-referred.

The records must also be shown in a separate summary of the region's accounts.

6.75.96 Accumulated result for health

6.75.98 Accumulated result for the regional development area

At the end of the accounting, the accumulated year result must be expressed according to cost-based principles.

6.75.99 Balance account

In connection with the accounting end, the net differences are recorded between separate active and passive records on the balance account.

In connection with the accounting end, it must be ensured that the year's change in the balance account - with the opposite sign-up corresponds to the sum of other changes in the main account 6.

DEL II
BEVILLINGSREGLER,
PROCEDURER AND
COMMUNICATION

5 PURPOSE AND PROCEDURES FOR BUDGET

Content Content Content
Page Page
0
Introduction to Part II
5.0 - 1
1
Procedure requirements for budget adoption
5.1 - 1
2
Form requirements for the budget
5.2 - 1
3
Overview of time limits for budget adoption
5.3 - 1
4
Annex to Chapter 5
5.4 - 1

5.1 Procedure requirements for budget adoption

The Danish Regions and the Order on the budget and accounting services, audits, etc. contain a number of provisions on procedures and time limits relating to the budget’s drafting and adoption:

Last 15 August, the business committee shall prepare proposals for the region's annual budget for the coming financial year running from 1 January to 31 December. The proposal is accompanied by budget cover for a 3-year period.
The committee’s proposal for a year budget and budget estimate must be presented two treatments in the region council with at least three weeks. The first treatment is carried out no later than 24 August.
The proposal for municipalities' annual contribution and development contributions contained in the proposal for a year budget, jf 6 and 7 of the regions' funding must be discussed in the contact committee between the region and municipalities in the region within 1 September.
The Municipal Boards of the Regions shall notify the Council of the Regions to the proposal for a basic contribution and development contribution.
In the second treatment carried out by 1 October, the proposal is adopted for a year budget and multiannual budget estimate of the Council of the Region.

The regions have a statutory supplier in relation to the municipalities for a number of social offers and certain special training offers. The Region Council shall, in accordance with sector law, within 15 October, enter into an annual framework with municipalities located in the region of the total number of places and offers, the region council is available to the municipalities in the region. Since the Framework Agreements are a central prerequisite for both municipalities and regions budgeting, it is appropriate that the debate and the adoption of the Framework Agreements are organised and entered into the budget process in an appropriate way for both region councils and municipal councils.

The decision also includes rules on specification of the areas to be balance between revenue and expenditure on the annual budget and the multiannual budget cover, in accordance with Section 5.2.

The decision also includes individual procedural rules. In accordance with Section 3(2) of the Regions budget and accounting services, audits, etc., amendments to the budget proposal shall specify which the proposal shall apply, as well as the amount of the grant will be amended. This rule is linked with the requirement that the budget should be immediately suitable for realization. It excludes that there may be amendment held in more common terms such as: ‘the wishes of the Region Council in the field of cancer compared to the budget proposal of the business committee’. Similarly, rules apply to the budget covers.

It is a requirement that any cost advance amendment shall be accompanied by a proposal for funding the increased costs referred to in Section 3(4) of the regions budget and accounting, audit, etc.

It is also apparent from the § 20 of the Danish Region Act that it finally adopted annual budget and the multiannual budget covers must be available to the inhabitants of the region. A short statement of the content of the year's budget and the budget covers must be published before the beginning of the year of the coming financial year.

5.2 Form requirements for the budget

There are a number of provisions on how regional budgets should be set up, which records they must include etc. These requirements must be seen in relation to the different tasks that the budget must solve. It is usually distinguished between the financial task, the grant task and the information task.

The financial task

The budget has a financial function means that the budget does not only contain an overview of the income and expenditure of the region, but that, in connection with this, a financing budget/money flow statement that shows how the funding of the budgeted activity is provided within each of the three activity areas, in accordance with below. The budget is thus an overall weighing of cost-sons over income opportunities. Block grants from the state, basic and development contribution from municipalities and tariffs on social and special lessons can not be set up during the year, and there are also fixed restrictions on cash credit and borrowing. The financial function of the budget therefore plays a more central role in regions than that is, for example, the case in private companies.

The grant task

According to the § 21(1) of the Danish Region Act, the records of the year's budget, whereby the Council of the budgetary adoption have taken a grant position, the binding rule for the next year's regional management.

The decision in the budget is thus the expression of the Regional Council adopted the distribution of economic resources between the different regional task areas. The budget thus specifies the size of the player's seat, which is left to the Regional Council, the business committee and to the management and institutions when the races of the year have to take economic dispositions on the behalf of the region.

The gambling room for the priority of the regions economy is limited by three separate parts: the health area, development tasks and operation of institutions in the social and special learning area. The three areas of activity need to rest in itself, so that the costs of the health area, including parts of administrative and financial joint expenditure, are financed by the revenue ear mark for this area – and corresponding to the other two areas.

The informational task

The budget is provided as information source against the citizens of the region, suppliers, employees with more and against the central authorities. The central authorities collect budget data in order to establish the total resource consumption in the regional sector. It is, among other things, for the purposes of this data collection, that there are common contingency rules which are mandatory for all regions.

As a particular aspect of the information task concludes that budget and budget proposals must be suitable tools for politicians in the context of decisions on economic priorities. This priority task is, among other things, that the account plan is as far as possible, so that the amount for consecutive purposes is aggregated.

5.2.1 OF COUNCIL

5.2.1.1 Operations budgets and balance requirements

According to Section 3 of the budget and accounting services of the regions, audits, etc., rules on specification of the areas in which there is to be balance between revenue and expenditure on the annual budget and the multiannual budget cover.

The economics of the Regions are divided into three areas of activity: the health area, social and special education area, as well as the regional development area, cf. section 1 of the regions' funding.

According to expenditure-based principles, there must be a balance between revenue and expenditure on the annual budget and the multiannual budget covers.

According to cost-based principles, revenue must be greater than or equal to the cost of social and special education. Similarly, the regional development area.

Although in the health area is an expense-based balance requirement, there is just as on the other regional areas of activity, cost-based grants, as referred to in Chapter 6.

In the financial management of regional offers on the social area, the attention must be drawn to the remarks of the financing rules in law No 573 of 24 June 2005 that these should be financed by the municipalities. The starting point for the municipal funding is a tariff for the individual regional offers established on the basis of the total cost, the region will have for the type of offers in relation to the framework agreement with the municipalities. This means that there is only the possibility to subsidiary the tariffs for offer targeted against the same target group. For example, a deficit relating to a day institution for disabled children cannot be covered by increasing the tariffs on the host of mind-changing - on the other hand, the same deficit may be covered by raising the tariffs of all day-to-day institutions for disabled children, etc. It is a prerequisite for the municipalities to agree in the provision of the annual framework agreement.

The breakdown of the regions' economy in three areas of activity involves the use of distribution keys to be made a division of the administrative common costs of the regions and financial costs, and that, according to detailed rules, shall be distributed in three areas, in accordance with Section 5.2.5.

The ongoing revenue of the Regions is based on one of the three areas. It applies both to the grants from the state and the contributions from the municipalities.

The operation of institutions on social and special lessons is apart from some special administrative tasks funded fully through tariff payments from municipalities. These tasks thus rest in themselves and do not cause net costs or income for regions. The area must be budgeted with an expected year result equal to or greater than zero. The size of the expected year result and the total accumulated result is discussed in the contact committee. Over and deficits concerning previous years are considered revenue and costs.

In one year, this must be equaled no later than 2 years.

Net costs on the regional development area must be financed by the earmarked block subsidies from the state and contributions from the municipalities and shall therefore be budgeted with an expected year result equal to or greater than zero. Over and deficits concerning previous years are considered revenue and costs.

In one year, this must be equaled no later than 2 years.

The requirement for a yearly result that is greater than or equal to zero is an expression that the operating costs of the year correspond to the operational income and that the consumption of the year is funded and that the change in the capital basis (precisions) can be reetable and that any deficit from previous year is equal. In the statement of the year result, the two areas of liquidity or profit (between the total company of the region.

As regards the health sector, the net expenditure of the year is financed by the earmarked block subsidies from the state and contributions from municipalities and thus budgeted in balance. In one year, there is no claim that this must be equaled in subsequent years.

Unlike the social and special learning area and the regional development area, liquid funds from the region’s funding business, such as consumption of liquid assets and borrowing are included in the statement of the balance requirement.

The budget of the budget concerned must be an expression of the best possible estimate of the coming year's expenditure/price and revenue. There may not appear on the budget, which miss a detailed explanation or justification, whether the cause is time problems, lack of capacity at the budgetary, lack of consensus in the region council or similar. However, in accordance with the § 3(3) of the budget and accounting declaration, access to budgets with general reserves in the health area, which can be a maximum of 1 % of the region’s budgeted net service costs for health covered by the regional expenditure ceiling, cf. § 11 of a budget law.

Alongside budget treatment, there may be amendment that change the prerequisite for the balance in the original budget proposal. In section 3(4), in the order of the budget and accounting authorities of the regions, auditing etc., it is stipulated that in this situation, the revised budget proposal within the field of activity is to be provided. The balance requirement involves the social and special training area and the regional development area that an amendment resulting in increased costs must be addressed by the surplus income or less costs within the same area, if the expected year result is the budget to zero. In the health area, the balance requirement can also be held in other ways, such as when consumption of liquid assets.

In the field of health, there shall be a surplus of the ongoing operation, i.e. that revenue from block subsidies from the state, municipal contribution and stately activity-deservant grants, etc. must be greater than the net service expenditure in the health area covered by the regional expenditure ceiling, cf. section 11 of a budget law on a budget law. The purpose of the profit requirement is to support the principle of a healthy financial management in the individual region, where it is ensured that a region does not finance continuous operating costs in the health area when using liquidity.

5.2.1.2 Investment budget

The Council of the Regions shall, at the final adoption of the budget as a minimum, establish an investment budget, which indicates a ceiling of the investments that can be made within each of the main accounts and financed by the region’s liquid assets. Where investments made within the investment budget must be held in the financial year later, an investment amount must be paid in the investment budget, in accordance with Section 6.2.2. The Council of the Regions can set an investment framework for the common and administrative area if it is administered as an independent area.

Investment expenses are financed as internal loans, which are at least deducted to the depreciation of the investment in subsequent years. In the social and special training area, there is a view to ensuring equal competition conditions in relation to other actors in the area, including the requirement that both new and existing investments as well as maneuverable capital, which the region is available to the area, must be declared with the market interest.

It is the regional council, which lays down the investment budget for the individual main accounts referred to in Chapter 6, Section 2.2.

5.2.1.3. Interimity in relation to social and special education

In the social and special teaching area, the liquidity must be calculated in relation to the region and stated on the budget and accounting of the region. The medium must be rated with the market interest to ensure equal competition conditions in relation to other actors in the area and to ensure that the cost is financed by users as a result of the area to rest-i-sig-self.

5.2.2 BRUTTOPOSTATION

For each of the three areas of activity in the regional budgets, as a starting point, all costs are financed under one of all revenue within the field of activity. The Council of the Regions shall therefore stand freely in its expense consolidation and not be influenced by the types of revenue included in the financing of the individual activity areas. However, there may not be a prioritization of expenditure and revenue across the three areas of activity in the regional budgets.

In order to ensure the best possible basis for making an economic priority, the budget must therefore be set up after the principle of gross postage. That is, saying:

Costs and revenue must be built and specified each for themselves in the budget, whether gross or net grants are granted.

The principle of the Grossposting is not only important in relation to the priorities of the Region Council. It also affects the information task more generally. Only in force of the separation of revenue and costs, it is possible to obtain information about the total cost or total revenue by a given regional institution or by the total company of the region.

5.2.3 FEASURESOVER COVERT

Together with the budget, it is prepared and adopted a multi-year overview that contains budget estimate for a three-year period. The adoption of budget covers is a legal requirement. The aim is to ensure that there is an assessment of the long-term effects that the decisions of the annual budget are expressed.

The Region Council can, for example, adopt a conversion of the activity, which means a savings last half of the budget year. The full year effect of the savings will not appear on the annual budget, but on the budget cover for the first year after the budget year.

On the following points, the multi-year overview must meet the same requirements as the budget itself:

The multiannual overview shall include all revenue and costs to be balanced for each of the years and for each of three regional activity areas, and the arrangement must be made after the gross postage principle. However, there are special rules on price and pay level in the multi-year overview, in accordance with below.

5.2.4 PRICE AND LØNNIVEAU

The annual budget is prepared in the price and pay level expected to apply in the budget year.

The multi-year summary is prepared for the main account 1‐4 (drift, refund and plant) in the budgetary prices (fast prices), while the main account 5 and 6 is prepared in the individual estimate year's price and salary level (run prices).

For each year of estimates, a separate post will be given the total estimated price and wage rise for the main account 1‐4 compared to the budget year. The amount is specified separately for revenue and costs.

By using fixed prices on main account 1‐4 in the budget estimate years, you can make changes in sum sizes from one year to another always expression of real activity or quantity changes.

At the year's budget, all records are set at the price and the pay level expected to be valid for the budget year.

In the multi-year overview, the entries are set at the main account 1 4 in the price and pay level of the budget year (fast prices), while the records of the main account 5 are specified in the price and pay level expected to be applicable in the individual estimate year.

For each of the budgetary year, immediately after installation is set up a special post, which indicates the total expected price and wage rise for operation, refund and facility in relation to the budget year.

5.2.5 FORDELINGSPRINCIPPER I BUDGET AND REGNAGE

A number of distributions of costs and revenues relating to common purposes and central administration, registered in the main account of 4, and interest, etc., registered in the main account 5, for the statement of operational profit on each of the three regional activity areas.

The interest rates of the Region, etc. are transferred to budgeting and accounting from main account 5 to main account 1 and 3. There is no transfer to main account 2, since the main account is the requirement for the registration of internal interest of the liquidity between the region. The distribution of the main account 1 and 3 takes into account the load of the interest account. The distribution key must be stated in budget and accounting.

After this, it is also transferred to the budgeting and accounting of the region’s costs for common purposes and administration, which is conferred on the main account 4 to the individual areas of the main account 1-3.

In the distribution of revenue and expenditure for common purposes and central administration conferred on the main account 4, the distribution key of the regions shall be determined taking into account the load of the three activity areas. The distribution key must be stated in budget and accounting.

5.2.6 MOMS

The cost of the main account 1‐4 shall, as a general rule, be specified exclusive VAT in both budget and accounting.

The cost of the purchase price is gathered on function 5.80.95. The detailed rules for which accounts and the species covered by the purchase VAT scheme are listed in Section 2.6.

The requirement for a separate and total purchase price must be seen in relation to the VAT refund scheme, which means that the individual region will be refunded by the state.

The purpose of VAT is to ensure a competitive equality between the production of regional services and the region’s own production. Since the own production of the region is not coated with VAT, it would be a means of odd competition conditions for ungunst for the private sector if the region was not reimbursed VAT of services purchased by private.

Registered VAT, i.e. VAT in relation to VAT registered business in the region, is included in function 6.52.59. The detailed rules are described in Section 2.6.

5.2.7 EVERYTHING OF PERSONAL DATA

Summary clear overviews of the budget proposal play an important role as tools in the political prioritisation process prior to the adoption of the budget. Overviews prepared on the basis of the budget concerned shall also serve as information base for the central authorities. Part for the inventory of the total activity in the regional sector and partly with statistics for eye.

The regions are largely freely given to the extent and the shape of the material to be divided into the region council in relation to budget treatment.

The rules shall only require a division to the Regional Council of the Funding Board, Profit Report, Money Flow Report and Investment Report (see Section 5.2.8). The individual region can choose the most appropriate design of the lists.

In addition, in the budget and accounting system, there are a number of overviews for the budget to be prepared in accordance with the set requirements and submitted to the Ministry of Finance and Denmark.

The following chart summarizes the rules on the distribution and submission of overviews to the budget.

Section
Overview Overview
Must be divided without form requirements
Must be submitted with no formal requirements
5.2.7.a
5.2.7.b
5.2.7.c
5.2.7.d
5.2.7.e
5.2.7.f
5.2.7.g
5.2.7.h
5.2.7.i
5.2.7.j
Accounting Overview
Results statement
Money flow statement
Main overview for budget
Summary of budget
Specifications for the budget
Investment overview
Special budget information
Resources overview
social institutions
Multi-year history
X X X
X X X
X X X
X X X
X X X
X X X
X X X
X X X
X X X
X X X
X X X
X X X
X X X
X X X

a. Accounting Overview

It is both mandatory to prepare the budget proposal and the amount of funding for the budget.

In the form of the grant, it must clearly appear which of the budget’s records the individual grant is attached. Thus, there must be no doubt about:

• • • What records the grant includes

• • • Which amount of the grant sounds, including whether there is a gross or net funding

• • • Who the grant is given to.

Also available the amounts relating to works which are calculated according to an expense-based principle must be stated in the grant overview, so that it is at least shown, how large a total amount of available associated with each main account (available amounts and installations, see Chapter 6).

The size of the budget in grants is a central precondition for the budget to serve as a basis for the daily administration, the ongoing economic governance and the subsequent control.

There are no specific requirements for setting up the order. The only requirements are, as stated that each grant is uniquely defined in relation to the account plan and by the political or administrative entity, the grant is given.

It must be prepared in connection with the budget proposal as well as the budgeted budget. The request summary must show the entries defined in relation to the account plan in which the Council takes the grant position. The order overview must also include the amount of the budget as a minimum specified in the main account level.

A proposal for a grant summary is awarded to the members of the Nordic Council in relation to the processing of the budget proposal.

The final award summary is submitted by 5 January electronically to the Ministry of Finance and the Ministry of Foreign Affairs by e-mail: bidrain@oim.dk.

Amount in the grant summary is calculated in the total of DKK 1,000.

b. Results statement

The profit statement is calculated cost-based.

The purpose of the profit statement is to specify the expected annual result as the year's revenue deducted from the cost of the year (periodized resource consumption).

The statement must be prepared for the health area (main account 1), social and special training area (main account 2) and the regional development area (main account 3). Claims and costs for common purposes, administration, interest, etc., conferred on the main 4 and 5, are distributed in the main account 1-3 in both the budget and the accounting. Also, there must be sore between revenue and costs derived from the ordinary and extraordinary operation of the region. The latter relates to activities that are not expected to be recurrent and which are not connected to the ordinary activity.

The budget must, when it is affixed by the business committee to the region council, contain a statement for the health area (main account 1), social and special training area (main account 2) and the regional development area (main account 3). The results shall be prepared in accordance with the form set out in Annex 1 of Section 5.4.1.

The statements are submitted on October October to the Ministry of Finance and the Ministry of Foreign Affairs at e-mail: bidrain@oim.dk.

The budgeted income statements for the social and special training area and the regional development area shall not show a deficit in accordance with Section 5.2.1.

c. Money flow statement

The money flow statement is prepared cost-based.

The purpose of the money flow statement is to show the budget year's cash flows across the region's total operational, investment and financing activities. A total amount of money will be prepared for the whole region, including for the 3 regional areas of activity (health, social and special lessons and regional development).

The money flows from the operational and investment activities must be unique to one of the three areas of activity. In the social and special teaching area, the financial statement shall cover the liquidity of the region compared to the total economy of the region. The middle must be declared. The financial statements are drawn up based on the income statements and the investment overview.

In connection with the money flow statement, the expected displacement of the budget year is shown in the liquids and the liquids at the beginning of the period and end. In connection with the money flow statement, the social and special learning area is displayed between the total economy of the region.

The annual budget must, when it is imposed by the business committee to the region council, contain a financial statement for the whole region. The financial statement shall be prepared in accordance with the form set out in Annex 2 of Section 5.4.2.
The financial statement shall be submitted at ultimo October to the Ministry of Finance and the Ministry of Foreign Affairs by e-mail: bidrain@oim.dk.

The profit flow rate is calculated in DKK 1,000.

d. Main overview for budget

The main overview is prepared expense-based.

The purpose of the main overview is to provide a summary overview of the budgeted activities and their funding. The main overview forms a basis for a first statement in the Ministry of Finance and the Ministry of the Regional sector budget. It is the background that the main overview must be submitted immediately after the budget reception and before the submission of the other budget material.

A summary must be prepared for the budgeted

The main overview is submitted by the Ministry of Finance and the Ministry of Foreign Affairs.

The Ministry of Finance and the Ministry of Foreign Affairs shall issue the necessary form material for the preparation and submission of the main overview.

e. Summary of budget

The summary of the budget is prepared according to expenditure-based principles.

Summary of budget serves as the main overview information and statistics. The section division is the same, but the level of detail is greater, and the summary must include the budget year as the three budgetary year.

It is due to the fact that, in addition to the above purposes, it must also meet a planning goal.

The specification rate is not the same everywhere in the summary. Depending on the character and content of the individual expenditure areas, the budget information is determined by the main function or function level.

A summary of the budget concerned shall be drawn up in accordance with the form on which the Ministry of Finance and the Ministry of Foreign Affairs will be sent prior to the budget adoption.

Summary of budget is submitted no later than 15 November to Denmark Statistics

The Ministry of Finance and the Ministry of Foreign Affairs shall issue the necessary form material for the preparation and submission of the budget.

f. Specifications for the budget

The list of specifications for the budget represents the detailed budget report to the central authorities.

The budget must be prepared, i.e. an overview of the budget records, where the specification rate is the same as in the authorized account plan. The specification rate is usually the following:

• • •
Main account
• • •
Head function
• • •
Function function
• • •
Dranst
• • •
Owner relationship
• • •
Grouping (drift)
• • •
Main article
• • •
Art (as regards main character 4, 5, 7 and 8)

The specifications for the budget are reported within 15 November to Statistics Denmark.

Amounts in the specifications for budget are included in DKK 1,000.

g. Investment overview

The report of general budget information to the central authorities shall finally include an investment overview for the budget year and the budget year.

The investment overview is calculated in the schematic form of the established construction grants and their relationship with the annual budget and in the budgetary consolidation years listed.

The applicable grant rules referred to in Chapter 6 shall have the possibility that the Council of the Regions may provide a comprehensive number of works. Similarly, the Nordic Council has the opportunity to use total frameworks to the business committee for available amounts regarding works in the budget.

With regard to the application of framework grants and the specification rate of available amounts in the budget, it may vary from region to region.

As a result, the investment overview is not bound by certain requirements, but must be adapted to the funding conditions in the individual region. However, different rules apply to the content of the information in the summary.

In connection with the budget budget, an overview of works must be prepared in which the amount of the budget year and/or one or more of the three budget year.

The investment overview is submitted no later than 5 January electronically to the Ministry of Finance and the Ministry of Foreign Affairs by e-mail: bidrain@oim.dk.

The investment summary shall provide information on the individual work or for the individual framework.

• • •
Date of the submission and possibly the updating of the plant grant The amount that the plant funding sounds on
• • •
Dates of the expected launch of work
• • •
Costs relating to the works expected in advance for the budget year
• • •
The amount of money added in the budget year and each of the three budget-over year
• • •
Expenses relating to the work expected after the end of the budget cover
• • •
The updated cost estimate.

The investment history is calculated in total DKK 1,000.

h. Special budget information

The special budget information sheet contains information that, among other things, relates to the statement of the regional expenditure on selected areas.

The board for special budget information is submitted to the Ministry of Finance by October at e-mail: bidrain@oim.dk.

The Ministry of Finance and the Ministry of Foreign Affairs shall issue the necessary form material for the preparation and submission of the particular budget information.

in. Social institutions

In the adoption of the budget, resource overview for social institutions must be prepared. The resource overview is based on the distribution of expenditure on function 2.10.01-2.80.70 for social institutions.

The resource overview for social institutions must be prepared for the budget.

The resource overview must be submitted ultimo October to the Ministry of Finance and the Ministry of Foreign Affairs by e-mail: bidrain@oim.dk.

The Ministry of Finance and the Ministry of Foreign Affairs shall issue the necessary form material for the preparation and submission of the resource overview.

j. Multi-year history

The majority overview is prepared and adopted together with the budget. The multi-year overview can be integrated as part of the grant overview. The adoption of budget covers is a legal requirement. Further reference to the multi-year overview is below 5.2.3.

5.2.8 ATTENTIONS OF USE

The regional budget consists of the total budget of the total budget and the associated overview of the given grants of remarks to the budget.

In the comments to the budget, the budget’s prerequisites and content are specified. Remarks for the budget also have a grant function. Thus, in the comments, it may be subject to the conditions for the utilisation of a grant. These remarks are binding on each grant holder. In the same way as the amounts in the summary overview are provided only a few explicit provisions regarding the design and the content of the comments for the budget. However, it is a requirement that the remarks clearly appear whether these have a grantive aim, in accordance with above, or whether they are more general informative character.

In addition, it is a requirement that the comments for the budget contain an account of how the budget is influenced by the conclusion of leasing arrangements, including the hall-and-lease-back events. The decision should include the impact of both costs and revenues in the budget as well as debt conditions and financial obligations.

Finally, it is a requirement that the remarks for the budget show how the activity-dependent contribution in the health area benefit from the municipalities in the region.

It may be appropriate to divide the comments to the budget in a general and a special part.

In such a division, general remarks will most often serve an information task. The information can be directed towards both political decision makers and the regional administration as well as the citizens. These general, bright budget notes can, for example, contain an account of general budget awards such as price and paye, estimate of the future population's composition. In addition, it can also be prepared for the region’s objectives for the development of regional total economy.

In addition, general remarks can be linked to the individual procurement areas or main accounts. For example, it can be made ready for the background of replications in relation to the last year's budget or given descriptions of ongoing or planned works or transition projects. In addition, the remarks may include a mention of the overall objectives of the region for the development of individual service areas.

The special remarks will, on the other hand, contain the more profound statement of the budget's prerequisites and content with detail notice to the individual main functions and functions etc.

The budget proposal must be prepared as well as the final budget.

The budget proposals are divided into the region in relation to the processing of the budget proposal.

The remarks for the budget submitted are submitted by 5 January electronically to the Ministry of Finance and the Ministry of Foreign Affairs on e-mail; bidrain@oim.dk.

In addition, it should be noted that also the box and accounting or other internal regulations of the regions will be able to contain provisions which, in line with the annual remarks for the budget, lay down conditions in connection with the application of the appropriations.

5.3 5.3 Overview of time limits for budget adoption

The researchers in connection with the budget’s drafting and adopting ‐ including for the submission of budget material to the central authorities ‐ are summarized in the following overview.

Last 15 August
The business committee prepares budget proposals for the Nordic Council.
Last 24 August
1. treatment of the budget proposal.
Last 1 September
Proposal for the annual contribution and development contribution is discussed in the contact committee.
Last 10 September
The Municipal Boards in the region shall notify their position to the proposal basic contribution and development contribution.
Last 1 October
The budget is adopted.
Primo October
The main overview and special budget information are submitted to the Ministry of Finance. The detailed time limit is communicated by the Ministry of Finance and the Ministry of Foreign Affairs prior to the budget adoption.
Ultimate October
The income statement, money flow statement and resource overview regarding social institutions are submitted to the Ministry of Finance and the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. The detailed time limit is shown in the sent chart material.
Last 15 November
Summary and specifications are submitted to Statistics Denmark.
Last 5 January
The appointment overview, investment overview, and comments are submitted to the Ministry of Finance and the Ministry of Foreign Affairs.

Fall the above dates on a Saturday or Sunday, the deadline is postponed to the following Monday. However, this does not apply to the submission of the budget proposal and the adoption of the budget.

5.4 5.4 Annex to Chapter 5

5.4.1. Annex 1 - Profit statement

Health

(1.000 DKK)
Accounting for years x-2
Enriched budget for years x-1
Budget for years x
Block subsidies from the state (1.90.90)
Municipal contribution (1.90.91)
Municipal activity-dependent contribution (1.90.92)
Activity-based grants from the state (1.90.93)
Substitution of the softer compensation scheme (1.90.94)
Claims
Net operating costs
Andel of common purposes and administration (1.70.50)
Results before financial records and extraordinary records
Andel of financial revenue (1.80.60)
Spirit of financial costs (1.80.60)
Score before extraordinary records
Extraordinary revenue
Additional costs
The result of the year

Social and special lessons

(1.000 DKK)
Accounting for years x-2
Enriched budget for years x-1
Budget for years x
Thank you for the social area
Special Education
Claims
Net operating costs
Andel of common purposes and administration (2.70.60)
Results before financial records and extraordinary records
Group of financial revenue (2.80.70)
Power of financial costs (2.80.70)
Score before extraordinary records
Extraordinary revenue
Additional costs
The result of the year

Regional development

(1.000 DKK)
Accounting for years x-2
Enriched budget for years x-1
Budget for years x
Block subsidies from the state (3.90.90)
Development contribution from municipalities (3.90.91)
Claims
Net operating costs
Andel of common purpose and administration (3.70.60-63)
Results before financial records and extraordinary records
Andel of financial revenue (3.80.70)
Power of financial costs (3.80.70)
Score before extraordinary records
Extraordinary revenue
Additional costs
The result of the year

The budgeted income statements for the social and special training area and the regional development area shall not show a deficit in accordance with Section 5.2.1.

5.4.2. Annex 2 - Money flow statement

All

(1.000 DKK)
Health
Social and special lessons
Regional development
All
The result of the year
Lipitivity adjustments for the year's result
+ depreciation
+ internal rate
+ stock, perimo
- stock, ultimo
- holiday money, perimo
+ holiday money, ultimo
- Employment, primo
+ preparation for pension, ultimo
- other regulations, primo
+ other regulators, ultimo
A. Impact of the year
Financial regulations regarding investments
- purchase of intellectual property assets
+ sale of intellectual property assets
- purchase of material plant assets
+ sale of material plant assets
+ sale of plant assets in connection with quality fund investments *
+/- other conditions
B. Impact of investments
C. The total liquidity effect of the year (the result of result +A +B)
Joint and financing records
+/- displacements in short-term retreats
+/- displacements in short-term debt obligations
+ recording of external loans
- deduction on external loans
- the rate of internal loans
- Exposure to finance projects with quality fund support
+ consumption of commissioning to finance projects with quality fund support
+/- value adjustment of liquid assets
+/- other financial records
+/- value adjustment of liquid assets
D. Impact of joint and funding
E. The total liquidity effect of the year (A+B+C+D)
F. Likvider, primo budget year
G. Likvider, ultimo budget year (E+F)
* In a note for the money flow statement, how possible sales of hospital construction have been transferred to finance the quality fund investment in the hospital area

The derived cash flows of the short-term payers and debt obligations, external borrowing, deduction on external loans, other long-term receivables and debt are attributed to the group level in the region, as an integral part of the region’s common box.

The cost for the interest of internal loans is included in the result of the year in the sector areas and the liquidity impact is corrected. A. The income at the rate of internal loans is entered into the region as a group, and the liquidity effect is corrected with the opposite sign in clauses. D.

For each of the 3 areas of activity (health, social and special education as well as the regional development area), a statement that shows the budget flow in the budget year, corrected budget for the current year's budget and the latest financial year, in accordance with below. It may also be appropriate to make a financial statement for the main account 4, common purposes and administration, which is then distributed in the 3 regional activity areas.

(1.000 DKK)
Accounting for years x-2
Enriched budget for years x-1
Budget for years x
The result of the year
Lipitivity adjustments for the year's result
+ depreciation
+ internal rate
+ stock, perimo
- stock, ultimo
- holiday money, perimo
+ holiday money, ultimo
- Employment, primo
+ preparation for pension, ultimo
- other regulations, primo
+ other regulators, ultimo
A. Impact of the year
Financial regulations regarding investments
- purchase of intellectual property assets
+ sale of intellectual property assets
- purchase of material plant assets
+ sale of material plant assets
+ sale of plant assets in connection with quality fund investments *
+/- other conditions
B. Impact of investments
C. The total liquidity effect of the year (the result of result +A +B)

* Taking into account the health area. In a note for the money flow statement, how possible sales of hospital construction have been transferred to finance the quality fund investment in the hospital area

For the social and special learning area, the liquidity is shown between the region in accordance with the form below.

Between the region

(1.000 DKK)
B
B01
B02
B03
Primo 1 January
Annual liquidity impact
The rate of balance
Ultimate 31 December

6 BEVILLINGSREGLER

Content Content Content
Page Page
0
Introduction
6.0 - 1
1
Name types
6.1 - 1
2
Level of commitment
6.2 - 1
3
Gross grants and net grants
6.3 - 1
4
Framework control and transfer access to institutions etc.
6.4 - 1

6 BEVILLINGSREGLER

6.0 Introduction

By one grant understands an authorisation from the Council of the Regions to hold costs for a specified purpose or the upscale revenue of a specified nature within the specified economic framework and in accordance with the general and special terms of which the grant is given.

In the section 21(4) of the Act, in accordance with Section 40(2), 1 sentence, it is determined that the grant authority is in the region council. The legal clause means that it is not permitted for the Council of the Region to share the grant authority.

The grant must be deemed to be made before an outline is initiated. Measures that will lead to revenue or expenditure which is not granted in connection with the adoption of the annual budget or by supplementary grants shall not be initiated until the Council has notified the necessary grant, in accordance with the § 21(4) of the Act in accordance with Section 40(2)(2) of the Council.

The main rules are in other words:

• • • It is the only region council, which can give a grant

• • • Contracting cases must always be recorded on the agenda of a regional council

• • • In the region, expenditure or income arrangements must not be carried out in the region before the necessary grant from the Community Council (see section 6.1)

From this main rule there are two exceptions:

Firstly, measures imposed by law or other binding legal declarations may be adopted without the prior grant of the Council, but the grant must be obtained as soon as possible, in accordance with the § 21(4) of the State Act, in accordance with Section 40(2), 3. Section 2, 3. p.

Second, the Council of the Regions may, in accordance with Section 21(4) of the Region Act, in accordance with Section 40(2), 4 of Section 2, 4 of Section 2, 4 of the Administrative Board of Directors, authorise the business committee to notify the grants in cases where the amount of an operational or plant funding is desired to be transferred to another operating or plant grant, in accordance with the following rules on supplementary grants.

The main rule on the prohibition of the delegation of the grant authority does not mean that all expenditure or income dispositions in the region must be submitted to the Council of the Region. The scope of grants to be processed in the Nordic Council will depend on the decisions of the funding level and use of the grant framework.

The Council of the Regions may, in its submission, lay down broad grant frameworks, which, within the area of the business committee, provides jurisdiction and responsibility for the further application and compliance with the business committee. The business committee may then decide to leave an outline and responsibility to the regional management, institutions etc. The Council of the Regions may also choose narrower grant frameworks that may entrust the competence and responsibility of the appropriations for further use and compliance to the conducting part of the regional management, such as directly to an institution manager.

Set the grant outside of the business committee’s area, there is no choice, the grant level can be left to. Competence and responsibility for the compliance of the grant may also be subject to the conducting part of the regional management.

The Council of the Regions remains the final responsibility for the application and compliance of the appropriations and is obliged to exercise supervision and control accordingly.

The report of the Region Council is first done and foremost in the adoption of the annual budget.

Annual budget’s grant function is directly laid down in the section of the Danish Regions. It is apparent that the records on the year's budget, whereby the Council of the Region have taken a grant position, the binding rule of the next year's regional management.

The approval of the budget will be expressed in the budget of the grant and the budget markings.

There must be a number of grants:

• • •
What device (the business committee or administrative device) the grant is given to
• • •
Which area or activities the grant includes, delimited from the account plan
• • •
Which amount the grant sounds on
• • •
What conditions and conditions that may apply to the exploitation

The report of the Region Council is a general rule at the budget. The Council of the Regions may also at any time during the budget year submit additional grants. The grants provided can address the operational business of the region council and the investment and construction activities of the region.

Operator grants are submitted at the adoption of the budget.

Management grants can be submitted by the Regional Council at any time in the budget year. However, it is a prerequisite for the commencement of the worker that the budget is allocated the necessary amount to finance the costs of work.

The grant rules, which are reviewed in the following, are attached - and not otherwise specified - as well as to the grants submitted in connection with the budget acquisition, as to the subsequent grants.

The budget is reversed more than the sum of the grants. The budget thus includes a number of records in which there is no requirement for the awarding position from the side of the Region Council.

In the following sections, more detailed for the applicable funding rules.

6.1 Name types

There are sore in the regional rules between three types of grants, namely

• • •
Operator grants
• • •
Management grants
• • •
Supplements

Operator grants

Operator grants are given to operating costs and revenues as well as state refunds on main accounts 1-4. That is, for the records that in the authorized account plan are assigned the ‘dranst values’ 1 and 2. Operator grants shall be submitted according to cost-based principles, i.e. they shall include, for example, depreciation, to the extent applicable.

The rules relating to the placing of operational grants shall also apply to:

• • • Deduction of loans – the year's credit movements regarding the features 6.32.20-6.32.27

• • • Deducted loans – the year's debet movements on the features 6.55.63-6.55.77

• • • Price and revenue on main account 5 features 5.10.05 5.55.76 and 5.90.99

• • • Refund of buymoms – function 5.80.95

Deductions on loans and deductions on the accumulated loans must be stated in the cash flow statement, in accordance with Chapter 5, Section 2.7.d. The grant is submitted as part of the approval of the cash flow statement.

Operator grants are submitted in connection with the budget acquisition and must be stated on the budget associated grant overview. In the comments to the budget, there may also be set terms for the exploitation of the grants.

Operator grants shall not be exceeded before a supplementary grant is obtained, in accordance with the section of supplement appropriations. It follows, among other things, that grants for operational grants cannot be submitted after the end of the financial year they relate.

Operator grants will expire at the end of the financial year and can only be passed on to subsequent years if the Nordic Council decides to carry out unconsumer operational grants, in accordance with Section 6.4.

Management grants

Funds are given to plant expenditure and income on the main accounts 1-4. That is, the records that in the authorized account plan are assigned ‘the value’; 3.

The rules on the placing of installations shall also apply to:

– – Loans – the year’s debet movements regarding the features 6.32.20–6.32.27

– – Loan recording – the year's credit movements regarding the features 6.55.63–6.55.77

The lending and borrowing must be stated in the financial statement, in accordance with Chapter 5, Section 2.7.d.

Funds may be submitted at any time for the financial year. The submission can thus – but do not need – take place in connection with the budget adoption.

The funding includes the total cost associated with the implementation of a work or investment, whether the work or investment is expected to extend over one or more years. The funding is set at the time of the award and the pay level, whether the work is expected to stretch over a multi-annual period. There may be linked terms to a facility grant.

Amendments to the approved plant expenditure shall be submitted in relation to the processing of the proposal for a year budget for the coming year, e.g. for price and payroll adjustments, or as separate supplementary grants.

It is also a condition to be able to take advantage of a plant funding that the amount of money is allocated in the cash flow statement. Thus, it is a condition for the implementation of a work or investment that there is both a system grant for the total cost, and that there is the necessary amount in the money flow statement.

The amount of funds relating to works must be stated on the budget associated summary. In the comments to the budget, there may be a set of terms for the utilisation of the funds, including the possibility for the use of non-consumer amounts in the subsequent financial year.

The distinction between operational and construction grants

The distinction between operating and installation costs can in some cases give rise to doubt. In these situations, doubts may arise on which the grant procedure is to be initiated for that measure.

Please refer to the general guidelines regarding operating system costs listed in Chapter 2, Section 2.2.

Supplements

In the year, the Region Council has the opportunity to inform the grants of supplementary grants for both operational and plant grants as well as available amounts.

It is apparent from the § 21(4) of the Danish Parliament, in accordance with Section 40(3) of the Council Act, that any allowance relating to operational grants or the amount of available shall hold an indication of the amount of the costs to be financed. The grants relating to social and special training area and the regional development area must be financed by similar minor costs or revenue within the activity areas concerned, in accordance with section on transfer access.

In addition, there shall not be measures incurred, which result in costs and/or revenue for the region before the Member State has notified funding. At the same time, this provision implies that the transfer of an operating or plant grant or of it in the budget listed is required for a prior supplementary grant from the region council.

However, in two respects, there may be evidence of deviations from this main rule:

First, the statutory measures may be initiated without prior funding, but the grant must be obtained as soon as possible. This possibility is directly referred to in the law and intends to ensure that one of the Folketing adopted law or issuance of notice pursuant to law ‐ e.g. if a change of thanks to a service which the region is responsible for delivering ‐ can be put in effect immediately and does not need the afvent the attribution of the region council.

Secondly, it will not be considered contrary to the law if there is a grant pass in case the amount granted is or may be deemed to be limestone. This means that it is not possible to specify the size of the cost or revenue more accurately because these will depend on more or less uvisse future events.

There will typically be services that the region is obliged to provide by law. As an example of a limestone amount, the cost of public health insurance can be mentioned. The grant will significantly rest on prerequisites for fee per patient contact, while the number of patient contacts and thus the total cost can only be hired. In such cases, the fees will continue to be paid even if the number of patients exceed the expected and the grant is thus exceeded.

It should, in the budget markings to the records concerned, that there is a limestone cost or income. It will also be in accordance with good administrative practice that the Council of the Regions is presented a supplementary application, if one in the budget listed amount concerning a limescale post will not be observed.

It is the Council of the Regions, which provides grants. However, there is an exception from here:

The Council of the Regions shall, in accordance with Section 40(2) of the Code of Conduct, authorise the business committee to provide grants in cases where the amount of an operational or plant grant is required to be transferred to another operating or plant grant.

The employee will only be able to include reassessments between distributed operational and plant grants, that is, the main account 1-4. The employee only includes reassessments from an operating grant to another or from a plant grant to another, but not from an operating grant to a facility or vice versa.

In addition, the authority of the Region Council shall be entitled to the business committee to clearly be specified, including whether the authorisation is limited, e.g. for certain amounts of sizes or grants.

The Council of the Regions may also make a decision on opportunities to carry out unconsumed operational grants or the amount of the subsequent financial year for the implementation of delayed activities or amended use.

Budget records without the grant function

The budget includes a number of records, which is not linked to a grant function, and where there is not a grantive position tag from the region council. It’s about the shares – price and price gains – function 5.75.78. As regards these capital records, it shall not be recorded in the budgetary summary.

6.2 Level of commitment

The concept of the grant level is linked to the detailing degree of the control that the budget’s division in grants is expression.

Through its election of the grant level, the area Council determines the scope of the right of the disposition which is left the grant holder in the management of the territory of the Member State concerned. The grant level will be of importance for the grant holder’s opportunities during the budget year to make a budget amount placement. For example, there may be a talk about locations between cost sites, groupings or species.

The freedom of association will further be determined by the conditions and conditions that may be listed in the budget markings or in the Chamber of Commerce and Accounting Authority.

According to the § 19 of the Act, the Minister for Economic and Interior Affairs shall lay down detailed rules on the specification of the records of the year's budget, in which the Council of the year's final adoption of the year.

The set rules are described below.

6.2.1 BEVILLINGIVEAU FOR DRIFTSBEVILLINGER

For the operating grants, the following minimum requirements for the funding level are set:

The Council of the Regions shall, at the end of the year, provide a minimum of separate operating grants for each of the main accounts 1-3 and for the main account 4-5 under one.

The Council of the Regions may, in accordance with this provision, choose to submit a greater or less number of grants. However, this should take into account that the balance requirement must be met for each of the three regional areas of activity, i.e., at least, separate operations should be given to each of the areas referred to in Section 5.2. This means that the Nordic Council in the last instance can choose to provide three operating grants covering each of the activity areas (main account 1-3). In addition, one total funding for the operations records can be granted in the main account 4-5.

There is no possibility for the grant release to share parts of several main accounts, main functions, etc. in the main account 1-3 in one grant, i.e. across the authorized account plan. This can only be done within the individual main account.

There is the possibility to provide one total grant to the main account 4 Common purposes and administration, which requires that the funds in the main account 1-3 are subject to expenditure for common purposes and administration.

The rules on the grant level constitute a minimum requirement, i.e. a limit for how high the grant level can be placed. This is thus the individual region council to decide a more detailed grant binding. Here is also that the region council can choose a detailed grant binding in some areas, while other areas (e.g. functions within the same main account) can be carried together in one total grant.

Finally, the Council of the Regions referred to in paragraph 1 may specify special conditions and conditions for the use of the appropriations in the budget markings.

6.2.2 DIRECTIVE OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL AND OF THE COUNCIL

Management grants

Construction grants shall be issued either as a separate plant funding for specific works and investments or as framework grants for further defined works and investments, i.e. records with dranst 3.

Construction grants shall be issued either as a separate plant funding for specific works and investments or as framework grants for further defined works and investments, i.e. records with dranst 3.

Construction grants include as a starting point investment which is part of the balance. In addition, plant grants also include material assets, whose value for the region is primarily of cultural or historical nature and plant supplements for self-communing institutions and other public authorities, as referred to in Chapter 2, Section 2.2.

Funding grants for specific investment activities and frameworks shall be submitted by the Nordic Council.

Construction grants for specific construction and construction works and investments include the total cost of investment activity regardless of the duration of the investment activity. The funding shall be accompanied by the amount of available in the budget of the region council and the cash flow statement to the financing of the investment activity concerned.

Framework grants for investment activities – investment frameworks – can be added to less investment of a specified nature, e.g. less construction work or acquisitions. Investment frameworks attached to operational grants cannot be allocated across the main accounts 1-4.

The scope of the individual investment framework is described in the budget note or in the supplementary application, if an investment framework is submitted by the supplementary grants.

Investment activities covered by investment frameworks may be carried out without submission to the Council of the Regions, provided investment expenses may be held within the investment framework and that the amount of the budget is provided.

The Council of the Regions shall decide on the limits between funding for specific projects and funding for investment frameworks and the amount limits for investment projects to be granted by the Council of the Regions. Implementing specific investments exceeding DKK 10 million in total expenditure must be granted by the Council of the Region.

Management grants shall be given as internal loans which must be deducted at least the depreciation of the acquired assets.

Administrative amount

It is as referred to in Section 6.1 a condition for a worker’s process that there is both a plant funding, and that there is a available amount in the cash flow statement and in the budget.

The amount of funds relating to works shall apply corresponding rules on the level of funding as for operational grants, i.e.:

The Council of the Regions shall, at the final adoption of the year, as a minimum, provide a separate amount for each of the main accounts 1-3 and for the main account 4-5 under one.

The Council of the Regions has the opportunity to settle the amount of information together for works/answers falling within the same main account. Uses the Regional Council this option, the business committee will gain a greater disposition, as the committee can compensate the amount of one available with savings in another without obtaining a supplementary grant from the region council.

It is not possible to knock down the amount of money together with operational grants.

6.2.3 BEVILLINGIVEAU FOR DE FINANSIELLE KONTI ON HOVEDKONTO 6

The authorisation rules for the financial accounts of the main account are the following:

For the financial accounts under the main account 6, the final adoption of the year's budget shall take the grant position to:

• • • Loans under one – year’s debet movements on the features 6.32.20-6.32.27,

• • • Loan recording - year credit movements of the features 6.55.63 6.55.77,

• • • Deduction on lending during one – the year's credit movements of the functions 6.32.20 6.32.27,

• • • Deducted loans under one – year’s debet movements on the features 6.55.63 6.55.77.

The movements of the year in these financial records shall, as for the other movements of the year in the financial records appear in the financial statement approved by the Council of the Regions, in accordance with Section 5.2.7.c.

6.3 Gross grants and net grants

A gross grant is to say that regional measures, which both involve expenditure and revenue, are given as well as an expenditure grant as an income funding. In the year's running opportunities to achieve revenue beyond the budgeted, such revenue cannot be used without a supplementary funding from the Regional Council to increase the costs.

A net funding is to say that the Council alone takes the grant position to the size of net expenses, i.e. expenditure drawn revenue. The grant holder will therefore be able to use any revenue beyond the budgeted, for an increase in the cost within the same scope without in advance obtaining a supplementary grant from the region council.

The following rules apply to the submission of gross funds:

In respect of the operating undertaking (dranst 1 and 2) respectively the plant undertaking (dranst 3) under the main account of 0–4, the Council shall decide whether grants are to be submitted as gross grants or net grants.

Grants concerning the financial records of the main account 5 and 6 are submitted as gross grants.

It shall, in accordance with Section 7.2.2), be provided as gross or net grants.

Access to submit net grants includes both individual, limited activity areas, for example, a social institution ‐ as well as activity areas that are granted under one.

There may be good reason for the Regional Council to carefully consider the different aspects of the use of net funding in relation to the individual regional activity areas, including areas of 100 percent’s refund, special grants etc.

In many cases, it will therefore be an advantage for the Council of the Regions to carry out a detailed limit of which areas it finds appropriate to use net grants, as well as the content of these. For example, the region council may consider whether all types of surplus income should give the grant holder right to the additional cost of corresponding size.

Any restrictions relating to the use of surplus income should be stated in the budget markings. For example, you can imagine restrictions on the sale of major effects over a certain amount limit must not be reused without separate addition funding from the region council, or that excess income must not be used for the expansion of the fixed personnel loss.

As stated in the above, the question of the use of net grants is not a either-or------------------------------------------------------------------—————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————— The Region Council may limit the net principle to include some individual, relatively specified grants, it may provide net grants on certain special terms laid down in the budget markings, or it may choose a general and unobstructed right to apply revenue on all grants under the main account 0‐4.

Whether net grants are used by the grant release, the principle of gross records in the budget is unchanged. In other words, separate revenue and spending in budget and accounting must always be made.

6.4 Framework control and transfer access to institutions etc.

Provisions are always submitted by the Council of the Regions and can only be assigned to the business committee within the area of the business committee. The business committee cannot be assigned grants outside the area of the business committee, i.e. where the Council itself has the immediate management. At administrative level, grants can be assigned institutions or other administrative devices. The approvals can address specific outlines, but will, as a general rule, depending on the handling of the region’s tasks during the budget period.

In several ways:

The Council may choose to impose the immediate management of all the tasks of the Region Council for the business committee, and then establish a scheme managed by the business committee. In this situation, the region council provides a ‘wide’ grant to each activity area in the main account 1-4. The committee shall then assign economic framework to the individual institutions, etc. within each area of activity and determine the detailed terms of the scope of the framework.

The Council may choose to impose the immediate management of all the tasks of the Region Council – except for the financial committee functions – to the Council of the Regions, and then submit a framework grant to the individual institution, in the comments, the guidelines for which responsibility and the Council concerned must have.

The two examples describe the outer points on a sliding scale, and there are certain opportunities to take local and individual conditions considering when a region organises an economic framework management system.

Among the questions that the Council of the Regions will have to take position to include: Should the institution be assigned a net framework or gross framework? Should there be access to transfer funds from other operating accounts to pay accounts and vice versa?

The framework management of institutions also recognises the question of access to transfer unconsumer grants to the following year and corresponding to access to ‘ship’ of the next year budget.

It is often stated that the disponing devices can feel encouraged to use the grant completely, because any residual amount is lost at the end of the year. Similarly, a less consumption can give the region council the impression that the device can generally solve its tasks within a narrower economic framework than previously provided.

These views have taken into consideration about the possibilities for the transfer of grants between the budget years. A detailed statement of these considerations is found in the report no. 1369 on »The future budget and accounting system for municipalities and amter«, January 1999.

It shall, on this basis, specify that the use of unconsumer appropriations in the subsequent financial year (drift grants and available amounts) requires that the unconsumer amounts are repayed via the supplement appropriations submitted within the end of the year.

This follows from the provisions of the Danish Regional Act on the annual budget's grant function and the prohibition of sharing the Community Council's grant competence.

Within the existing rules, two principle ‘models’ can be pointed to the organisation of such arrangements for the transfer and the re-referred of unconsumption amounts.

The one model goes out that the Regional Council in the budget markings concerning a given grant indicates that you will be set to repay any unconsumer amounts in the following year via a supplementary grant which raises the ordinary grant. Any restrictions may be added to such a statement of re-authorisation, such as the transfer access may be limited to a specific percentage of the grant and/or it may be subject to the saving amount used for a particular greater acquisition.

Similarly, an access to deposit can be carried out over the next year's grant. The Council of the Regions shall indicate in the budget markings that applications for the grants of supplementary grants may be expected to meet a specific amount framework ‐ may be expected to meet the corresponding reduction of the grant for the following year.

If this model is used for transfer access, a supplementary grant must be submitted for the total region council in the cases where a grant holder wishes to use the transfer access. The statements of budget markings are thus expressed by the pre-registration of the Regional Council to a later submitted funding application for the transfer of the amount of funding in that area.

It will often be possible to collect these cases for the overall treatment in the Nordic Council. However, if the Nordic Council wishes to impose this treatment at a later time of the year, the last regional council will only cover cases relating to the transfer of the amount of funding to the coming budget year. Cases relating to ‘ship’ of the upcoming budget year grant may, on the other hand, be treated in the Council of the Regions, before the amount referred to.

If the Nordic Council wishes to avoid this single case processing, it may apply another model for transfer access, which is based on the management of the business committee:

A prerequisite for this model is that the region council uses broad framework grants, for example, one total funding for each of the regional activity areas on the main account 1-4 or a grant that includes a larger number of institutions. The business committee shall then take account of requests from institutions on either the transfer of frame amounts, loans or the use of previously transferred amounts. When the committee processes these requests, it must take into account that savings and additional consumption must be offset each other, so that the grant for the individual activity area for that year is complied with.

No matter what forms of arrangements to choose to introduce, it is important that there is a detailed description of the ‘game rules’ in the scheme.

Particularly about transfer access to social and special education and regional development area

This section describes how the grant management of the transfer of over- or deficit to the subsequent years is for the social and special teaching area and the regional development area.

It is apparent from section 6.1, page 2, that grants regarding the social and special learning area and the regional development area must be financed by similar minor costs or income. Financing in the consumption of liquid assets can therefore only occur within the health area. This is a consequence of the cost-based balance requirement applicable to the social and special training area and the regional development area, cf. section 3(3), 1 and 2. clause, in the report of the budget and accounting, audit, and Section 5.2.1.1.

It is also apparent from the § 3(3) of the budget and accounting order 3(3), 3 para. However, revenue and costs are not included in the accounting. The purpose is to ensure that the cost-based balance requirements can be budgeted with an over- or deficit if there have been an under or profit to be equal.

The grants for additional costs on the transfer of profits to the subsequent years may therefore be made unfinanced, as they are estimated by a income corresponding to the profits which are not registered in the budget or accounting, in accordance with the above reference to Section 3(3)(3) of the budget and accounting statement. The balance requirement is thus met. Similarly, the supplementary grants relating to minor costs during the transfer of deficit can be submitted without an increase of the liquid assets as they are directed by a cost to the deficit.

7 Accounting, REGNENT AND REQUEST
Content Content Content
Page Page
7.0 7.0
Book
7.0 – 1
7.1 7.1
Procedure requirements for accounting
7.1 – 1
7.1.1
Introduction
7.1 – 1
7.1.2
The procedure of the accounting procedure
7.1 – 1
7.1.3
Opening balance calculated by 1 January 2007
7.1 – 2
7.2 7.2
Form requirements for the Financial Statements
7.2 – 1
7.2.1
General requirements for the form and content of the Financial Statements
7.2 – 1
7.2.2
Annual Report
7.2 – 1
7.2.2.1
Content of the Financial Statements
7.2 – 1
a.
Presentation of the region
7.2 – 2
b.
General comments
7.2 – 2
c.
Apply accounting practice
7.2 – 2
d.
Results statement
7.2 – 3
e.
Balance balance
7.2 – 3
f.
Money flow statement
7.2 – 3
g.
Report and balance
7.2 – 3
h.
Conversion table
7.2 – 4
in.
Accounting overview and special comments
7.2 – 4
j.
Overview of transferred unconsumed appropriations
7.2 – 5
k.
Funds and investment accounts
7.2 – 6
l.
Event rights and obligations, including guarantees
7.2 – 6
m.
Staff overview
7.2 – 7
7.3
Reporting Account Details
7.3 – 1
7.3.1
Specifications for accounting
7.3 – 1
7.3.2
Specifications of the accounting, function 1.10.01 Hospitals and 2.10.01 Social offers and special training
7.3 ‐ 1
7.3.3
Special accounting information
7.3 – 3
7.4
History and expected year result
7.4 – 1
7.4.1
The summary of the box credit
7.4 – 1
7.4.2
Estimated year result
7.4 – 1
7.5
Revision
7.5 – 1
7.6
Overview of time periods related to accounting, etc.
7.6 – 1
7.3
Annex to Chapter
7 7.7 – 1
7.7.1
Annex 1 - Results
7.7 – 1
7.7.2
Annex 2 – Balance
7.7 – 5
7.7.3
Annex 3 – Money flow statement
7.7 – 7
7.7.4
Annex 4 – Note for material assets – reasons and buildings
7.7 – 9
7.7.5
Annex 5 – Note for material assets – technical facilities, major special equipment, transport and similar
7.7 ‐ 10
7.7.6
Annex 6 – Note for material assets – fixtures, including IT equipment
7.7 – 11
7.7.7
Annex 7 – Note for material assets – material plant under execution
7.7 ‐12

7.0 7.0 Book

Introduction

According to the § 29 of the Danish Parliament, in accordance with the § 43 of the municipal Council, the publication must provide an overview of how the means of the region are managed and whether the management is consistent with the rest and the other decisions of the region. In addition, the regions under Section 24(1) of the Region Act are obliged to establish detailed rules for the interior of the region’s box and accounting services, etc.

In addition, it is in Section 4 of Regulation No 390 of 2 May 2006 provided that the accounting supplement period runs from the end of February in the following financial year. However, the Council of the Region Council may set a shorter supplement period. But this must not be determined to expire before 15 January. Finally, in Section 1(2) of Regulation No 1087 of 7 November 2006 amending Regulation on the budget and accounting services of the regions, audits, etc. that the accounting period includes December the year before the financial year. The Region Council can, in the region’s box and accounting regulation, establish a shorter settlement period.

About the book lead

The registration in the regional accounting system includes primarily the external transactions of the regions, i.e. transactions arising between the region and the outside world. This registration thus relates to objectively con-stateable sizes.

As stated in Chapter 2, the accounting system also includes the possibility for the registration of internal settlements between different cost sites and functions. This can either be done by using the internal species of main species 9 or at plus/minus records on the external species1). Also for internal settlements is the starting point that the registration should be as far as possible.

Distributions based on more estimates and similar should not be given due to registrations in the accounting system, unless the reference rules prescribe a calculation. Tasks of this kind should rather be resolved in special overviews etc. outside the accounting system. However, on the main species 0 Calculated expenditure and the related species will estimate estimates, however, in connection with the setting of the service life of the region’s material assets.

The budget and accounting system generally provides information framework for the practical organisation of the registration and the accounting process in general within the individual region.

However, it is a main rule that the rules and procedures set by the individual region must be characterized by an continuity over time. In other words, frequent changes should be carried out in the accounting rules and procedures ‐ including the length of the supplement period - which can help to make an assessment of the regional accounts.

However, this principle of continuity does not preclude the individual region to make changes, which are reasoned in terms of a better organisation of workflows and similar conditions.

The publication in the financial year

The process of purchasing a product or service will generally be illustrated as in the following overview:

Legal process
Material process
The order is submitted
The item is received from
(disponing)
supplier supplier
(transaction)
The rule (actura) is received
The rule is checked and certified
The product is consumed
The amount is shown to the withdrawal
The bill is posted in the accounting system
The amount is shipped (payment)

The overview shows a normal occurring process. Of course, there will be other process processes.

A registration can be made at different times in the outlined process. Depending on the organisation of the financial management in each region, it may also be appropriate to make a registration at several different times.

From the overview can be defined 3 times in the accounting process:

The withdrawal time expresses the time of a binding order submission. This is the time when a responsible on the behalf of the region is a binding agreement on a delivery, typically order of goods and material or services.

The transaction time, which is the time when the delivery takes place or the work is executed.

The payment time is the time when the payment takes place. It can be defined as the time when it is raised (referred) on the liquid accounts.

In addition to the economic management of purchases, a registration at the time of the disposal may be desirable. The supervision of accounting and funding controls requires an accurate amount registration, which often requires a registration later in the process when the bill is received. Finally, a registration at the time of payment can be pointed to the liquidity management.

The bookholder registration for the financial year must be generally organised in accordance with the rules and procedures laid down in the region’s box and accounting regulatory and in accordance with the registration requirements provided by the arrangement of the economic governance of the region.

The budget and accounting system does not contain a more detailed set of rules for the organisation of this registration. However, it is a requirement that the payment must always be made at the time of payment.

Special about bookkeeping in the areas of business development, education and culture of the regional development area

On the main functions 3.20 Cultural business, 3.30 Business Development and 3.40 Education budgets and expense commitment to grants with the entire amount given to the year in which legally binding commitments are given, regardless of whether part of the payout falls in later years. It only includes the commitment to project supplements and not installations and ordinary operations.

Good bookkeeping

The Book of the Region must be made in accordance with good bookkeeping skik.

The good bookkeeping skik can be described as what is considered for good skis and use among the experts and responsibilities-conscious professionals in the accounting area.

It is a prerequisite for good accounting skik that the rules in the ‘Budget and accounting system for regions’ and other relevant regulations are followed.

Accounting material

The material that collected documents the design of the book and verify its accuracy is referred to: the accounting material. The accounting material includes the actual registrations, including the transaction track, descriptions of the accounting, including agreements on electronic data exchange, descriptions of systems to store and store accounting material, Annex and other documentation, information, which is necessary for the control track, accounts and audit protocols.

A. Visible organisation

The book must be organised and carried out in a clear way and provide an overview of the outlines of the region.

B. Transaction and control tracks

The region must ensure a transaction and control track in the organisation of the bookkeeping.

The transaction ensures the relationship between the individual records and the main records of the accounts. In other words, it must be possible to check whether all entries are in the accounting and the records of the accounts of the accounts of the accounts are composed.

The control track documents the actual entries. The requirement for control tracks therefore requires that an Annex is identified on the basis of a given post and that the correlation between records and Annex is unique. The control track represents an important part of the total documentation that the cost is held correctly.

C. Registrations

All transactions are recorded exactly and as soon as possible after the conditions for registrations are available, however, no later than at the time of payment.

D. Attestation and poll

The individual registrations can be attributed to an appendix and temporal location in the book. Registrations of each transaction must be done according to established and consistent methods.

Regular surveys must be made between registrations and cash and liquidity holding, as well as on other holding accounts.

Poll ensures that the registrations are current and that transactions are not registered or registered incorrectly.

E. Business processes, including the use of IT.

The region draws descriptions of the company (IT) systems, including the manual business processes / work routines, as well as internal control procedures.

The descriptions must contain information about how the systems ensure completeness and accuracy of the material that forms the basis of the registrations, including any agreements on the transfer of data recorded in the company, including descriptions of the IT use.

F. Error and misuse

The publication must be organised and carried out so that the accounting material is not destroyed, except coffee or habitual, as it must be safe against abuse.

The accounting material is ensured, among other things, against errors and abuse through an infamous function separation between the box and bookkeeping function. The function separation can be supported by the security procedure in relation to the region’s IT systems via access limit and passwords.

The access limit to the electronic systems shall also ensure that strangers cannot post without permission. The user control must be adjusted by the region used system.

G. Storage Storage Storage Storage

The accounting material must not be destroyed or disappear, and the accounting material must be kept in the entire period. This follows that there must be immediate access to the material, and stakeholders, including revision, must immediately access the material. Conversely, due to the fact that ordinary citizens cannot immediately access the material.

The storage requirement also includes protection against destruction as a result of fire, theft, sealing, other accidental destruction or disposal, as well as inconsistent or negligent actions.

H. Storage length

Accounting material from regions shall be kept for 3 years from the end of the financial year, as the accounting material relates, in accordance with the limitation of claims as well as the announcement of the conservation and casation of archivealies in the municipalities of the county. If other storage length of other accounting material is set out in other legislation, this applies.

In. Reporting the accounting material

The region determines which media the accounting material should be kept on.

Selected electronic storage forms are in accordance with good accounting practice, that the accounting material can be printed at any time, as there are safety precautions for backup, as well as that the readability is checked at regular intervals

Ordering in the supplement period

In connection with the accounting year end, there may arise some special problems regarding the question of which the financial statements a given expense or income must be submitted. This applies to the following:

The accounts of the supplementary period must be made in the accounts for the year in which the transaction takes place.

This main rule is the principle of transaction.

The main rule is independent of the bookkeeping process. It does not change that the registration itself may occur in another calendar year.

As usual occurring situations, here can be pointed to:

– – Raining for one in the financial year delivered goods or performance when first registration after the end of the financial year.

– – The main rule is here that before the end of the supplement period should be carried out for the financial year.

– – After the end of the supplement period, the duration of the supplement period may be taken. This must be included at the specific time of the receipt of the bill and registration and the practical organisation of the accounting end in the region (see, however, below the completion records).

– – Priority in the financial year of a performance delivered in the following financial year. For example, pay in December by January wage to officials.

– – The expense must be attributed to the new financial year. There is the above settlement account between the financial year and the new financial year, in accordance with the rules of the attribution (kapitel 4, Section 4.6).

The main rule on the use of the transaction principle of the supplement period does not only apply to expenditure and revenue due to the purchase and sale of goods and services, including payment of wages. It also applies to expenses and revenues related to income transfers, taxes and taxes, refunds etc.

Endposts

After the expiry of the supplement period, there may be a need to carry out certain termination records in the form of repostations, i.e. no refunds, in the completed financial year.

It is as a main rule the region itself, taking into account such termination records in accordance with the rules and procedures laid down in the region’s box and accounting regulation etc.

7.1 7.1 Procedure requirements for accounting

7.1.1 Introduction

The §§ 23 and 25 of the Region Act contain provisions on the procedure relating to the establishment and revision of the financial statements. At home in the Act’s stk 23, paragraph 1, 24(1) and 2, and 25(1) and 2, the Ministry of Health and Health has also provided a number of procedural requirements, including the time limits for the submission of the Financial Statements to audit etc. Finally, there are certain additional provisions on the submission of accounting material etc.

In this section, a brief description of the procedural rules in relation to the accounting procedure. The formal requirements for submission of accounting material to the central authorities and the preparation of the financial statements are processed in section 7.2. Furthermore, the special rules on reporting accounting information are referred to in Section 7.3, while the preparation of quarterly liquidity overviews and estimates of the expected year result are referred to in Section 7.4. The audit of the financial statements is referred to in Section 7.5. In section 7.6, a total schematic overview of the time limits of the accounting procedure. Finally, in Section 7.7 of schematic form, the contental requirements for parts of the accounting are shown, such as income statement, balance and cash flow statement.

7.1.2 The procedure of the accounting procedure

The annual accounts must be completed on 1 March in the following year. After this time, additional postposts can be made.

The § 23 of the Regions Act shall lay down that the accounts of the accounts of the financial committee shall be governed by the Group of the Regions.

There is no fixed time limit for this accounting.

However, it is apparent from the announcement of the budget of the regions, accounting, auditing, etc. that the withdrawal must be made, so the financial statements may be submitted by the Council for the revision before 1 May in the year after the year.

The audit shall report on the revision of the Financial Statements to the Regional Council within 15 June.

The report of the auditor shall be submitted to the business committee and for revisional remarks not immediately in respect of the management under the business committee ‐ for the regional authority.

The report of the auditor and the related comments of the business committee and the other regional authorities are processed by the Council of the Regions on a meeting. At the meeting, the Council shall decide on the revision’s and the approval of the accounts.

The processing of the Region Council shall take place so that the report of the region and the decisions adopted by the Council of the region shall be sent to the supervisory authority (and to the revision) before the end of September.

Finally, it is apparent from Section 23 of the Danish Region Act that the final approved accounts must be published in accordance with the detailed provision of the Region Council. For example, the Council of the Regions may decide that the final approved accounts are published on the website of the region.

7.1.3 Opening balance calculated by 1 January 2007

In connection with the establishment of regions per January 1, 2007 an opening balance will be prepared based on the rules of Budget and accounting system for regions.

The opening balance per January 1, 2007 is subject to the business committee to the Nordic Council, so that the opening balance can be submitted to the audit before the end of November 2007. At this time, the accounting principles which are for the opening balance per 1 January 2007, must be politically approved by the Council of the Regions. At the same time, or no later than 1 December 2007, the opening balance will be submitted to Statistics Denmark.

After the revision of the opening balance has been completed, this review must be provided with an endorsement that the revision has been carried out in accordance with the rules of the Ministry of Finance. The audit shall place before the end of January 2008, report on the revision of the opening balance per 1 January 2007 to the Council of the Region.

The opening balance of the Regions per January 1, 2007 must be sent to the supervisory authority together with the decisions adopted by the Council on the revision. At the same time, decisions are sent to the revision.

The preparation of the opening balance is, in addition, taking into account the rules on the treatment of the annual accounts of the region, in accordance with Section 23 of the Danish Region.

7.2 7.2 Form requirements for the Financial Statements

7.2.1 General requirements for the form and content of the Financial Statements

It is set out in section 23 of the region that the annual accounts of the region must be accompanied by a list of the cautions and warranty obligations. In addition, the accounting must be accompanied by remarks, in particular regarding significant deviations between the grant and accounting amount.

The § 24 of the Regions of the Regions shall authorise the economic and domestic minister to lay down the detailed rules on the form of the region’s accounting.

These rules appear partly in the authorized account plan, which sets up the content sharing of the accounts, partly in the following rules on the preparation of overviews and remarks.

7.2.2 Annual Report

7.2.2.1 Content of the Financial Statements

The Annual Report contains a number of listings and statements. The accounting statements and statements serve as a basis for, among others:

– – Assessment of the accounting in relation to the budget

– – statement of the financial consumption of the financial year (in the statement)

– – income statement (balance)

– – assessment of the economic situation of the region

The financial statements of the Region shall be divided into the sections listed below. The position is binding on the comparability of the accounts of the regions.

Section

Overview

7.2.2.1.a
Presentation of the region
7.2.2.1.b
General comments
7.2.2.1.c
Apply accounting practice
7.2.2.1.d
Results statement
7.2.2.1.e
Balance balance
7.2.2.1.f
Money flow statement
7.2.2.1.g
Report and balance
7.2.2.1.h
Accounting overview and special comments
7.2.2.1.i
Overview of unconsumed appropriations
7.2.2.1j
Management accounts
7.2.2.1k
Event rights and obligations, including guarantees
7.2.2.1.l
Staff overview

The regional accounting shall be subject to cost-based principles.

The profit statement, the balance, the money flow statement and notes must be prepared according to certain requirements. For the other overviews and statements there is no form requirements. The regions are free to include additional accounting material in the financial statements.

a. Presentation of the region

The annual accounts must contain a section of the region, including the tasks and organisation of the region, as well as main figures and key figures from the financial statements of the region. There is no binding requirements for the contents of the accounts of the Financial Statements.

The annual accounts must, when it is affixed by the business committee to the Nordic Council, include a presentation of the region.

b. General comments

The law of the Regions shall establish as set out in Section 7.2.1 that the financial statements shall be accompanied by remarks, in particular regarding significant deviations between the grant and accounting amount. In the general remarks, a total level of deviations between budget and accounting, including particularly for large differences between funding and accounting. Other significant deviations are referred to in section 7.2.2.1.i.

The general comments must also support the other content of the financial statements. The general remarks can be shared in sections corresponding to the region’s activity areas, and thus contain comments and information targeted to the individual activity area. The result of the activity areas of the region can be referred to in general comments.

There is no requirements for the general accounts of the financial statements.

The Annual Report shall, when it is affixed by the Group of the Region Council, contain general comments.

c. Apply accounting practice

The description of the accounting policies used in relation to the cost-based accounting must short and accurately describe the principles laid down for the accounting of assets and liabilities. The description must focus on the principles of settlement and measurement of all assets and liabilities as well as the description of the other principles used. In addition, it must be stated how the degrees of liberty that are in the preparation of the cost-based accounting, in accordance with Section 8.4.3, are exploited, such as the applied depreciation periods, the principles of use of up and depreciation, the use of groups or “s” when calculating assets.

The description shall also contain changes in the accounting policies used and the effect thereof on the accounts of previous years.

There are no requirements for the content of the section of the Financial Statements relating to accounting policies.

The financial statements shall, when it is submitted by the business committee to the Council, include a description of the accounting policies used. In addition, it must contain any changes in the accounting policies used and the effect thereof on the accounts for earlier years.

d. Results statement

The Annual Report shall contain a statement set out in Annex I to Section 7.7.1. The statement shall contain comparison figures for the last financial year. For the first financial year of the region, the figures from the year budget of the region include corrections from addition to the year's budget announced during the year (‘corporate budget’).

The statement of significant deviations between grants and accounts shall be carried out in the section of the Financial Statements and special remarks. Thus, the results of the region are reserved for external reporting per year’s resource consumption compared to previous years.

The financial statements shall, when it is submitted by the business committee to the Nordic Council, contain a statement statement. The statement shall be prepared in accordance with the form set out in Annex 1 of Section 7.7.1.

The profit statement is calculated in DKK 1,000.

e. Balance balance

The purpose of the balance is to show the assets of the region and liabilities, respectively, determined the end of the financial year and the year before, by liabilities, the sum of its own capital and obligations.

The Annual Report shall, when it is affixed by the Business Committee to the Region Council, contain a balance set by specific requirements.

The balance is prepared in accordance with the form set out in Annex 2 of Section 7.7.2.

The balance must contain comparison figures for the financial year before.

Amount in the balance is calculated in DKK 1,000.

f. Money flow statement

The purpose of the money flow statement is to show the financial flows of the financial year on the operational, investment and financing activities.

The Annual Report shall, when it is imposed by the Company to the Council of the Regions, contain a financial statement set out after specific requirements. The decision shall be prepared in accordance with the form set out in Annex 3 of Section 7.7.3.

In connection with the money flow statement for the social and special learning area, the liquidity is displayed between the area and the region.

The profit flow rate is calculated in DKK 1,000.

g. Report and balance

The annual accounts must contain a section with notes for the statement and balance. In the section, all essential conditions shall be included, including at least the notes referred to in Section 7.7. The annual accounts can be supplied with additional notes, and elaborate specifications or explanations for the accounts.

The notes that, according to the terms requirements for the Financial Statements, may be summarized to the following records in the statement and the balance:

1) Common purposes and administration, cf. section 7.7.1.6

2) In accordance with Section 7.3.1.7

3) 3) Operating costs, cf. section 7.7.1.8

4) Operation result, cf. Section 7.7.1.10

5) Reasons and buildings, cf. section 7.7.4

6) Technical facilities and machines, as referred to in Section 7.7.5

7) Inventar including IT equipment, see Section 7.7.6

8) Material facilities under execution, cf. section 7.7.7

9) Equity under Section 7.3.2.1

10) The operating result transferred to the next year, in accordance with Section 7.7.2.1, as well as Section 4.

h. Accounting overview and special comments

The accounting history is the accounting parallel to the budget’s summary, i.e. it must show the accounts of the grant level. The accounting overview must enable the year's budget's award records and the year's additional grants with the final accounting figures.

The annual accounts must be submitted by the business committee to the Council of the Regions, including an accounting overview. As at least, the accounts of the account plan must be specified in the budget’s adoption and subsequent grants. The account must contain 3 columns for:

• • •
The final accounting figures
• • •
The intentions submitted by the adoption of the budget
• • •
The grants submitted during the year.

The posts in the accounting history must be divided into the areas of health, social and special education and regional development as well as the expenditure areas common purpose and administration and interest.

In addition to this, there are no specific requirements for the individual region of the accounting history. However, the accounting overview and the funding history of the budget must follow the same form.

In connection with the accounting overview, the special remarks must be prepared for significant deviations between the grant and accounting amount for each grant.

It is hardly possible in general to establish what is a ‘pretentious extent’, or when deviations must be considered ‘important’. This must be based on a specific assessment in the individual cases and, in addition, through the interaction between the Council of the Regions and the regional revision of the processing and the revision of the accounts.

Major and significant deviations must also be referred to in the general comments.

The provision also involves the fact that the accounts are drawn up in cases where there is enough conformity between the accounting and the amount of funding, but where the activities or purposes provided by the grant declaration are not realised.

The annual accounts must, when it is submitted by the business committee to the Nordic Council, include a summary overview and special remarks.

The accounts for the accounts must also be prepared for the swap agreements that the region has entered. Below also for swap agreements concluded in previous financial year, but continue to run. A swap is an agreement between two or more parties to exchange payment flows on agreed terms over an agreed period. The decision for entered swap agreements shall include information about the swap counterpart, the size of the residual debt, the time of expiry and information about currency and interest.

No special provisions for the design and content of the special remarks for the accounting

in. Overview of transferred unconsumed appropriations

As part of the Financial Statements, an overview of the operational grants will be drawn up in the following years.

The Annual Report shall, when it is imposed by the Group of the Region Council, contain an overview of transferred unconsumer operational grants.

According to the rules set out in the Nordic Act, the operational grants are one year and void at the end of the financial year.

However, there are arrangements for transfer between the years of unconsumer grants. The Council of the Regions may, in the budget terms of a given grant, indicate that you will be set to repay any unconsumption amounts in the following year in the form of an increase of the ordinary grant. This statement has no self-employed character, but is only the pre-emption of the Regional Council to a later submitted specific supplementary application for the transfer of the grant.

It is widely referred to as the year’s result for the region’s activity areas of activity repay to the following year.

The background for this overview is that information can be essential for the region’s economy. The list of transferred unconsumer grants thus informs the increased liquidity requirement compared to the budget.

Special requirements have not been set for the overview of transferred unconsumer grants.

j. Investment accounts

In the case of major investment work, a separate investment account is imposed.

The following rules apply regardless of whether investment is one or multiannual.

The gross expenses for an investment work shall be made up of DKK 10 million or more, a separate investment account shall be imposed. It must be done no later than in the submission of the financial statements for the year in which the investment work has been completed

For investment work under this amount limit, the region council may choose to follow the same procedure, but it does not need to do it. If no separate accounts are imposed, revenues and expenditure are recorded in the financial statements and the investment work is referred to in the comments referred to in Section 7.2.2.1.k.

k. Event rights and obligations, including guarantees

It is set out in the region law that:

The annual accounts shall, when it is affixed by the business committee to the Council of the Region, contain a list of the cautions and guarantee obligations of the region.

In the budget and accounting system, the summary is referred to as the list of eventual rights and obligations, including guarantees.

The statement of guarantees shall be at least the size of the guarantee at least the end of the year, who is a lender and for whom is provided.

In the eventual rights, services which must be considered as operational or plant supplements, but where the region has security in the form of mortgage letters or similar, and/or where the region has the right to obtain the profit in return if the purpose is provided for is given in a given time.

The record should also include other obligations and rights which may be current, such as in the case of repurchase or withdrawal of real estate.

It also applies to eventual obligations that differ from occupied obligations by they cannot be calculated with adequate reliability, and that it is not likely that the resolution will lead to a part of the economic resources of the region.

Finally, significant financial obligations relating to rental agreements or operational leasing should be stated in the list.

The record of eventual rights and obligations, including guarantees, is added to DKK 1,000.

In addition to the aforementioned rules for the content of the list, there are no special requirements for this.

l. Staff overview

A staff overview must be drawn up, which must include the position consumption and the indication of pay costs, which minimum for each activity area in the region.

As a minimum, the employee must show the full-time employee consumption on the activity areas:

– – Health

– – Social and special lessons

– – Regional development

– – Common purpose and administration

The Overview must also show the consumption of each area according to:

– – Budget for the financial year

– – Realized consumption for the financial year

– – Realized consumption in the financial year before

The paytable in the staff overview must show the total staff costs posted during grouping 010 Personals, including pay costs (maintenance 1) and pension commissions regarding civil servants (art 0.3). The personal costs are specified in the same way as the position consumption cf. above, d.v.s. in areas of activity and budget and financial year.

The personal overview can be expanded in relation to the minimum requirements.

The Annual Report shall, when it is affixed by the Business Committee to the Region Council, contain a staff overview.

7.3 Reporting Account Details

The Annual Report shall be submitted electronically to the Ministry of Finance and the Ministry of Foreign Affairs within 1 June, 7.6. In addition, the Financial Statements must be submitted with certain overviews and information to the central authorities for the use of inventory of the total regional activity and statistics purposes.

7.3.1. Specifications for accounting

The accounts for the financial statements against the report of specifications to the budget. However, on individual points, a greater specification rate for the accounting person is authorised in the accounting but not in the budget. This applies to the specificity where the budget is solely authorized by the species 4.0, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.8, art 5.1, 5.2, 5.9, 7.6, 7.7, 7.9, 7.9, 7.9, 7.9, 7.9, 8.5 and 8.6, while the accounts are authorized on all species, including main species 0.

It must be prepared for the accounting, i.e. an overview of the final accounting records, where the specification rate corresponds to the authorized account plan. The specification rate is the following:

• • •
Main account
• • •
Head function
• • •
Function function
• • •
Dranst
• • •
Owner relationship
Cost (where this is authorized in the accounting)
• • •
Grouping (both operations and facilities)
• • •
Art Art Art Art

The accounts for the accounts must be reported by 1 March to Statistics Denmark.

Amounts in specifications for the accounting are calculated throughout DKK.

7.3.2 Specifications of the accounting, function 1.10.01 Hospitals and 2.10.01 Social offers and special training

The Ministry of Finance and the Ministry of Foreign Affairs shall send prior to the post-consumer accounting by 1 March the necessary form material for the preparation and submission of specifications for the accounting of function 1.10.01 and 2.10.01. The board is submitted withio March to the Ministry of Finance.

The form aims to provide specified information on the cost of function 1.10.01 Sygehuse and 2.10.01 Social offers and special training.

7.3.3. Special accounting information

The Ministry of Finance and the Ministry of Foreign Affairs shall send prior to the submission of the accounting of accounts per 1 March the necessary form material for the preparation and submission of the particular accounting information. The board is submitted withio March to the Ministry of Finance.

The form for special accounting information includes accounting information of varying character as needed, such as special staff information and information about the deposited amounts.

7.4 History and expected year result

7.4.1. The summary of the box credit

Each quarter is drawn up, respectively, at the end of March, ultimo June, ultimo September and ultimo December – a liquidity overview prepared after the box credit.

The density after the box credit rule is calculated as average over the last 12 months of the daily saldi on the features 6.10.01-6.10.11 (liquid assets) deducted from average over the last 12 months of the daily saldi function of 6.50.50, excluding construction loans, which are later converted to long-term loans. In 2007 the liquidity is calculated according to the box accredit rule as the average over the past part of the year of the daily saldi on the features 6.10.01-6.10.11 deducted average during the same period of the daily saldi on function 6.50.50, excluding construction loans, excluding construction loans, which are later converted to long-term loans.

As a minimum, the liquidity overview must contain information about the liquidity in the last year determined after the puppet ultimo every month. In 2007 the summary must only contain information for the previous months in 2007. It is the regions freely to prepare a more detailed inventory of the development of the liquidity determined according to the paracredit rule - for example, on the basis of daily statements.

The overview is accompanied by explaining comments. In the comments, for example, the background for the last 12 months of development in the liquidity and the expectations of the future development. However, in 2007 alone, the development of the previous months in 2007.

The quarterly drawn up liquidity overview must be continuously submitted to the members of the Region Council and the members of the municipal councils in the region. The list shall be submitted to the members no later than one month after the statement - respectively 1 February, 1 May, 1 August and 1 November. It is noted that it is not required that the overview is treated at a regional council or a municipal meeting with minors that are a separate desire.

The liquidity was reported after the Chamber of Commerce is reported to the Ministry of Finance and the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. Information about the liquidity ultimo March, ultimo June, ultimo September and ultimo December.

Each quarter is drawn up, respectively, at the end of March, June, September and December – a liquidity overview prepared after the box credit. The list shall be submitted to the members of the Council of the Regions and the Council of the Regions within the region within 1st of the month after the statement, i.e. 1 February, 1 August, 1 August and 1 November.

The summary of the liquidity must have at least information about the liquidity of the last year calculated after the puppet ultimo every month. The overview is accompanied by explaining comments.

The liquidity was reported after the Chamber of Commerce is reported to the Ministry of Finance and the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. Information about the liquidity ultimo March, ultimo June, ultimo September and ultimo December. The report shall be carried out by 1 month after the statement, i.e. 1 February, 1 May, 1 August and 1 November.

7.4.2 Estimated year result

Each quarter, each quarter is drawn up an overview that provides a comprehensive presentation of the expected annual results for the operational and plant business of the health area and the area of regional development with the budget and the expected consumption. For plant business, the overview of common purposes and administration. The overview is prepared according to expenditure-based principles. The list is drawn up in accordance with the diagrams that are printed as Annex 8 of Section 7.7.8.

The summary is calculated in the summary of deviations between the original budget and the expected year result in the main account level. It is explained in the context that the deviations must be specified by both an expected mer or less consumption. In addition, the deviations must describe changes in budgeting advances such as activity additions.

The overview is presented to the members of the business committee and the members of the municipal council in the region. The list shall be submitted to the members no later than six weeks after the statement referred to in Table 1.

Table 1

Cooling
Usage per x date
Publication
1.
March 31, March
6 weeks after
2.
30 June
8 weeks after
3.
30 September
6 weeks after
4.
31 December
7 weeks after
5.
15 February
6 weeks after

It is noted that it is not required that the overview is treated on a municipal board meeting with minors that are a separate desire.

The overview is submitted immediately after publication to the Ministry of Finance and the Ministry of Foreign Affairs, as referred to in Table 1.

Each quarter is prepared – six weeks after the end of the quarter – an overview that provides a comprehensive presentation of the expected annual result for the operational and plant business of health and regional development. For plant business, the overview of common purposes and administration. The overview shall be submitted to the members of the business committee and the municipal boards within the region within six weeks of the statement.

The overview must be set according to specific requirements. The list is prepared in accordance with the form set out in Annex 8 of Section 7.7.8.

The overview is submitted immediately after publication to the Ministry of Finance and the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. Information about the expected yearly result will be submitted at the end of March, ultimo June, ultimo September, ultimo December and per 15 February. The report shall be made no six weeks after the statement.

The overview is prepared according to expenditure-based principles.

7.5 Revision

The Region Act contains in §§ 23, 28 and 29 provisions on the regional revision. The provisions are elaborated and specified in Chapter 4 of the Ministry of Finance and the Danish Ministry of Foreign Affairs on the budget and accounting, audit, etc.

It follows from the provisions that the Council of the Regions shall allow its accounts to revise a government-authorized or registered account. The audit must be expert and independent. The audit must have access to conduct investigations etc., it finds necessary. The detailed rules on the revision are laid down in an audit regulatory.

The Annual Report shall be submitted by the Regional Council for revision before 1 May in the following year, in accordance with Section 7.1 above.

In the audit, it must be examined whether the accounts are right, and whether the dispositions covered by the accounting process are in accordance with the added appropriations, the other decisions, laws and other regulations, as well as concluded agreements and usual practice.

In addition, it must be assumed that by the management of the means and the operation of the companies whose accounts are covered by the revision, the financial considerations have been taken.

Therefore, a continuous management audit of the region’s accounts is made. The management audit in the regions differs from the requirements of the municipal management audit, which follows from section 42(2) of the municipalities, by the management audit, both against the implementation of the decisions of the Region Council and against the decisions of the Central Bank.

Finally, the rigor of its own operation or on the request of the government creditors shall measure investigations in accordance with the rules on the revision of the government's accounts, etc. of the region's accounts as well as selected accounting areas including. Rigsrevisor needs such investigations access to the accounting material of the region, etc. in accordance with §§ 12 and 13 in the law of the revision of the government's accounts and.

The audit shall report on the revision of the Financial Statements provided with an endorsement that the audit is carried out in accordance with the provisions of the audit.

The Annual Report shall be submitted to the Council of the Region before 15 June.

The Annual Report shall then be submitted to the Business Committee and other regional authorities and shall be treated on a meeting in the Council of the Regions, in accordance with the description of this procedure in Section 7.1.

In addition to the revision of the Financial Statements, the audit must regularly make a critical review of the accounting of the region, etc. and submit part report accordingly.

The processing of the revision’s takes place after the same procedure as for the Annual Report.

7.6 Overview of time limits in relation to the accounting process, etc.

The time limits for accounting, accounting and audits referred to in the previous section are summarized in the overview below. All dates refer to the year following the year the accounts relate.

January 15 - ultimo January
The supplement period expires.
Before 1 March
Statement of accounting
Last 1 March
Specifications (including the balance) are submitted to Statistics Denmark.
Medio March
Specifications of the accounting, function 1.10.01 Hospitals and 2.10.01 Social offers and special training and special accounting information are submitted to the Ministry of Finance.
Before 1 May
The Annual Report shall be submitted by the Regional Council for auditing and submitted electronically to the Ministry of Finance and the Ministry of Foreign Affairs on e-mail: bidrain@oim.dk.
Within 15 June
The audit shall report on the revision of the financial statements to the Council of the Regions.
Last 31 August
Accounting, review and decisions made by the Council of the Regions shall be sent to the supervisory authority.

7.3 Annex to Chapter 7

7.7.1 Annex 1 - Results

Health
Social and special lessons
Regional development
The Region of everything
DKK 1,000.
Note
Accounting 20xx
Accounting 20yy *)
Note
Accounting 20xx
Accounting 20yy *)
Note
Accounting 20xx
Accounting 20yy *)
Note
Accounting 20xx
Accounting 20yy *)
Operations income:
Good payments
Other operating income
Operations income in everything
operating costs:
Staff costs
Material and activity costs
Writings
Other operating costs
Common purpose and administration
1
Renter
2
operating costs in all
3
3
3
Operations result before funding revenue
Financial income:
Block subsidies from the state (1.90.90/2.90.91/3.90.90)
Grund and Development Director from municipalities (1.90.91/3.90.91)
Activity-based grants from the state (1.90.93)
Activity-dependent contributions from municipalities (1.90.92)
Substitution of the softer compensation scheme (1.90.94)
Key funding contribution (2.90.90)
Financing income
Operator result
4
4
4

The contents of the main records of the profit statement are described in the following:

7.7.1.1 The accounts are tariff payments and other operational income

The accounts of the accounts must contain revenue posted on the main article 7. The accounts in the income statement can be supplemented with a note that the revenues specified on the species 7.1 – 7.9. The submission of notes for the accounts is not a form requirement.

7.1.1.2 Staff costs

The Account of Accounting must include the region’s staff costs defined as groupings 010-030. The accounting record can be supplemented with a note that shows personnel costs specified in species, including art 0.3 Pension commissions regarding civil servants, 0.7 Holiday money, 1.0 Wages, 4.9 Other services (vikarer, courses etc.).

7.1.1.3. Accounting item material and activity costs

The Account of Accounting must contain the material and activity costs defined as grouping 110.

7.7.1.4.1.4 Accounting and depreciation

The Account of Accounting must include depreciations on the facilities of the respective activity areas, so whether they appear in the region's plant registers and the notes for assets in the financial statements. The depreciations must be in accordance with the depreciations stated in the notes for the balance of reasons and buildings, technical facilities and machines, including IT equipment.

The accounts in the income statement can be supplemented with notes that show depreciations on the listed categories of plant assets. The submission of notes for the accounting item is not a form requirement.

7.7.1.5. Accounting item other operating costs

The Account of Accounting shall include the costs not covered by clause 7.1.1.2-4

7.7.1.6 The accounts joint purpose and administration

The account must be supplemented with a note in which the distribution key used by the distribution of common purposes and administration of the region’s activity areas. The note may include specification of the costs for common purposes and administration, for example, specified in the main function level of the account plan. This specification is voluntary.

7.7.1.7 The Account of Accounting

The Account of Accounting must be supplemented with a note that the distribution key used in the distribution of interest in the main account 1 and 3. The note may include specification of interest costs, for example specified in the main function level of the account plan. This specification is voluntary.

7.7.1.8 operating costs

The Account of Accounting must show held operating costs (including common purposes, administration and interest) for the region’s 3 activity areas.

The gross costs must be specified in notes for the statement of the respective activity areas. As a minimum, the gross costs of the main function level are specified in the account plan.

7.7.1.9 Accounts of funding

The accounts include the financial income of the activity areas:

– – Block subsidies from the state

– – Grund – and development contribution from municipalities

– – Activity grants from the State

– – Activity-dependent contributions from municipalities

– – Object funding contribution

The accounts of the accounts are listed under the areas of activity, revenue must be added. There is no note requirements for the accounts during funding income. The accounts must include the balance of the accounts of the authorized account plan specified in Annex 1, to be referred.

7.7.1.10 The Account of Accounting

The accounting item must be supplemented with a note showing the accumulated results for the region’s three activity areas. The social and special teaching area and the regional development area are self-financed, in accordance with Section 3(3) of the Regions budget and accounting, audit, etc. This means that the budget of two activity for the next budgetary year after the financial year must show operational results against previous year's operating result according to the fixed financial statements.

7.7.2 Annex 2 – Balance

Activate Activate Activate Activate Activate Activate
Note
Health
Social and special lessons
Regional development
Not distributed assets
The region of all ultimo years
Immateral assets
Material plant assets
Reasons and buildings
5
Technical plant and machinery
6
Inventar – including IT equipment
7
Material assets under execution
8
Activate regarding the amount of withdrawal or payment for others
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
municipalities and regions etc.
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
State of State
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
Activated funds and grants
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
Long-term retreats
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
Accumulated result regarding social and special training
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
Sales
Physical plant for sale
Governments
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
Short-term retreats
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
Likvide assets
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
Activated in everything
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
Passives
Note
Health
Social and special lessons
Regional development
The region of all ultimo years
Equity
9
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
Operation results transferred to the next year
10 10
XXXX
Obligations
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
Passive funds and grants
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
liabilities relating to amounts to withdrawal or withdrawal for others
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
municipalities and regions etc.
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
State of State
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
Long-term debt
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
Short-term debts for banks
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
Short-term debt to the state
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
Short-fried debts
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
Passive in all
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX

The balance must for each area of activity show the accounting value of

– – plant assets,

– – stock,

– – physical facilities for sale.

In addition, for the social and special learning area, the accumulated operating result will be displayed.

Activation and liabilities that are not included to the activity areas of health, social and special education as well as regional development are part of the total balance of the region.

With the prescribed form requirements for the balance, the balance of the region is partly divided into areas of activity. In practice, the division has only informative meaning, among other things, to show how the separate economy of activity is included in the total balance of the region.

7.3.2.1 Note requirements etc. for the balance

The accounts of the balance must be consistent with the corresponding accounts of the authorized account plan. The accounts of the balance can be supplemented with notes to the extent necessary. The following notes for the balance are authorised and must therefore be stated in the financial statements in the prescribed form:

– – The material plant assets shall be specified in notes drawn up in accordance with the form requirements set out in Annex 4 – 7, in accordance with Section 7.7.4.

– – The movements of the accounting record own capital for the region must be explained in a note.

– – The performance record is transferred to the next year, which is part of its own capital, must be specified in a note that shows the result of the year for health and the regional development area.

The balance can be provided with additional notes and specifications after the individual region wish.

7.7.3 Annex 3 – Money flow statement

DKK 1,000.
Health
Social and special lessons
Regional development
The Region of everything
Previous accounting year
Current accounting year
Previous accounting year
Current accounting year
Previous accounting year
Current accounting year
Previous accounting year
Current accounting year
Operator result
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
Distributions for operational results:
+ depreciation
+/- Regulation of stock
+/- regulation of holiday money
+/- regulation of pension disposal
+/- other periodizations
Impact of operation
Distributions from investments:
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
- purchase of plant assets
-current work
+ sale of plant assets
+ sale of plant assets in connection with quality fund investments
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
Impact of investments
Impact on operation and investment
Other liquidity displacements:
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
+/- shears short-term appeals
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
+/- displacements in short-term debt offset.
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
+ recording of external loans
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
- deduction on existing loans
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
- Exposure to finance projects with quality fund support
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
+ consumption of commissioning to finance projects with quality fund support
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
+/- value adjustment of liquid assets
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
+/- other financial records
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
Other liquidity displacements
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
Total liquidity displacement
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
+ liquid holding per year
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
Likvid stocks last
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX

The cash flow statement shows the liquidity impact of the region’s accounts.

The financial statement between total liquidity impact from operational result and investment must be calculated for each of the 3 activity areas.

Other liquidityshifts are applied alone to the total balance of the region.

The individual records in the cash flow statement must be documented and aligned with the respective records in the income statement and the balance.

7.7.4 Annex 4 – Note for material assets – reasons and buildings

Reasons and buildings

tkr.
Health
Social and special lessons
Regional development
Common purpose and administration
All
Diet price per 1 January 200y
0
0
0
0
0
Back
Departure
Transfer
Price per 31 December 200y
0
0
0
0
0
Depreciations 1 January 200y
Annual depreciation
0
0
0
0
0
The year's writings
Deprecated assets
Releases 31 December 200y
0
0
0
0
0
Accounting value 31 December 200y
The public property value for reasons and buildings of the region constitutes per 1 January 200y

7.7.5 Annex 5 – Note for material assets – technical facilities, major special equipment, transport and similar

Technical plant and machinery

tkr.
Health
Social and specialun-dervis-ing
Regional development
Common purpose and admini-stration
All
Diet price per 1 January 200y
0
0
0
0
0
Back
Departure
Transfer
Price per 31 December 200y
0
0
0
0
0
Depreciations 1 January 200y
Annual depreciation
0
0
0
0
0
The year's writings
Deprecated assets
Releases 31 December 200y
0
0
0
0
0
Accounting value 31 December 200y

7.7.6 Annex 6 – Note for material assets – fixtures, including IT equipment

Inventar including IT equipment

tkr.
Health
Social and special opinion
Regional development
Common purpose and administration
All
Diet price per 1 January 200y
0
0
0
0
0
Back
Departure
Transfer
Price per 31 December 200y
0
0
0
0
0
Depreciations 1 January 200y
Annual depreciation
0
0
0
0
0
The year's writings
Deprecated assets
Releases 31 December 200y
0
0
0
0
0
Accounting value 31 December 200y

7.7.7 Annex 7 – Note for material assets – material plant under execution

Material plant under construction

tkr.
Health
Social and special opinion
Regional development
Common purpose and admini-stration
All
Diet price per 1 January 200y
0
0
0
0
0
Back
Departure
Transfer
Price per 31 December 200y
0
0
0
0
0
Depreciations 1 January 200y
Annual depreciation
0
0
0
0
0
The year's writings
Deprecated assets
Releases 31 December 200y
0
0
0
0
0
Accounting value 31 December 200y

7.7.8 Annex 8 – Annex 8 – estimates yearly

Standardized overview for reporting on operational operations

Net operation (mio. kr.) - expense-based
Original budget, incl. agreed corrections
Apply per [x date]
Fixed consumption
Estimated year result
1 Health (dranst 1+2), excl. . 1.80.60
1.10 Hospital
1.20 Nursing w.v. (excl. 1.20.12 Medicine)
1.20.12 Medicine Medicine
1.60 Miscellaneous revenue and expenditure
1.70 Andel of common purposes and administration
3 Regional development (dranst 1+2), excl. . 3.80.70
3.70 Andel of common purposes and administration
Comments on:
Sale between originally budget and pre-written consumption
Cancellations between originally budget and expected year result
1 Health (dranst 1+2)
3 Regional development (dranst 1+2)

The information on pre-written consumption is based on the following procedure:
A Observered consumption per x quarter
In the x quarter of the year before the total consumption of the year before (the consumption rate year before in the x quarter)
C Prescribed consumption = A / B

The added consumption is calculated when considering the number of settlements in the field of practice.

Standardised overview for reporting on plant business

Gross plant costs (dranst 3) (mio. kr.)
Original budget, incl. agreed corrections
The grant in the last financial year transferred (referred in) to new financial year
Other supplement grants
Rich budget
Apply per [x] date
Estimated year result
1 Health
- of this quality fund projects
3 Regional Development
4 Common Purpose and Management
Comments on:
Cancellations between originally budget and expected year result
1 Health
. . . xxx. . . .
quality fund projects
3 Regional development
. . . xxx. . . .
4 Common purpose and administration
. . . xxx. . . .

8 DECREASE AND MATERIAL AND EVENTIAL IMMATERIAL AKTIVER

Content Content Content
Page Page
1
General rules for registration of assets
8.1 – 1
8.1.1 Definitions and concepts
8.1 – 1
8.1.2 General rules for settlement and measurement of material assets
8.1– 3
2
Construction
8.2 – 1
8.2.1 The foundation structure of the plant
8.2 – 1
8.2.2 The digit of the plant
8.2 – 5
8.2.3 Information for plant
8.2 – 6
3
Rules for the different categories of assets
8.3 – 1
8.3.1 Material plant assets
8.3 – 1
8.3.2 Immateral assets
8.3 – 7
8.3.3 Exchange assets
8.3 – 13
4
Important definitions
8.4 – 1

8.1. General rules for registration of assets

In the agreements on the municipalities and county municipalities' economy in 2003 concluded between the government and KL and the Amts Council, it is agreed that in connection with the existing system in 2003 and with effect from 2004, a total status balance that includes both financial assets and material assets and property and land for resale. Opening balance is established per 1 January 2004. The information for the opening balance is transferred from the plant item to the status balance, based on the classification of assets described in section 2.1 below.

This means that the registration of material plant assets in a plant slab with effect from 1 January 2004 is mandatory for the entire municipal and county association.

In the agreements on the municipalities and county municipalities' economy entered between the government and the municipal parties for 2004, such as infrastructureal assets and non-operational assets (e.g. areas acquired for recreational, nature protection or recovery purposes) are not to be admitted in the balance.

In the agreements on the municipal and county economy for 2005 it is between government and municipal parties agreed that intellectual property acquired against remuneration and earned intellectual property assets which are essential and central for the assignment, the value of the assets can be determined reliably.

In connection with the agreements on the municipal and regional economy for 2007 it is agreed that stocks must be recognised in the balance of accounting 2007. From accounting 2008 it is also mandatory to take account of holiday money and all obligations.

This chapter contains the rules of settlement and measurement of material and intellectual assets as well as reasons/buildings for resale and stocks.

8.1.1 Definitions and concepts

In this chapter, a number of concepts taken from the Danish Financial Statements Act (Lov no. 448 of 7 June 2001 on the establishment of financial statements, etc.). The concepts can largely be transferred to the regional sector, and it is therefore appropriate to use the same terminology used in the private sector as well as in international accounting standards. It must be emphasised that the Danish Financial Statements Act in its entirety does not apply to the registration of assets in regions, but in some cases it is selected in a certain extent to be based on the principles of the Financial Statements Act. This applies, among other things, the definition of assets.

Below is a number of different concepts.

An asset is defined in the accounting literature very wide as a acquisition that is

– – for the first is associated with future economic advantages or service potential, and

– – second is a result of an already intrusive event or transaction and

– – Finally, for the third where the future benefits or the future service potential are checked by that authority (here the region).

The active is associated with future economic benefits or service potential, for example, will be the case where the active part of a production or provision of a service performance. This applies to buildings used for specific purposes such as hospitals, social institutions, and it applies special equipment and means of transport. There may also be future benefits in the form of cash cash flows, such as will apply for reasons or buildings that are held on sale. Furthermore, there will be benefits in the form of the possibility to reduce or limit future payouts. This could, for example, be future maintenance costs.

The active is a result of an already intrusive event means in practice that an active which the region has acquired (purchased) or even produced. Events that are expected to take place in the future – for example, the purpose of buying a given property or similar – do not produce an active.

The region checks the future benefits, means that active in the future constitutes a value for the region.

Typical assets in regions will be buildings and reasons for various purposes, various technical facilities, major machinery, transportation and fixtures. The activation can either be used alone or with other assets.

It is distinguished – as illustrated below – overall between two types of assets:

Assets and turnover assets.

A plant asset is an active that is intended for persistent use or own, and which is acquired for the use of goods and services, rental or for administrative purposes. Other assets are referred to as revenue assets. Thus, it is not the nature of the active, which is important to whether there is an asset or a turnover asset, but on the other hand, the purpose of the region to possess or use the active. For example, a building can be a plant-enabled and a turnover asset – but not at the same time. If the building is used for hospitals and is expected to serve this purpose in the future, the active will be categorized as a plant asset. However, the building is held for sale, it will be categorized as a turnover asset.

The assets are traditionally divided into material, intellectual property and financial assets.

Material assets are defined as a plant asset with physical substance for renewable or use. Examples of this are real estate, machinery, transportation and inventory. Immateral assets are defined as identifiable non-financial assets without physical substance for persistent or use. In the private sector, it can be patents and trademarks in the regional sector, typically cost development projects such as investment in system development or certain software expenditure. Financial assets include long-term investments of financial character. The financial assets are not further referred to in this context, as the financial status of the main account is 6.

In relation to turnover assets, it is relevant to regions between reasons and buildings determined for resale on one side and stock of different kinds on the other side. Other types of turnover assets are, for example, securities and liquid stocks, but these turnover assets are not referred to here, as they continue to be covered by the financial status of the main account 6.

The breakdown of the different categories of assets can be illustrated as shown below:

Activate Activate Activate Activate Activate Activate
Assets:
Exchange assets:
Material (mandatory)
Pre-sale buildings (obl)
Immateral (mandatory)
Stocks (optional)
Financial*
Papers and liquids
stocks
* These types of assets are not referred to in the main account 6

Introduction is a wide overall concept that is used on activation or recording of the status balance as well as on income or expense in the income statement (referred). Preferred assets are an expression of accounting records included in the balance. In section 3, the criteria for calculating different types of assets in the plant location are described.

Measurement Instead of the old concept of valuation and is thus the designation of the value that is active is absorbed into the plant and in the status balance. The starting point is still the historical cost of diet and in section 3 describes the rules for measuring various types of assets.

Please refer to section 5, which contains a number of useful definitions.

8.1.2 General rules for settlement and measurement of material assets

The criteria for conversion and measurement have a significant impact on the status balance and thus for the result of the accounts and therefore it is important that all regions follow the same principles. The sections 3.1, 3.2 and 3.3 address the rules of settlement and measurement of material and intellectual property assets, as well as for turnover assets, as there may be minor differences in the rules of the different categories of assets. This section describes the general rules for billing and measuring assets.

Introduction – – What assets must be recorded on status?

The main rule is that material assets must be stated in the plant manufacturer when they meet the following conditions:

1) The asset is expected to be used for more than one year (i.e., the active has a time/life of more than 1 year)

2) The value of the asset can be measured reliably

3) 3) The asset has a value that is similar to or higher than the amounted rear limit

First condition that an active must be included in the plant and status balance is that the active asset is expected in more than one financial year. This is due to the fact that the involvement of material assets is based on a periodization of these acquisitions distributed over the expected living or time. The expenses for the acquisition are thus not only burdened in the year of acquisition, but are distributed over the time of use corresponding to the consumption of the acquisition. The market is a car for DKK 200,000, which is expected to be used for 5 years, the purchase price is distributed with DKK 40,000 over the 5 years.

It is also a condition that the value of the active can be determined reliably. This provision is similar to the Danish Financial Statements Act and is to ensure that no assets are included on a spinning and unsecured basis. It will typically be internally processed intellectual property assets as personnel resources, which are sorted by this provision (see Section 3.2).

Last condition for the billing of assets is that the active has a value corresponding to or exceeds the amount of back. Enables a value equal to or over 100,000 kr. must be recorded in the plant location and in the status balance, while assets under 100,000 kr. are not allowed to be recorded in the plant block and status balance, but it is voluntary to record stocks/-sheets if value is lower than the rear limit. However, in some cases, there may be evidence that the assets are recorded in the plant block, although the assets each has a value under the rear. This will, for example, be the case, if a larger number of single parts such as furniture, boards, etc. for a total purpose – e.g. decor of account associated with new building, extension or modernisation (see, in addition, the description of category 3 Inventar in Section 2.1, which, among other things, deals with the registration of total acquisitions of assets that have simply a cost of the bag.

Non-operative assets must not be recorded in the plant.

In the event that value for regions is primarily of cultural or historical character, and which can therefore be categorized as cultural heritage, must be stated in the plant artote if the assets meet the above three criteria. For example, there may be different objects or buildings and monuments of historical importance. However, in certain cases it may be difficult to fix a reliable value for the assets of this character, and they will therefore not be recognised as they do not meet 2. criterion in the above.

Measurement – – How are the assets worth?

The main rule is that material assets must be measured at the cost. This applies regardless of whether there are installations assets (active for persistent use or not) or turnover assets (product holdings and reasons/buildings for sale). The diet price is traditionally defined as the amount provided for by the asset, regardless of this is obtained from an external party or internally manufactured. Dvs. that the diet price consists of the purchase price including customs or any taxes related to the purchase – excluding VAT2). In addition, the costs directly associated with the commission of the active are recognised in the diet price. For example, it may be costs associated with installation or installation of active, delivery costs as well as fees for specialist consultants who are necessary to consult before the active can be taken in use. Any amount discounts or similar deduct the cost. The cost of an asset that the region itself produces is determined based on the same guidelines, so that all costs associated with producing and taking active are recognised.

There are several advantages of measuring the assets at the cost. Firstly, there is an objective value, which supports the principle of objectiveity in the regional budget and accounting system. Secondly, there is a value that the region most often knows or immediately can find, and for the third, the historical cost of the Financial Statement remains the starting point in the Danish Financial Statements Act. In the ‘Års Report – comments on the Danish Financial Statements Act’, the cost is thus described:

“In general, there will be no trouble finding the purchase price. The amount from the supplier’s invoice – the purchase price – is a starting point for the valuation. There may also be a matter of laps, delivery contract etc. ... For example, when buying larger machines and installations, it is usually to ensure continuous operation at the same time the purchase of spare parts included in the purchase price and is described together with the main asset. The cost of improvements to a plant asset is added to the acquisition price. The price of a material plant asset includes the purchase price and expenses directly linked to the acquisition as well as the cost of clarification. The price is calculated with the deduction of any price reduction and discount.3) 3)

8.2 Construction

The detailed registration of the material assets of the region is carried out in a separate plant release. The plant item contains different information about the individual active – including the type of active, which area (function) active is used for, the value of the asset, accumulated depreciation, etc.

Prefaceted information regarding the value of the asset, the year's depreciation, etc., is transferred from the plant to a total level balance that contains and information about the value of the financial assets as well as information on the value of the material assets from the plant. The information is transferred from the plant article to the status balance, based on the classification of assets described in section 2.1 below. The status balance will thus contain information about the value of the region's reasons and buildings, technical facilities, machines and major special equipment, fixtures, transportation etc. Also transferred from main account 6 information about the financial assets of the region and liabilities to the total status balance.

The plant artoteket is based on an internal work tool in the individual region, and only requirements for an overall classification of the assets in the plant artoteket (see the following categories). In addition, a number of content requirements are made in the form of authorized rules for the calculation and measurement of material assets as well as the requirement for which information to be generated at the basis of the plant item (see Section 2.3 and Section 3).

8.2.1 The foundation structure of the plant

The classification of the material assets of the region in the plant will be at least following the category. It is voluntary to make an additional division in different types of assets, such as 01 can be divided into administrative buildings, buildings for service purposes, infrastructure and public facilities.

MATERIAL ANLÆGSAKTIVER: (mandatory)

00
Reasons
01 01 01
Buildings
02
Technical systems, machines, major special equipment and transport
03
Inventar – including computers and other IT equipment
04
Material plant assets during execution and prepayments for material assets
IMMATERIAL ANLÆGSACTIVER (Obligatory from accounting 2005)
05
Expenses for development projects and other acquired intellectual property assets
IMPLITVS
06
Stocks/sheets (mandatory from accounting 2007)
07
Due and buildings determined for resale (mandatory)

The definition of the individual categories is described below. In some cases, there may be doubt about the specific classification of an asset. In these cases, the main purpose of the active must be laid for the category. For example, it can be the case with a pump station or a transformer station. Here, the technical installations/systems will most often be the key element, as the building can be considered a ‘other must’, which at the same time constitutes a significantly less amount compared to the technical facilities. Therefore, the entire plant must be registered as 02 Technical systems, machines, major special equipment and transports.

00 Reasons (mandatory)

Due to resale is not covered by this category, but is recorded under category 07 reasons and buildings for resale. Similarly, for an earlier plant asset (e.g. a social institution) set for sale.

For the category, there are also reasons which are not held for sale. This applies as well as unbuilt areas.

The category also includes those of the region owned public facilities.

On the other hand, it is not assumed to have a limited time of use and it is usually not to be depreciated. Can the value of the reason is not maintained, for example, due to pollution, and it is assumed to be a permanent value reduction, the value of the reason is depreciation (see section 3.1 of depreciation).

01 Buildings (mandatory)

This category belongs to different buildings. The category includes both buildings used for:

– – various services (hospitals, social institutions etc.)

– – administrative purposes (management buildings etc.)

– – various purposes (park basements etc.).

Buildings determined for resale are not covered by this category, but are recorded under category 07 reasons and buildings for resale. Similarly, for an earlier plant asset (e.g. a social institution) set for sale.

For a building, expenses and installations are considered necessary for the function of the building. This applies to special installations and basic improvements such as sewage and garden and parking facilities.

It is noted that leased buildings are also registered during this category.

The category buildings also include the owned public facilities.

Buildings are usually considered to have a limited lifetime, and these plant assets must therefore be replaced systematically over the time of use. Everything else is considered buildings used for production or for a specific service purpose such as institutions, etc. to have shorter life span than administration buildings.

In connection with the agreements on the regional economy for 2007, it is agreed to authorise the following lifetimes in the category buildings:

It should be noted that special lifetimes of assets in the above categories have been acquired before 1 January 2007, in connection with the opening balance for 2007 in Section 8.4

The following valuation principles are also laid down as well as lifespans regarding interior design.

The facilities of rented premises include local facilities, where the unit itself has made special decor of the rented premises and held the expense here. Local decor held by the landlord is not recognised on the balance of the device. The facilities of rented premises include expenses that relate to nagelfast decor that accommodates the special needs of the bearings. If the acquisition has the nature of fixtures or similar, which is not nagelfast, the expense is recognised as “Inventar”. Deposita paid to the landlord in connection with the conclusion of rental contracts, etc. is classified as a turnover asset.

02 Technical systems, machines, major special equipment and transport means (obligatory)

For this category, acquisitions that have the character of technical facilities as well as major machinery and special equipment. The category includes large lawn mowers, cranes, hoist facilities, special machines or special equipment for large kitchens, central washers and similar.

In addition, the category includes different types of hospital apparatus, such as scanners, X-ray systems, accelerators, laboratory equipment, beam guns etc.

The category also includes various types of transport, including passenger cars, buses and mini vans.

For this category, there may be boundary problems for buildings as well as for the special installations that are often included as part of the building (see 01 Buildings above). A guide to the limit between 01 Buildings and 02 Technical systems, machines and major special equipment can be what is included in the public property assessment. Taking a special installation as part of the public property assessment, it will be correct to include the installation under category 01 Buildings.

In connection with the agreements on the regional economy for 2007, it is agreed by the following lifetimes to be used on technical facilities, machines, major special equipment and transport mites:

It should be noted that special lifetimes for technical facilities and means of transport have been acquired before 1 January 2007, in connection with the opening balance of 2007 in Section 8.4

03 Inventar – including computers and other IT equipment (obligatory)

For this category, different types of furniture, including office furniture, shelves, hospital beds and furniture and fixtures in institutions. Inventar also includes telefaxs, scanners, copiers, computers and other IT equipment, telephone and communication facilities. For the category, lighting, curtains, blinds, carpets, service, pictures, etc.

Furthermore, this category includes various art objects such as paintings, sculptures, books etc.

It should be noted that many acquisitions within this category in itself fall below the amount of baking. Instead, the furniture is considered as total acquisitions based on function and life – such as office furniture or telephone facilities – it is appropriate to inner the furniture as a total asset. There may often be doubts when acquisitions under this category must be recognised in the plant block and included in the status balance. Praksis is that inventory purchases are activated when a new building, extension or a significant modernization. If you just talk about the replacement of individual parts, for example, each office furniture, these acquisitions will not be recorded in the plant owner or on the status balance, but alone the expense is expensed as an operating expense in the year of purchase.

In connection with the agreements on the regional economy for 2007 it is agreed by the following lifetimes regarding inventory – including computers and other IT equipment:

04 Conditional assets under execution and prepayments

material material material

plant assets (mandatory)

This category is used for temporary placement of expenses relating to prepayments for material plant assets and costs of material plant assets during execution. The races listed under this category must be stated in the status balance, but depreciation is first commenced when the assets are taken in use, and the amounts under this post are transferred to another category under material plant assets (01-03). For example, if ongoing payments for the construction of a social institution, the value is transferred from this category to 01 Buildings when the institution is listed.

IMMATERIAL ANLÆGSACTIVER

05 Expenses for development projects and other acquired intellectual property assets (mandatory from accounting 2005)

For this category, different intellectual property assets are acquired against remuneration. It can, among other things, turn on acquired patents, rights or licenses for software. It is noted that internal-processed intellectual property assets are not to be recognised in plant and balance, unless the plant-active is central and significantly for the assignment and can be determined reliably.

MATERIAL IMPLIED

06 Stocks/sheets (mandatory from accounting 2007)

For this category, different types of product stocks, such as for use in the production of services. A requirement for internal holdings and structures in the plant is that there are greater or significant stocks where the goods are consumed in another financial year than they are acquired in, and therefore for the assessment of the accounting is important that a periodization of the cost is carried out as the consumption of the warehouse.

Good stock under this category can include larger warehouses in the hospital area.

07 Due and buildings determined for resale (mandatory)

For this category, different reasons and buildings that the region holds on sale. This can, for example, turn around the area. By decision to sell an active, which has previously been categorized as a plant asset – for example, a building that has been used to the institution – a conversion of the active.

There is no one in this category (see section 3.3).

8.2.2 The digit of the plant

The plant item represents an independent registration system and is therefore not directly integrated into the authorized account plan. The activation is registered in the plant article using a digstring/et account number, which includes a transfer to function level in the authorized account plan. The string contains different information about the individual active and consists of a total of 14 digits.

The two first digits refer to the category of the active. Third and fourth digits are reserved for a voluntary subdivision of the type of active. As mentioned above, it is voluntary to make an additional division in types of assets than the specified category. For example, 01 buildings can be divided into buildings for service purposes, administration buildings and public facilities. Likewise, 06 Vare stocks/layers can be divided into warehouses by area such as hospital area, etc. or after type of item. Five digits refer to the main account level and sixth and seventh to the main function level. Eighteen and ninth digits relate to function level and tiende digits indicate the ownership relationship. Cifrene eleven to and with fourteen refers to the cost site.

Category of active (see above)
2 digits
Further volunteer sharing
2 digits
Main account
1 digits
Head function
2 digits
Function function
2 digits
1 digits
Cost2)
4 digits
1. 2.
– –
3. 4
– –
5.
– –
6. 7
– –
8.9.
– –
10.
11.12. 13.14
Category/type of active
Further division
Main account level
Main function level
Function level
Owner relationship
Cost3) 3)
2)
The cost is authorized in the areas of hospitals and social institutions.
3) 3)
Only the areas where the cost is authorized. In addition, it will be voluntarily to apply assets to cost. In areas where the region does not operate with cost, is set nine to and with twelve digits with 0s.

When the individual asset is registered in the plant article, it must be at least attached to the function that the active belongs. Where the cost is authorized, the application must also be made.

For assets used for several different purposes, the function number is mainly used for.

The region may choose to allow the assets of self-communicipating institutions that have entered into an operating profit with the region. Here is the owner relationship 2. However, the activation must be stated in the balance of the region.

The above 14 digits constitute the authorized account number for the plant owner. However, the region can choose another order for the specified dimensions in the digstring. It will be appropriate to refer to the individual active.

8.2.3 Information for plant

In the plant article, different information about the individual asset is required. This is about the following 8 values4) :

– – diet price

– – year depreciation

– – accumulated depreciation

– – year depreciation

– – accumulated impairments

– – year's writings

– – accumulated depreciations

– – the book value5)

In addition,:

– – possible scrap value

– – depreciation basis6)

For turnover assets, corresponding information must be applied. Scrap value, depreciation base and depreciation are not relevant to turnover assets

The 8 first values must for the 7 authorized categories of assets are recorded in the above order, i.e. the cost of the year, depreciation, accumulated depreciation, the year's depreciation, accumulated depreciation, accumulated depreciation and the book value. If a value is not relevant to a given active, then instead is 0’s. It is voluntary to report scrap values and depreciation basis. If they are reported, the scrap value must be reported as value no. 9 and the depreciation base as value no. 10.

If the region wishes to meet other purposes, and therefore, in addition to the acquisition value, these values will be placed in continuation of it. The registration of these additional values than the historical acquisition price is organised by the municipality itself. For example, it is likely that the region alone in selected areas wishes to follow the future investment needs and therefore on these restricted areas also carries out the recourse value of the plant. However, it is important that, for example, recourse value and realization value, first following the registration of the other values.

To ensure a uniform reporting of the above information, regions must apply the following signs for the different information. The price, the booked value, the depreciation basis and any depreciations are set all as a positive value (no sign) Depreciation and any depreciation are stated on the other hand with negative signs. The scrap value will always assume a positive value, i.e. that the municipality expects to sell active after a period of time.

In the cases where it is expected that expenditure will be associated with the fact that the asset is recorded a note in the plant block. An active must not assume a negative scrap value.

The information from the plant article can be posted in the region's financial systems and form the basis of cost accounts. Thus, the plant-artoteket provides necessary information for cost descaling (see Chapter 9) and is an important tool if the region wants to assess and compare the cost of different solutions of a given task.

8.3 Rules for the different categories of assets

This section describes the rules of settlement and measurement for different categories of assets, i.e., material installations, intellectual property assets and turnover assets.

8.3.1 Material plant assets

Material assets can be defined as real estate, machines and fixtures obtained for persistent or use in the region for production, rental or administrative purposes, and which are expected to be used in more than one accounting period7). Typically material installations are buildings, major machines and fixtures.

Introduction of material assets

The criteria for the material plant asset must be recognised in plant and status are that the cost of the diet can be determined reliably, and that it is likely that there are future economic advantages associated with the use of active (see the definition of an active section 1.1). The cost of the diet may be determined reliably immediately by the price paid for the active or by a statement of the cost of producing the active.

Further requirements to be met in order to innerize a material asset are:

– – The active asset is expected for more than one financial year (i.e., an expected time of spend more than one year)

– – Active has a value equal to or over 100,000 kr.

In several cases it may be difficult to determine what constitutes a separate asset, as several assets can occur. This applies, for example, a building located for a reason. In such cases, the assets must be registered as separate assets if the different parts have different lifetimes. In the example of the regional building located on a regional basis, the two assets must be recorded separately, since the building has a limited lifetime (inflammable between 30 and 50 years), which it must be affirmed, whereas the reason – as a main rule – must be expected to have an unlimited lifetime, and the value of which is not to be affirmed. This also applies, although the building and the reason are acquired simultaneously and serves a total purpose, such as social institution with related areas.

Also, a building and its installations are treated as two separate assets. This is due to differences in the expected lifetimes, where the building is usually expected to have a longer lifespan than the different installations in the building. In the event that an exception is made from the main rule to internal assets with different lifetimes separately, a note must be recorded in the notes for the plant.

In other cases, individual assets must be recognised in the plant item as an active asset. This applies to the purchase of several minor assets for a total purpose and when inventory purchases in connection with the new building or significant modernisation/the construction of an existing building. As an example, the purchase of a larger number of PCs, where the PC investment is considered one active, and the total cost of diet is written over the life of the PCs, such as 3 years. A total change in connection with the renewal of an existing system must be recognised as a total asset. Subsequent purchases of single parts for replacement of defective devices must, however, be considered maintenance and thus registered as an operating expense. However, if an extension of the system, this must be considered an approach to the existing asset, and then it is recorded in the plant artote, if the substantial consideration and other criteria are met. Another example is inventory purchases in connection with the construction of an institution or a significant modernization of an existing institution.

In addition, greater purchases of assets that fall under the bagatel limit are recognised as a total asset if they are included in a unified system, the same purpose and/or are purchased in connection with new building or larger newly renovated.

Material assets under construction – e.g. an institution that is being built – also constitutes an asset for the region. Activation under construction must be recognised in the plant subject under “04 Material Facility Assets under the execution and prepayment of material plant assets” and measured for accumulated payments until the active is finished and can be transferred to the category, active for example, ‘01 Buildings’. Depreciation of material plant assets during construction and prepayments for plant assets shall not be commenced until the active is taken into use and transferred to the category that is active.

Measurement of material plant assets

Material plant assets must be measured at the cost.

The price consists of the purchase price incl. customs or any other taxes related to the purchase – excluding VAT. In addition, the costs directly associated with the commission of the asset are recognised in the purchase price.

For example, it may be costs associated with installation or installation of active, delivery costs as well as fees for specialist consultants who are necessary to consult before the active can be taken in use. Any quantity discounts or similar deduct the purchase price. The price of an asset that the region itself produces is determined from the same guidelines. In the cases where it is necessary to ensure a continuous operation is necessary with the purchase of spare parts in connection with the acquisition of the active, these must be included in the cost of the diet and described together with the active.

As an exception from the rule on the use of the diet price, buildings must be obtained before 1 January 1999 to be measured to the public property assessment per 1 January 2004 corrected for depreciation and depreciation, as well as enrollment made in 2004 and subsequent years. It also applies in cases where the cost of the building was acquired before 1 January 1999 the region is known. It should be noted that the basic value must be excreted from the public property value to provide the actual property value and thus also the calculation base for de-down as well as rewriting of older properties.

Subsequent expenses related to a given asset may only be added to the value of the asset if they result in an actual improvement of the active, i.e., that the future economic resources that are active in the region are increased beyond it originally adopted. This can, for example, be the case, if the subsequent expenses result in the lifetime, capacity or the quality of output are increased apart from the originally specified. Subsequent expenditure which does not result in an increase in the economic resources that the asset adds to the region shall, on the other hand, be registered as an expense in the accounting period, they relate to (suffication). As a starting point, the cost of repair or renovation of an asset should therefore be registered as an expense in the financial year where the repair or renovation occur. However, there is a thorough renovation that results in an improved asset, such as because the lifespan is increased apart from the originally adopted, or that the capacity of the active is increased, the renovation must be given as an approach on the active.

If there is doubt whether subsequent expenditure should be immediately prescribed in the year of purchase or subject to the value of the asset (registered as an approach), the following shall be considered:

– – exceeds the amount of the subsequent expenditure of the bagatel limit of DKK 100,000,

– – increase the lifetime, capacity or quality of the active part

Only if both conditions are met, the expense must be added to the value of the asset.

Depreciation of material plant assets

The depreciation basis for material plant assets is determined at the time of the cost.

In some cases, there may exist a scrap value that must be deducted the purchase price and thus not included in the depreciation base. The scrap value is the value that the region expects to be active by the outlet of its usage value, deducting any withdrawal, sales, or retrieval costs8). The scrap value shall only be deducted from the acquisition price in cases where it is assessed that it will constitute a significant proportion of the total acquisition price, or where a contract exists with a third party on the takeover of the active after a fixed period. Typically, it will only be relevant to talk about scrap values for the assets in which you know the owner period. For example, it can be hospital equipment. For these assets, there is typically an ongoing replacement, since the period of the region is limited and there are experiences with a potential sales value.

Most often, the scrap value of material plant assets, however, will constitute a very small proportion of the diet price and will therefore not have any significant impact on the determination of the depreciation basis.

Finally, it should be noted that in some cases there may be costs associated with inflaming an active example in cases where there are large legal costs. In these cases, a note is indicated in the plant article.

Material plant assets must be described linearly over the expected time of use. The purpose of making depreciation is to distribute the purchase price for an active systematic over the time of the active asset. In this way, the cost of using the assets of the region is visible. This side-run registration in the plant article causes the cost related to the subsequent use of the active visible.

There may be concrete conditions of importance for the lifetime, which makes it necessary to deprecate the depreciation times, such as.

– – the risk of technological decay

– – any legal restrictions on the use of the active

– – Whether the expected usage time of the asset depends on the lifetime of other assets

– – the expected wear of the active which depends on the function active must serve

In connection with the category division of plant artoteket, there are a lifetime of different groups of assets mandatory to the regions to follow.

The depreciation must be started in the year when the active is taken into use. Any modification of the time of use leads to changes to the future depreciation, so that the active describes over the new remaining time. However, changing the time of use does not imply correction of already depreciated depreciations.

Subsequent value in plant-kartotek

After the active is admitted to the plant owner, it must be stated in the plant and the status of the diet price drawn up depreciation and any depreciation. The value of the assets of the region is taken on an ongoing basis.

If it is found that the value of a material plant asset is significantly reduced in relation to the value it is admitted to the plant item, and the loss is not considered to be temporarily, the asset must be prescribed to this lower value. It is important that the depreciation is made with caution.

The value of material plant assets must therefore only be prescribed in the cases where the value of the asset is significantly reduced on the basis of an actual event, so the depreciation is based on an objective basis. For example, it may be due to a fire, other material damage, the determination of pollution on the ground, where the plant is listed, or new legislation that makes current facilities inconsistent with the purpose they are used. Material assets shall not be prescribed on the basis of subjective assessments or due to a general price development. For example, if the value of a material asset is depending on a damage, the depreciation basis is reduced corresponding.

New legislation can also justify a depreciation. In principle, the amendment to the legislation of an area, strict requirements for decor and facilities that make the current facilities cannot be assessed to have the same value in future operations. A depreciation of the value of the active in that case is visible the need for an investment (e.g. a renovation), which again brings the active up to a contemporary level.

The depreciation must have a degree that leads to the future depreciation basis to the value that the asset is expected to have in the future service production. The active must never be measured to a negative value, but if there is a significant cost associated with the cleaning, this must be provided supplementary in a note.

If the value of a group of assets reverse increases significantly compared to the cost of the diet, and the value rise is perceived as permanent, the region may choose to rewrite the value of these assets to this higher value. You must be very careful with depreciation. Higher value approaches do not enroll in writing. Depreciation must also be done solely on the basis of an actual incident resulting in a lasting increase of the value of the active, and only if it can be done on an objective basis. Rewriting of material plant assets will thus only rarely occur. In the cases where an impairment is made, the depreciation must be imposed.

A principle of neutrality appeals that you register an expense when it threatens, but first register a revenue when it is realised. One should therefore show greater caution in relation to depreciation than in terms of depreciation. It is therefore important to emphasize that the rewriting of this principle must not affect the operating result, since there is no real win. However, depreciation must be treated as an impact on the operation of the year's depreciation.

A materially plant-active book is used in the plant as a departure when it is no longer used in the region, and thus it cannot be expected that it will be added to the region's economic resources or service potential.

Information in plant

The following information shall be provided by the plant manufacturer. :

– – diet price

– – year depreciation

– – accumulated depreciation

– – year depreciation

– – accumulated impairments

– – year's writings

– – accumulated depreciations

– – the book value

In addition,:

– – possible scrap value

– – depreciation basis

In addition, the expected time of use and information on any depreciation shall be stated in the notice of the plant.

Especially on leased assets

In a financial lease, an asset is understood as the region is leased, and where all significant risks and rights by the possession are transferred to the region, although the ownership is not formally transferred to the region.

A number of accounting issues are linked to the expense and measurement (valued) of financial leasing contracts.

Similarly, the Danish Financial leasing assets must be recognised as an active in the plant interest and are recognised in the balance. It is because they are considered to be under the control of the region, although the legal ownership of the active is not the region but leasing. Financial leased assets are recorded in the plant interest as equivalent acquired assets, in accordance with Section 1.2 of this Chapter.

A financial arrangement is if the region has primarily entered this for funding reasons. However, the definition of financial leasing is not unique. The following are examples of situations that separately or combined will result in a leasing contract being classified as a financial leasing contract:

1) The ownership of the lease is transferred to the region at the time of the leasing agreement.

2) The rental period covers the main part of the economic life of the active asset.

3) 3) The current value of the minimum flexibility to the leaser corresponds largely to the value of the asset.

4) Leasing is so specialised that only the region can use it.

5) The region has an attractive purchase option at the end of the period.

6) At the end of the leasing agreement, the loss of the leaser is carried out.

7) The region holds costs for the cancellation of the leasing contract.

8) Win/loss will be subject to changes in the day value for leasing.

9) The region has the option to lease the active for a period after the lease contract expires to a rental which is significantly lower than the market rental.

All above indicators must not necessarily be met, so that there is a financial lease active. It must be assessed individually in the specific situation. It is important to emphasize that it is the content of the leasing agreement, including especially if it is concluded for funding reasons that are crucial for the classification of the leasing agreement as financial leasing.

If the financial leasing criteria are not met, the asset must not be included in the construction company and balance, as there is no operational leasing.

Operational leasing corresponds to a traditional rental agreement. In operational agreements leasing, the leasing period is often significantly shorter than the lifetime of the active. Thus, the acquisition price of the asset is not fully repayed over the rental period, but repay several times or sold by the leasing company after the end of the leasing agreement. In operational leasing, maintenance obligations and insurance risk are typically the leasing company, as the leasing company must carry the risk and responsibility for the active as in general rental agreements.

Finally, it must be noted that financial leasing is to address loans, why agreements on financial leasing are subject to notice no. 1345 of 11 December 2006 on the lending and notification of guarantees etc. The loan notice does not contain rules on the leasing financing of operational complaints, which is why it is possible. The borrower has to attach leasing financing of facilities with loans, why these leasing agreements must be recognised to the borrowing framework of the region.

Calculation of cost of the leased active

The leased asset must be recognised in plant log and registered as an asset in the balance. The financially leased asset must be recognised in the plant item under the category where an equivalent acquired asset is placed e.g. ‘Teknic facilities, machines, major special equipment and transport funds’.

The region shall raise financially leased assets similar to other plant assets to the cost of the diet, measured as the lowest of either the day value of the leased asset or the present value of the minimum flexibility with the addition of costs.

The value of the day is the amount that an asset is expected to be translated by a trade between independent parties.

Minimum services are the services that the leases are obliged to pay during the leasing period as well as any amount guaranteed by or for leasing, which in practice typically correspond to future leasing services.

If the region receives a beneficial option to buy the active, so that it is reasonably safe that the option will be utilized, the minimum services are assessed both to include the services to be paid over the leasing period, as well as the performance needed to use the purchase option.

For the calculation of the present value of future leasing services, the internal interest in the leasing contract is used as a disconating factor if available. If this is not the case, the alternative borrowers must be used.

The internal borrower in a leasing contract is the re-partitioning factor, which at the conclusion of the lease contract, the present value of the future leasing services with the addition of any residual value to respond to the day value of the active.

The alternative borrower is the interest that the region must pay on a similar leasing contract or similar lending financing with the same amount, race and safety.

Leasing assets must be affirmed according to the same rules as the region’s own acquired material assets. If there is no reasonable assurance that the region will obtain ownership of the leased asset at the end of the leasing period, the asset must be described fully over the shortest period of the leasing period or its time.

The accounting processing of the leasing obligation is referred to in the reference rules regarding function 6.55.79 Financial leasing obligations under Chapter 4.8.

Example Example

The region chooses to lease a vehicle. The value of the vehicle is DKK 343.075 (excluding VAT), the leasing service is DKK 65,778 and the internal interest is 3%. The lease and depreciation period are 3 years.

The region is responsible for the service and maintenance of the vehicle as well as that this has a residual value/scrap value of 171.574 DKK at the end of the leasing period. In practice, this is done by the region itself selling the vehicle and paying £10.95 for the leaser at the end of the contract.

The provision of the leasing agreement is to pay/lose the region with changes in the value of the vehicle in relation to the agreed value of the contract and the relationship that the responsibility for the maintenance of the vehicle is imposed by regions, does that there are financial leasing. The other indicators for financial leasing are not met in this example.

The vehicle is recognised in the plant item for the present value of the minimum flexibility (the cost price) including the scrap value. The current value is calculated as follows:

(((1+r)n n n n n n-1)/(s*(1+r)n n n n n n)*y) + (1+r)-n*s where

r = internal interest

n = leasing period

y = constant annual minimum resolution, i.e. the present value is the following

s=scrap value

(((1,03)3-1)/(0,03*1.033)*65.778) + (1,03-3*171.574) kr. = 343.075 kr.

It is noted that the present value of the minimum flexibility including scrap value is equal to the day value in the example.

Writing is made with (343.075-171.574)/3=57.167 DKK annually for 3 years. There is no charge on the day value, as the asset is expected to have a scrap value at the time of the lease period, and since the ownership exceeds the region at the end of the lease period.

For comparison, it may be stated that if the region itself buys and finances the vehicle and retains it to the scrap value is 0, the annual depreciation at a depreciation period of 6 years is calculated to DKK (343.075/6) kr. = 57.179 kr.

8.3.2 Immateral assets

In this section, a description of the rules to which regions shall follow shall be provided by the invoicing of intellectual property assets in plant and status balance.

Immated assets are defined as identifiable non-financial assets without physical substance acquired for renewable or use in production, despise or similar. Typically, there will be a talk about development costs. It may be expenditure on various development activities such as investment in system development or certain software expenses.

Introduction of intellectual property assets

A criterion for an intangible asset is recognised in status is that it is identifiable. An intangible asset is identifiable, means that the active is a separate asset, or the region may otherwise set up the future benefits or future service potentials from the active.

In order to be able to internalise an intellectual asset in plant and status statement, there must also apply that it is likely that the region will be future economic resources connected accordingly (see the definition of an asset in Section 1.1), and that the value of the active can be determined reliably.

For internally-processed intellectual property assets, it will often be difficult to calculate the value of the active asset. This type of intellectual property assets shall only be included where the active is central and significantly for the assignment.

For intellectual property assets acquired against remuneration, the value of the asset can be calculated reliably and these must therefore be included in the plant owner.

Additional requirements to be met in order to innerize an intellectual property is:

– – The active asset is expected for more than one financial year (i.e., an expected time of spend more than one year)

– – Immateral assets to a value of the bagatel limit of DKK 100,000 if the active meets the other criteria for bill.

Measurement of intellectual property assets

Immateral assets must be measured at the cost.

The cost of intellectual property includes the purchase price incl. any taxes9) for customs or similar to the purchase. In addition to the diet price, other costs relating to the use of the asset should also be counted as a fee for the consultation of specialist consultants. Any discounts in connection with the acquisition of the asset are deducted.

Subsequent expenditure, relating to an intangible plant, only only only the value of the active asset if they result in the future economic resources that the asset adds the region will be increased beyond it originally adopted. This can, for example, be the case, if the subsequent expenses result in the lifetime, capacity or quality of output are increased beyond the originally assumed. Subsequent expenditure which does not result in an increase in the economic resources that the asset provides the region shall, however, be registered as an expense in the accounting period, they relate.

Most often, it will be very difficult to assess whether subsequent expenses for the active will result in the improvement of the active, so that the amount of future benefits from the active will be increased. Therefore, the expenditure of intellectual property assets will be considered as an expense immediately described and thus does not affect the measurement of the active.

Depreciation of intellectual property assets

The depreciation basis for intellectual property assets is determined at the time of the cost of the diet. In individual cases, there will exist a scrap value for the active, which must be deducted the acquisition or diet price. However, the scrap value of intellectual property will most often be zero, with the depreciation basis can be determined as the historical cost. However, this is not the case if a third party is obliged to buy the intellectual property of the region after the end of the expected time of use.

Immated assets must the linear over the expected time of use. However, for intangible assets, a depreciation period of 10 years must be used. This is due to the fact that intangible assets have a high risk of technical or technological decay, and that the uncertainty of the lifetime is greater, the longer life is assumed. The depreciation period must therefore not exceed 10 years.

In an assessment of the life of an intellectual asset, the following conditions shall be considered:

– – the expected usage time of the active

– – the typical lifetime of similar assets

– – the risk of technological decay

– – any legal restrictions on the use of the active

– – Whether the expected usage time of the asset depends on the lifetime of other assets

– – the expected wear of the active which depends on the function active must serve

Subsequent value in plant-kartotek

After an intangible plant asset, it must be stated at the historical cost of cost derived depreciation and any depreciation.

Regions must periodically take the value of the intellectual property assets up to assessment. In individual cases, it may be relevant to write an intellectual property.

Depreciation of the value of the asset must be done only where the value of the active asset is reduced significantly and it is estimated that this change in the value of the asset will be permanent.

It is not allowed to carry out in intellectual property assets as there is a great uncertainty associated with this type of assets.

An intangible plant asset is posted in the plant as a departure when it is no longer used in the municipality, and thus cannot be expected to apply the region’s economic resources or service potential.

Information in plant

The following information shall be provided by the plant manufacturer.

– – diet price

– – year depreciation

– – accumulated depreciation

– – year depreciation

– – accumulated impairments

– – The year's writings [not relevant: here are 0 specified, as it is not permitted to make records of intellectual property assets]

– – accumulated depreciations [not relevant: here are 0, as it is not allowed to make records on intellectual property assets]

– – the book value

In addition, the application may be

– – possible scrap value

– – depreciation basis

In addition, the expected time of use and information on any depreciation shall be stated in the notice of the plant.

8.3.3 Exchange assets

Exchange assets are defined as assets that are not fixed. Revenue assets are traditionally defined as goods and services that are held for sale as part of a normal business course.

In regional context, revenue assets will largely include different types of goods – primarily reasons and soil – which is determined for resale, and the holding of goods for its own consumption or which relate to the performance of a given service task. There may be a matter of raw materials, help materials and by products as well as goods for the region’s own consumption. Examples of regional stocks are available for example in the health care sector. It may be about the store of medicine, hjæle or similar.

Conversion of reasons and buildings for sale

Due and buildings for resale must always be recognised in plant and status balance10). A prerequisite for an asset to be admitted as a turnover asset is that a future resale has been taken. Due and buildings which are not owned for sale but for an indefinite purpose are considered material assets. Where a building or a reason is a plant asset or turnover asset, the purpose of not active is to be active. If the reason or building is owned for renewables and use, the active must be considered a plant asset while it should be considered a turnover asset if the active is owned for sale. The asset changes the status from the moment made a decision on a sale, and the active is no longer used directly in the service production. This is therefore not the character of the active, but the purpose of noting what is crucial to whether the active is recorded as a plant asset or as a turnover asset.

For example, if an institution moves out of a building that is placed for sale, this building will change the status of a turnover asset. Becomes the institution bonde and uses the building, the account of being able to scale up the resource consumption by service production in kindergarten is willing to maintain its status as a plant asset that is described. However, in this case, it must be noted that the building is set for sale.

Measurement of reasons and buildings for sale

Due and buildings for resale must be measured at the cost of the cost of any processing costs.

Subsequent value in plant-kartotek

The value of turnover assets is not depending on the turnover assets is not intended for continued use but for sale or consumption in the ongoing operation.

After the active is recorded in the plant block, it must be stated in the plant and the status of the diet price reduced with any depreciation.

If it is found that the value for reasons or buildings for resale is significantly deteriorated compared to the value it is admitted to the plant owner, and the loss is not considered to be temporarily, the asset must be prescribed to this lower value. It is important that the depreciation is made with caution.

If the value for reasons and buildings for resale reverse increases significantly compared to the cost of the diet, and the value rise is perceived as being permanent, the region may choose to enroll the value of these assets to this higher value. You must be very careful with depreciation. Higher value approaches do not enroll in writing. Depreciation must also be done solely on the basis of an actual incident resulting in a lasting increase of the value of the active, and only if it can be done on an objective basis.

Depreciation must not affect the operating result, since there is no actual win. However, depreciation must be treated as an impact on the operation of the year's depreciation.

Information in plant log

The following information shall be provided by the plant manufacturer.

diet price

– – Annual depreciations [not relevant – here are 0 for turnover assets]

– – accumulated depreciations [not relevant – here are 0 for turnover assets]

– – year depreciation

– – accumulated impairments

– – year's writings

– – accumulated depreciations

– – the book value

Introduction and measurement of other revenue assets

Stocks must be recognised if the value exceeds DKK 1 million from the bagatel limit and DKK 1 million is to be registered if there is a displacement in the warehouse, which is assessed to be significant. The being responsible must be documented. It is voluntary to inner stock under the bagatel limit of DKK 100,000.

In the calculation of turnover assets, there should be a greater or significant stock of goods where it is important for the assessment of the accounting that a periodization of the application is made. The placing of stock is thus particularly important in cases where there are years of age significant shifts in consumption pattern and purchasing patterns. For example, in the health area, you can always have a certain storage of medicine for acute situations. If this warehouse is always constant, it is not interesting although the value of the warehouse is equal to or exceeds DKK 100,000. What makes the warehouse interesting is that the consumption itself is unpredictable and falls ‘better’ across the financial year.

The weighing of a product shall include the cost of the diet as well as any processing costs and other costs which can be attributed directly to the product concerned. The price includes any taxes and other expenses directly linked to the acquisition. Optional amount discount, bonus or similar must be deducted from the purchase price. If there is a stock for later consumption, which is not processed, the stock must be recorded at the status of the purchase price.

When consumption from the warehouse, the value of the consumption - e.g. from a road average price in the warehouse.

For other items such as aids, it is possible to identify the individual active, such as a wheelchair, and instead, the actual acquisition price is performed by the wheelchair. Alternatively, it can be adopted that the stock value is controlled by the FIFO principle (first in first out). That is, that it is always the oldest registration that is expensed first to ensure that the warehouse consists of fair-time acquisition values.

In the consideration of which principle to be used, it should be based on whether specifically the individual asset can be identified (which can actually be acquired or FIFO) is used, or whether there is a quantity of a uniform mass (road average). Most standard storage modules can handle these principles.

When the stock is used, the record must be deleted from the plant item.

Information in plant log

The following information relating to other turnover assets shall be set out in the plant segment.

– – diet price

– – year depreciation [not relevant – here are 0 for turnover assets]

– – accumulated depreciation [not relevant – here are 0 for turnover assets]

– – year depreciation

– – accumulated impairments

– – year's writings

– – accumulated depreciations

– – the book value

8.4 Setting up the opening balance for 2007

In the establishment of an opening balance, there are a number of special conditions that apply.

It must be initially indicated that, as well as the measurement of assets in the preparation of an opening balance is very important for the assessment of the region’s accounting. Therefore, it is important that all assets that make a significant value in the region’s production of services are recognised in the plant’s register and balance.

It must be clarified that all material assets must be built to the book value in the opening balance. Regulations can be made so that the valuation is made after the region's accounting policies.

8.4.1 Seasons for selected plant assets

For assets acquired or listed before 1 January 2007, there are listed the maceral residual lifespan listed below. The maximum residual life, for example, means that buildings for administrative purposes (e.g. hospitals and social institutions) can be prescribed over 30 years. It should be noted that for assets acquired on 1 January 2007 or later, the lifespans found in relation to the plant article 8.2 are used.

It is aware that the standardised lifetimes associated with the structural and for the opening balance of 2007 can be deducted if contractual or legal relationship entrusted with another lifetime period.

MATERIAL ANLÆGSAKTIVER:

01 Buildings

The use of the building
Examples
Maximum residual life
Administrative purposes
Administration buildings, etc.
50 years
Various services
Hospitals and social institutions
30 years
Miscellaneous purpose
Parking basements etc.
15 years

02 Technical systems, machines, major special equipment and transport

For this category, acquisitions that have the character of technical facilities as well as major machinery and special equipment. Based on Section 8.2 of Budget and Accounting System for regions, the following maximum residual lifespans have been set:

Category Category
Examples
Maximum Maximum Maximum
residual life
Technical plant
Toilet facilities etc.
30 years
Machinery machines
Snow ploughs and sweepers
15 years
Asfalts, concrete and mortar machines
Machine equipment for waste management ( pumps, air cleaners/ventilators etc.)
Electric motors/machines
Machinery for large kitchens, laundrys, protected workshops and similar
Special equipment
Laboratory equipment
5-10 years
Transport
Larger trucks and buses
Air cars and disabled cars
5-8 years

03 Inventar – including computers and other IT equipment

Special rules on lifespans for this group of assets in connection with the opening balance of 2007. Therefore, the lifetimes associated with the installation criterion for this group of assets shall be used as the maximum residual life in accordance with Section 8.2.

8.4.2 Apply accounting policies for opening balance

The region shall, in connection with the preparation of the opening balance, be prepared for the accounting policies used, including the depreciation periods of different types of assets, as well as a statement of the periodization principles.

8.5 Important definitions

Writing: A systematic distribution of the asset’s depreciation basis over the active time.

Depreciation basis: Deferred by the acquisition or diet price. In individual cases where there exists a scrap value, this must be deducted the purchase price. For assets that are deducted from the depreciation, and for assets that are printed, the depreciation is attached. In the starting point – i.e. at the start – the depreciation basis is determined as the acquisition or cost of any scrap value.

Depreciation period: The depreciation period is the same with the time that the municipality expects to use the active, i.e. the time of use.

Active: An asset is defined in the accounting literature as a acquisition that is associated with future economic benefits or service potential; (b) is a result of an already intrusive event or transaction and (c) where the future benefits or the future service potential are checked by that authority;

The price/price price: The payment value consists of the purchase price incl. customs or other taxes related to the purchase – excluding VAT. In addition, the costs directly associated with the commission of the asset are recognised in the purchase price. Any quantity discounts are deducted from the purchase price.

Facility: An active that is intended for persistent use or own and acquired for use for production, trade of goods and services, rental or administrative purposes.

Awarded value: Defined as the acquisition or diet price for any depreciation and deducted depreciation and any depreciation.

Time: The duration of the active is expected to be used for the specified purpose.

Recovery value: The value or the amount to be paid by reappropriation or reproduction of identical assets or assets that have the same production capacity.

Immateral asset. Defined as a non-financial plant asset without physical substance.

Mathematical assets. A plant asset with physical substance.

Depreciation. A reduction of the value of the asset due to an objective state-of-state event that the future use of the active is lower than the booked value, and this value is expected to be permanent.

The net-realisation value: The net-realisation value is calculated by the expected sales price deduction of any completion costs and costs to effect the sales.

Replaceable: Enables persistent use or own.

Writing: An increase in the value of the asset resulting from e.g. an improvement of the active, which has meant that the benefit of the active is higher than the book value, and this value increase can be expected to be permanent.

Scrap value. Defined as the expected sales price deducted any delay, sales and retrieval costs at the end of the active time.

Economic life: The period in which the asset can be used economically rationally after its purpose.

9 LOVING, FORM M.V.
Content Content Content
Page Page
9.2
Guidance on the preparation of cost-based grants in regions
9.2 – 1
9.3
Costscaling guidance
9.3 – 1
9.3.1
Introduction
9.3.1 – 1
9.3.2
Distribution of cost descaling
9.3.2 – 1
9.3.3
Attack clarification
9.3.3 – 1
9.3.4
The contents of the cost descaling
9.3.4‐
9.3.4.1
Direct cost
9.3.4‐
9.3.4.2
Direct costs
9.3.4‐
9.3.4.3
Time of expenditure
9.3.4‐
9.3.5
Cost linked to the capital unit
9.3.5- 1
9.3.5.1
Rewriting of plant capital
9.3.5- 1
9.3.5.2
Acquisition of operational capital
9.3.5- 1
9.3.5.3
Acquisition of capital capital
9.3.5‐
9.3.6
Follow costs
9.3.6- 1
93.7
VAT
9.3.7- 1
9.3.8
Cost Calculation
9.3.8‐ 1
9.3.9
Example of calculation of costs
9.3.9‐ 1
9.3.9.1
General conditions
9.3.9‐ 1
9.3.9.2
Prefaceted elements of the cost descaling
9.3.9‐ 2
9.3.9.3
Example of cost calculation using the help form
9.3.9‐ 3

9.2 Guidance on the preparation of cost grants in regions

1. Introduction

The regional budget system will be based on cost-based principles.

This guide is targeted users of the new cost-based grant system. The use of cost grants is included in the “Budget and accounting system for regions”, but does not appear in the publication. The purpose of this guide is to provide an overview of the cost-based grant principle. The consequences of the cost-based grant system are also illustrated with a summary and simplified example in the section 4.10 of the guidelines.

2. Background for the reform

In the financial agreement for 2007 between the government and the Danish Regions, the opening balance of the regions and the transition to cost grants will promote the focus on maintaining the capital apparatus and creating increased awareness of the effect of new investments. It was therefore agreed that from 2007 cost grants will be introduced in the regional development area and social and special training area.

In the financial agreement for 2008 between the government and the Danish Regions, the regions of 2009 were fully agreed to cost-based grants. The background is the conclusions of an analysis work on the management implications of a complete transition to cost grants in the regions carried out in spring 2007. It is apparent that it will be possible to maintain the current cost-based agreement system between the state and regions of a situation where the regions of their internal control are fully surpassed to cost grants.

3. Purpose of cost-based budgets

The cost-based budget system is, among other things, designed to enable the total municipal and regional expenditure and its impact on social economy.

The cost of the cost is therefore based on the time of transaction, i.e. the time a work is expected to be done at or a product or service is expected to be delivered. However, in a cost-based budget system, a periodization of the cost is to the expected consumption time independently of the payment time. This means, for example, that investment and acquisitions are based on the grants, while in the funding for a number of years - corresponding to the lifetime of the investments - must be room for depreciation and the interest of the pre-owned investments.

Cost grants thus mean that there is a significant greater displacement between the grant and liquidity requirements, than it is known from the current system.

The purpose of the introduction of cost grants is primarily that it needs to improve the financial management and give rise to a more effective assignment. Management must be encouraged and have the degrees of freedom to adapt the production factor composition. This may, among other things, be done by the fact that there are access to investment, against the operational budget of the subsequent years being postponed with depreciation and advance.

This makes it easier for the funding recipients to make profitability estimations about how long it can pay to maintain old buildings and machinery, and when it can pay to reinvest. The focus on buildings and other physical assets in the cost-based system thus means that the basis for the capacity management is improved.

The failure of investments is also more visible. The press of the grants increases if investments do not provide the provided space for depreciation and interest in the budget.

Similarly, the possibility of using activity management in the form of tactical financing or taximeter management, as cost-based grants create a better basis to raise the cost of the production of an activity device.

Finally, cost-based budgets, including a better - but not a complete basis, to uncover the competitive conditions in relation to the inventory of the cost of areas where private companies can potentially handle the tasks. Information for use of limeulation calculations in connection with procurement, challenge law and offer for assignment to other public authorities can be more directly by the budget than in the cost-based system.

4. The cost-based grant model in regions

4.1. General rules

The economics of the Regions are divided into three areas of activity: the health area, social and special education area, as well as the regional development area, cf. section 1 of the regions' funding. In addition, the common and management area is provided.

The ongoing revenue of the Regions is based on one of the three areas. It applies both to the grants from the state and the contributions from the municipalities. In the budgeting, there is a balance requirement that the revenue must be greater than or equal to the cost including the share of common costs and financial costs. In the health area, a cost-based balance requirement is applicable, while the social and special education area and the regional development area apply a cost-based balance requirement. In all areas of activity, the grants must be submitted according to cost-based principles.

Health area is funded by block supplements and activity-based grants from the state as well as basic contribution and activity-dependent contributions from municipalities. The cost-based balance requirement implies that financial revenue in the form of e.g. borrowing and consumption of liquid assets can be resolved to meet the balance requirement. This means that in the health area of both the budget and the accounting may occur over or deficit by the annual results after cost-based principles.

The operation of institutions on social and special lessons apart from some special administrative tasks funded fully through payment from municipalities. These tasks thus rest in themselves and do not cause net costs or income for regions. The area must be budgeted with an expected year result equal to or greater than zero. The size of the expected year result and the total accumulated result must be discussed in the contact committee with municipalities. Over and deficits concerning previous years are considered revenue and costs.

In one year, this must be equaled no later than 2 years, i.e. that a deficit arising in accounting 2007 and which can be found in the spring of 2008, must be equaled in budget 2009 to be adopted within 1 October 2008. Thus, a deficit may not be accumulated over several years.

There are no rules on equalization of profit from previous years, besides that the area should rest in itself over time. Thus, there is a certain opportunity to accumulate a profit over a certain period, while it is not possible to accumulate a deficit.

Also, net costs on it regional development area financed by the ear-marked block subsidies from the state and contributions from municipalities and budgets with an expected annual result equal to or greater than zero. It applies as to the social and special learning area that over- and deficits concerning previous years are considered revenue and costs that deficits for one year must be equaled no later than 2 years, and that there are no rules on equal profit from previous years, besides the area to rest in itself.

In the social and special training area and the regional development area, it is also provided that amendments to the budget or supplement appropriations resulting in increased costs must be addressed by surplus income or less cost within the same area, if the expected annual result is the budget to zero.

In the common and administrative area there is no balance requirement, as revenue and costs in the area must be distributed in the main account 1-3 in relation to both budget and accounting.

4.2. Cost-based operating funding

The transition to cost grants involves a shift in the principle of billing and

periodization. Overall, it can be described as a switch from an expense-based principle, where transactions are based on when payouts and deposits are made. The cost principles mean that transactions are performed when costs occur, such as when consumed by the warehouse, when pension is added to civil servants when a holiday is earned and when the appliance is used. In the same way as in the cost-based world, the assets of capitalisation and operations of the asset are being depreciated. There may also be a repayment of the active.

Therefore, the implementation of cost grants means that, among other things, depreciation of regional assets and pension costs relating to civil servants must be held within the operational appropriations beneficiary.

The operating appropriations must generally contain the elements that it has been compulsory to register. It is about, among other things, depreciation, inventory regulation, changes in the obligations of service representatives, tax liabilities and leasing costs. From 2008 it is also mandatory to include other changes in obligations.

The costly grants also involve a periodization of revenue.

The changed periodization of the funding by transition to cost grants involves the cost and expense funding to be different. However, the difference will be limited if the beneficiary has not previously held greater investments and also does not expect to do it in the future and, if the grant recipient has no officials and has not entered leasing agreements.

If a grant recipient has previously held large investments – which it does not expect to hold in the future – the cost is greater than the cost. This is due to the costs of the funding received by the depreciation of the previously acquired assets, while no new expenses are planned.

Conversely, a grant recipient that expects greater future investments will have expenses that are greater than the cost. This is due to the fact that the costs are fully affected by investments, while the depreciation of these investments is periodised throughout the future life of the investment.

The requirement for a yearly result that is greater than or equal to zero, in the above, is an expression that the operating costs of the year correspond to the operating income, and that the resource consumption of the year is funded that the change in the capital basis (precisions) may be reestablished that the payment of service representatives is made and that any deficit from previous years is equal.

4.3. Investment framework

For all three regional activity areas, the region council shall establish a framework for investment activities – investment frameworks – for funding investments of a specified nature, such as less construction work or greater acquisitions. The investment framework indicates a ceiling of the investments that can be made in connection with each operating grant and financed by the region’s liquid assets. The scope of the individual investment framework is described in the budget markings. The Region Council may also set an investment framework for the common and administrative area if this is administered as an independent area.

Investment activities covered by investment frameworks may be carried out without submission to the Council of the Regions, provided investment expenses may be held within the investment framework and that the amount of the budget is provided.

In the cost-based funding areas, investment framework grants should be given as internal loans which must be deducted at least the depreciation of the acquired facilities. Internal loans are used, regardless of whether the grant recipient is the business committee or a specific institution. In the internal control of the grant receivers, it is possible to use internal rate of pre-owned investments to ensure that the region is given the capital made available to the beneficiary. In the social and special training area, there is a requirement for the use of internal interest to ensure equal competition conditions in relation to other actors in the area, but also to ensure that the costs are financed by users as a result of the area to rest-in-sig-self. The interest is made on the social and special training area of the operational and investment capital, which the region is available to the area.

Costs in the form of depreciation and any interest must be held within the displaced operating grant. This means that operating economic investments can be put into work before there is saved up there – and thus providing an increased level of funding for longer term funding. It provides funding to optimize its investment decisions. The investment frame puts a ceiling over the access to record internal loans and thus the debt that the grant holder can have to the region. This also allows the region to control the liquidity strain associated with investments.

The Council of the Regions shall, in addition, decide on the limit between funding for specific projects and funding for investment frameworks and the amount limits for investment projects to be granted by the Council of the Regions. Implementation of specific investments exceeding DKK 10 million in total expenditure, however, must always be granted by the Council of the Region.

Example of an IT investment in a cost-based funding system
A regional institution wants to invest in an electronic case management system for DKK 5 million. Based on surveys, a savings potential of DKK 1,25 million is identified annually on the regular operation. The system is assessed to have a lifetime of 5 years. It is assumed that the Council of the Regions has allocated an investment framework of DKK 15 million to the institution, which, on the basis, takes up an internal loan of DKK 5 million and prescribes active linearly over 5 years – with DKK 1 million annually. In the example of 3.25 per cent, which is provided that the region has decided that the instituion must hold within the budget. This means that the institution has over 5 years a Council of 0.76 million the total economy of the project is illustrated below.
Mio.kr.
Year 1
Year 2
Year 3
Year 4
Year 5
Total Total
Head chair
5
4
3
2
1
- - -
Renter
0.16
0.13
0,10
0.07
0.03
- - -
Writings
1
1
1
1
1
5
Operations savings
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
6.25
Council
0.09
0.12
0.15
0.18
0.22
0.76
Such investment would also be able to be made in an expense-based system. However, it will be predicted that the institution itself has DKK 5 million to finance the expenditure of this year 1, or that the Council of the Regions provides a grant of DKK 5 million to the offence of expenditure.
In the cost-based grant system, the institution of its own operation may decide to initiate the investment, as the investment does not exceed DKK 10 million, which is the reference limit for the region council. In order for the institution to initiate the investment of its own operation, it requires that the institution has grants for depreciation and possibly interest and adequate investment framework.

4.4. Transition from an expense-based to a cost-based grant

Cost-based grants have since budget 2007 been applied to the social and special education area, the regional development area and the common and management area. From budget 2009, cost-based grants are to all regional activity areas, including the health area. This section examines the short transition from expenditure grants that have previously been used in the health area, for cost grants.

Costs will be equal to expenditure on an institution total lifetime when it is seen from internal interest, in the example above. The difference between costs and expenditure in each year is due to a different periodization – i.e. the time when the disposition is loaded the grant.

It is in connection with investments that the periodization is most different from a cost system for a cost system. If a grant holder has previously held large investments – which it does not expect to hold in the future – the cost is greater than the cost until the investments are fully dewritten. This is due to the fact that previous years of investment, the grant holder’s future cost in the form of depreciation, while not scheduled new investments in the future.

Conversely, a grantholder who expects greater future investments will have expenses that are greater than the cost. This is due to the fact that the costs are fully affected by investments, while the depreciation of these investments is periodised throughout the future life of the investment.

In addition to investments, the primary periodization differences apply to pay costs, including service pension and holiday money must be periodised.

The transition to cost-based grants is to ‘translate’ the cost-based grant for the cost-based. The changed periodization involves as said displacements in the grant over the budget years, but the “now value” of the economic curriculum must be unchanged.

The starting point for the budget is that the conversion should not change the scope of the grants. This means that the budget for existing grants should be prepared based on existing frameworks, and the background is adjusted for the technical changes resulting from the cost principles. Once the technical transformation has been completed, the budgetary changes are entered by the budget process.

After that, funding and investment framework are set up with the budget. In this step, the changes resulting from the transition to cost-based grants will trigger changes in the funding level. The starting point for the grant fixing is said that the cost appropriations conversion is not to change existing funding resources in relation to the original conditions. In most cases, this means that the grant will be fairly unchanged, however, there may be a number of technical corrections to ensure a resource-like neutral transition.

The initial cost-based operating funding in budget 2009 in the health area can for existing grants be determined based on the funding in Budget 2008. The technical changes are adjusted by the cost principles. In order to verify that the transition is resource-neutral, it will be necessary during the process to calculate the cost funding for an expense funding for comparison with the original cost-based conditions. The table below contains a short description of the calculation of the cost-based grant.

Conversion table
Expense-based grant (head 1-9)
- Special acquisitions (art 0.0)
+ Writings (art 0.1)
+/- +/- More storage regulation ( art 0.2)
+ Recommendations (service pension) (art 0.3)
+ Evt. rate (art 0.4)
+/- +/- Other Periodised Costs
Cost-based grant (Headart 0-9)

As a starting point, the investment framework may be determined by reducing the operating budgets of the grant recipient with an amount equivalent to included budgeted investments that meet the conditions for the balance of the region: 1) The active is expected for more than one financial year. (i.e. usage time/life of more than one year), 2) The value of the asset can be measured reliably and 3) The asset has a acquisition value equal to or greater than 100,000 kr.

It is typically about greater and costly purchases of items with a lifetime of over 1 years that are budgeted and accounting on art 2.7. Consumes that meet the conditions for bill in the balance. The budget of the beneficiary shall be compensated for depreciation and, for the interest of the budgeted acquisitions, and the investment framework for the budgeted acquisitions.

In addition, it should be assessed whether there are operational expenses, which are previously conferred under Art 4.5 Entrepreneur and Crafts Services, which in a cost-based system should be considered investments. In the cost-based system, the definition of operation and facilities that these expenditure should be constrained as installations, if the work involves significant changes in the active, or if the purpose of the active is significantly changed. In the cost-based system, these expenses must be considered investments when the work involves improving the active, and the lifetime of the active is increased, or when the purpose of and the use of the active is significantly changed. However, running maintenance must be constrained as an operating expense.

The changed definition of plant/investments will not necessarily be unique to be a movement from operation to plant. For example, if the individual region has previously considered greater maintenance work in the health area as plant costs, it will involve that a number of plant spending in the future must be applied during operating costs, as costs for maintenance in the cost-based system are explicitly considered operating costs.

In addition, the previous spending budgeted framework grants for smaller works can be included with the agreed operating costs, which then constitutes the investment framework. This ensures that the grant recipients will not have independent operational and plant grants, which may lead to an inappropriate prioritisation, as separate grants are included.

The investment framework may, in addition to the previously contained major acquisitions in the budget, which must be recognised, and frame grants for smaller works are expanded with a buffer of, for example, 10% of the grant recipient's holding of plant assets. This will give the grant recipients further opportunities to prioritise between installations and operations. It must be taken into account whether the necessary liquidity can be provided if the grant recipient chooses to take advantage of the allocated investment frames fully, as it is noted that there is no obligation to take advantage of the frame.

In the conversion of the cost-based system for the cost-based system, the cost-based system shall be subject to any investment contained in the cost-based budget, shall be corrected for storage adjustments to be costed by the consumption of this, that costs must be calculated for future service pension schemes and other costs where the periodization is different than in the cost-based system, such as earned holiday money.

With the proposed model, the grant recipients will only have a grant to finance the usual operation and depreciation and, for example, the interest of pre-owned investments. The investment access for the grant recipients is limited by the internal investment framework, which the region council lays down for the individual beneficiaries.

The Region Council decides on the total internal investment frame size and the distribution of this.

4.5. Results statement

The budget proposal must be included a statement for each of the three accounting areas (main account 1, 2 and 3). The purpose of the profit statement is to specify the expected annual result as the year's revenue deducted from the cost of the year (periodized resource consumption). The budgeted income statements may not show a deficit in the social and special training area (main account 2) and the regional development area (main account 3).

In the income statement, revenue and costs for common purposes, administration, interest etc. must be included in the main account 4 and 5, are distributed in the main account 1-3 in both the budget and the accounting.

In the distribution of revenue and expenditure for common purposes and central administration conferred on the main account 4, the distribution key of the regions shall be determined taking into account the load of the three activity areas. The distribution key is determined locally as a result of differences in the organisation and the organisation of the common functions. The distribution key must be set out in budget and accounting policies.

The interest rates of the Region, etc. are also transferred to budgeting and accounting from main account 5 to main account 1 and 3. There is no transfer to main account 2, since the main account is the requirement for the registration of internal interest of the liquidity between the region. The distribution of the main account 1 and 3 takes into account the load of the interest account. The distribution key must be stated in budget and accounting.

A simplified example of the transfer of expenditure and revenue from main account 4 and 5 to main account 1-3 appears in section 4.10.

The results shall be prepared in accordance with the form set out in Annex 1 of Section 5.4.1 of ‘Budget and accounting system for regions’;

Health

(1.000 DKK)
Accounting for years x-2
Enriched budget for years x-1
Budget for years x
Block subsidies from the state (1.90.90)
Municipal contribution (1.90.91)
Municipal activity-dependent contribution (1.90.92)
Activity-based grants from the state (1.90.93)
Substitution of the softer compensation scheme (1.90.94)
Claims
Net operating costs
Andel of common purposes and administration (1.70.50)
Results before financial records and extraordinary records
Andel of financial revenue (1.80.60)
Spirit of financial costs (1.80.60)
Score before extraordinary records
Extraordinary revenue
Additional costs
The result of the year

Social and special lessons

(1.000 DKK)
Accounting for years x-2
Enriched budget for years x-1
Budget for years x
Thank you for the social area
Special Education
Claims
Net operating costs
Andel of common purposes and administration (2.70.60)
Results before financial records and extraordinary records
Group of financial revenue (2.80.70)
Power of financial costs (2.80.70)
Score before extraordinary records
Extraordinary revenue
Additional costs
The result of the year

Regional development

(1.000 DKK)
Accounting for years x-2
Enriched budget for years x-1
Budget for years x
Block subsidies from the state (3.90.90)
Development contribution from municipalities (3.90.91)
Claims
Net operating costs
Andel of common purpose and administration (3.70.60-63)
Results before financial records and extraordinary records
Andel of financial revenue (3.80.70)
Power of financial costs (3.80.70)
Score before extraordinary records
Extraordinary revenue
Additional costs
The result of the year

4.6. Money flow statement

The cost-based grant system is based on the fact that paid expenses usually trigger a payment, and that there is only a few time difference between the grant and the payment.

The changed periodization in a cost grant system brings a greater difference between the grant and the need for liquidity. Payments will not be included in the grant, but will trigger a payment. On the other hand, in the grant will then enter depreciation on acquisitions and other limeulatoric records, which does not result in a liquidity requirement. A cost grant can therefore be both greater and less than the liquidity requirement depending on when the comparison is made.

By using cost grants, there is no need to be the necessary liquidity available to finance the budgeted activity.

Therefore, in the budget proposal it must be included a financial statement for the whole region and for each of the three activity areas.

The purpose of the money flow statement is to show the budget year's cash flows on the budgeted operational and investment and financing activities. The money flow from the operational and investment activities is based on the income statements and the investment budget for each of the two cost-based grants areas. There must not be prepared a financial statement for the main account 4 “The purpose and administration of the year, as the account in both budget and accounting is distributed to the main account 1-3 and thus is part of the year’s result in these main accounts.

The financial statement shall be drawn up according to the template referred to in Annex 3 of Section 7.7.3 of ‘Budget and accounting system for regions’.

Health
Social and special lessons
Regional development
The Region of everything
€1,000
Previous financial year
Annual financial year
Previous financial year
Annual financial year
Previous financial year
Annual financial year
Previous financial year
Annual financial year
Operator result
Distributions for operational results:
+ depreciation
+/- Regulation of stock
+/- regulation of holiday money
+/- regulation of pension disposal
+/- other periodizations
Impact of operation
Distributions from investments:
- purchase of plant assets
- ongoing work
+ sale of plant assets
Impact of investments
Impact on operation and investment
Other liquidity displacements:
+/- shears short-term appeals
+/- displacements in short-term debt offset.
+ recording of external loans
- deduction on existing loans
+/- other financial records
+/- value adjustment of liquid assets
Other liquidity displacements
Total liquidity displacement
+ liquid holding per year
Likvid stocks last

The derived cash flows of the short-term payers and debt obligations, external borrowing, deduction on external loans, other long-term receivables and debt are attributed to the group level in the region, as an integral part of the region’s common box.

The cost of any internal loans is part of the year's result in the sector areas and the liquidity impact is corrected in accordance with clauses. A. The income at the rate of internal loans is entered into the region as a group, and the liquidity effect is corrected with the opposite sign in clauses. D.

For each of the 3 areas of activity (health, social and special education as well as the regional development area), a statement that shows the budget flow in the budget year, corrected budget for the current year's budget and the latest financial year, in accordance with below.

It is noted that any cost for the business of internal loans is included in the year’s result in the sector areas and it is corrected for the liquidity effect thereof under clause. A. In the case of the interest of internal loans, the region is correct and the effect of the liquidity is corrected with the opposite sign in clauses. D.

The effect of certain operating records and the funding records is attributed to the region, as the derived cash flows of the short-term debts and liabilities, external loans, deductions on external loans, other long-term appeals and debts are an integral part of the region’s common cash warehouse. This applies to access to the recording of external loans to certain investments that the region provides an internal loan to that area while it is the region that absorbs external loans.

4.7. Interne loans, deductions, interest and intermediate

The Council of the Regions shall, at the final adoption of the budget as a minimum, establish an investment budget, which indicates a ceiling of the investments that can be made within each of the main accounts and financed by the region’s liquid assets. Investment expenses are financed as internal loans, which are at least deducted to the depreciation of the investment in subsequent years. In the social and special training area, there is a view to ensuring equal competition conditions in relation to other actors in the area, including the requirement that both new and existing investments as well as maneuverable capital, which the region is available to the area, must be declared with the market interest.

In the social and special teaching area, the liquidity must be calculated in relation to the region and stated on the budget and accounting of the region. The medium must be rated with the market interest to ensure equal competition conditions in relation to other actors in the area, but also to ensure that the cost is financed by users as a result of the area to rest-in-sig self.

No detailed provisions are laid down for the market interest statement, as regions should be able to adapt the interest to local conditions. The regions can therefore be negotiated to various interest agreements with their banks, which may be laid for the inventory of the market interest. Alternatively, as a directional commitment to the market interest is pointed to the average effective 10-year state interest rate as this is calculated by Danmarks Nationalbank. It is used as interest rate at the rate of debt and debts.

Investments on the social and special learning area increase between the region and the activity area. The medium is reduced by the fact that costs for depreciation require a grant, but does not involve a liquidity. In new investments, it must be ensured that repayment and depreciation can be held within the allocated funding in the budget cover.

Depreciation of assets that exist in the social and special training area in the establishment of regions per 1 January 2007, shall not affect the middle of the region and the area. In practice, the area at the start of the regions is imposed an internal debt corresponding to the value of the assets of the area. The debt is deducted and profitable for depreciation and the interest of the assets. There is the same principle that applies to new investments made after the start of the regions, namely that the debt of the region increases equal to the value of the investment.

In the social and special teaching area, the financial statement shall cover the liquidity of the region compared to the total economy of the region. The medium must be rated with the market rate.

(1.000 DKK)
B
B01
B02
B03
Primo 1 January
Annual liquidity impact
The rate of balance
Ultimate 31 December

The key appears in the comments to the budget and must be noted as a note for the accounts.

A simplified example of the preparation of a money flow statement for the social and special education area and the statement of the middle of the region is stated in section 4.10.

4.8. The distinction between operations and facilities (investments)

The distinction between operating expenses and plant expenditure is made in the cost-based account plan using the dranst values 1 respectively 3.

In the cost-based system, plant expenditure is referred to as investments defined as assets that meet the 3 general conditions for billing and measuring assets in the balance:

1) The asset is expected to be used for more than one year (i.e., the active has a time/life of more than 1 year)

2) The value of the asset can be measured reliably

3) 3) The active has a value equal to or greater than 100,000 kr.

Approximately whether a cost for maintenance and renovation work is to be considered operational or an investment is partly whether the work involves improving and the lifetime of existing buildings or installations, partly regarding the purpose of or the use of the building, etc. significantly changes. Is this case, the cost must be conferred as an investment (dranst 3).

Larger acquisitions of material, fixtures etc. each of them falls below the bagatel limit, is recognised as a total asset and is recognised as an investment if they are included in a unified system, the same purpose and/or are purchased in connection with new renovation or greater renovation.

The following grants and expenses associated with the acquisition of the following assets are considered investments, although they do not meet the conditions of settlement in the region’s balance:

– – Material assets whose value for the region is primarily of cultural or historical character

– – Funds for self-owned institutions and other public authorities

The distinction between costs for operation and investments is not only important for the actual registration in the region’s budget and accounting. There is also a difference between the funding procedures that must go ahead of the costs. For the operating costs, the grant declaration is attached to the adoption of the budget. For the investment, the grant declaration shall, on the basis of the adoption of a grant for the individual investment project or as a framework grants for further defined investments, such as minor construction work and greater acquisitions.

4.8. The use of main species 0 Calculated Cost

Main item 0 is used for the registration of calculated costs and revenues such as depreciation. Registration of main item 0 is carried out in order to be able to cost records in the budget and accounting system as well as internal material assets, etc. in the balance. The use of main item 0 is mandatory in both budget and accounting.

Calculated costs etc. are in the art division divided into 10 species:

0.0
Status
0.1
Writings
0.2
Storage shooting
0.3
Pension requests for civil servants
0.4
Clean
0.5
Transfer costs
0.6
Other calculated costs
0.7
Holidays
0.8 0.8
Calculated and transferred revenue
0.9
Modification account

The registration of the calculated costs is made during the species 0.1-0.7, while calculated revenue is recorded under art 0.8. Postings under Art 0.1-0.7 and 0.8 to be posted in art 0.9 Modification account in main account 6. The main character 0 of the budget or accounting is available for a cost budget/account of the main account 1-4. Nons main item 0, a budget/account based on expense-based principles.

The content of the individual species is further elaborated in section 2.5 in ‘Budget and accounting system for regions’.

4.10. Example Example

In the following, a reference example appears with the use of cost-based principles on the economic interaction between the different regional activity areas as described above in section 4.5-4.7. The focus is on the statement of the interest of the liquidity between the same in relation to the social and special teaching area, which is calculated from the money flow statement. In addition, the transfer of main account is shown 4, common purposes and administration, and main account 5, Interests, etc., to the three regional activity areas, the statement of the results of the year and the transfer of these to the balance.

For the sake of clarity, there are only a few records for each of the regional activity areas

In the extension of the example, a review and elaborate explanation of the items listed in the example.

Book:
Health, main account 1
Social and special lessons, main account 2
Drift
Debet
Credit
Drift
Debet
Credit
1) Wage expenditure
20,000
3) Cancellation from municipalities
1.300
2) Deposits from State and municipalities
21.500
4) Cost
1,000
12) Printing 30 years - opening
1,000
13) Writing 10 years - opening
100
21.000
21.500
14) Rewriting 10 years - newinvest (6 months)
25 25
-21.000
-21.000
1.125
1.300
Operator result before the over-export of joint expenditure
500
-1.125
-1.125
16) Transfer from shared
75 75
Operation result before over-export from common and internal rate
175 175
75 75
500
17) Transfer from shared
4
-75
-75
4
175 175
Operator result before transfer of interest
425
-4
-4
20) Transfers
689
Operation result before internal advance
171
689
425
19) Internal rate, as regards money flow statement
66
-425
-425
66
171
22) Operator result
264
-66
-66
23) Operation result incl. internal advance
105
Regional development, main account 3
Shared, main account 4
Drift
Debet
Credit
Drift
Debet
Credit
5) Payout
300
15) Rewriting 10 years - new investment
80 80
6) Discontinued from State and municipalities
305
Operator result before distribution
80 80
300
305
16) Benefits for Health
75 75
-300
-300
17) Benefits for social
4
Operator result before the over-export of joint expenditure
5
18) Benefits for Regional
1
18) Transfer from shared
1
Totally distributed
80 80
1
5
-1
-1
Operator result before over-export of interest
4
21) Transfers
10 10
10 10
4
-4
-4
24) Operator result
6
Interests etc., main account 5
Drift
Debet
Credit
9) Rent-long debt
750
11) Rent - ban account
15
Financial expenses before internal interest of the social area
765
19) Internal interest, cf. cash flow statement
66
765
66
-66
-66
Financial expenses by internal interest of the social area
699
20) Benefits for health
689
21) Benefits for Regional Development
10 10
Totally distributed
699
Balance, main account 6
Bank account
Debet
Credit
Facility - health
Debet
Credit
1) Salvation costs - health
20,000
Primo Primo
30,000
2) Deposits from state and municipalities - health
21.500
3) Cancellation from municipalities
1.300
12) Writing 30 years - opening
1,000
4) Wage expenses - social
1,000
5) Payout - Regional Out.
300
30,000
1,000
6) Discontinued from State and municipalities - Regional
305
-1.000
-1.000
7) Investment - social
500
Construction assets 31/12
29,000
8) Deduction of long-term debt
250
9) Rent - long-term debt
750
10) Investment - joint
800
11) Rent - ban account
15
23105
23.615
-23.105
-23.105
Inside 31/12
510
Building assets - social
Debet
Credit
Shared assets - common
Debet
Credit
Primo Primo
1,000
Primo Primo
0
7) Investments
500
10) Investments
800
13) Writing 10 years - opening
100
15) Rewriting 10 years - new investment
80 80
14) Rewriting 10 years -nyinvest (6 mdr.)
25 25
800
80 80
1,500
125
-80
-80
-125
-125
Construction assets 31/12
720
Construction assets 31/12
1.375
Long-term debt
Debet
Credit
Accumulated result main account 2
Debet
Credit
Primo Primo
10,000
23) Accumulated result - social
105
8) Deduction
250
250
10,000
-250
-250
Long-term debt 31/12
9.750
Equity
Debet
Credit
Primo Primo
10,000
31000
22) Accumulated result - health
264
24) Accumulated result - regional development
6
10.270
31000
-10.270
-10.270
20.730
THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT
Liquidity from operation excluding internal rate
Liquidity from operation incl. internal rate
The result of the year excluding internal interest
171
The result of the year including internal interest and share of common expenditure
105
+ Writings
125
+ Writings
125
+ Internal rate
66
Liquidity from operation
296
Liquidity from operation
296
Liquidity from investments
Liquidity from investments
- Buy plant assets
-500
- Buy plant assets
-500
Annual liquidity impact
-204
Annual liquidity impact
-204
Between - social and special lessons - excluding internal interest
Between - social and special lessons - including internal interest
Primo 1 January
-1.000
Primo 1 January
-1.000
Annual liquidity impact
-204
Annual liquidity impact
-204
The rate of balance
-66
Ultimate 31 December
-1.204
Ultimate 31 December
-1.270
Calculation of internal rate
Business of primo billing
-60
Acquisition of the year's liquidity effect (6 months)
-6
Internal interest rate of settlement 6% p.a.
-66

In the following, a statement of the individual posting records is given. The refund for the cash flow statement was prepared in connection with the posting no. 19:

Primo. Primo the year, there are facilities of 30,000 in the health area and 1,000 on the social and special learning area. The operations are charged in the main account of 6, Balance, and are credited to the own capital. In addition, there is a long-term debt of 10,000, which is credited to the long-term debt of the main account 6, the balance, and the capital is charged.

1. Costs – health. The expenditures of 20,000 debtors' main account 1, Health, and credit the bank account in the main account 6, the balance.

2. Discontinued from state and municipalities – health. The grant of state and municipalities covering over block subsidies from the state, municipal contribution, communal activity-dependent contributions and activity-based grants from the state, in 21.500, the main account of 21,500 is credited 1, Health, and the bank account of the main account 6, the balance.

3. Thanksst payments from municipalities. The initials of 1,300 are credited to the main account 2, Social and Special Education, and the bank account of the main account is 6, the balance.

4. Social and special lessons. The costs of 1,000 are charged main account 2, Social and Special Education, and credit the bank account in the main account 6, Balance.

5. Costs – regional development. The costs of 300 are charged main account 3, Regional development, and the bank account is credited to the main account 6, the balance.

6. Discontinued from state and municipalities – regional development. The grant of state and municipalities covering over block subsidies from the state and municipal development contribution, of 305 is the main account of 3, Regional development, and the bank account of main account 6, the balance.

7. Investment – social and special training. The capital of 500 will be charged on social and special lessons in the main account 6. For example, if technical facilities and machines are included in function 6.54.82, grouping 003. The expenditure is credited to the bank account in the main account 6, the balance. The investment does not affect the operation.

8. Deduction on long-term debt. Deduction of 250, the long-term debt is charged in the main account 6, the balance and credited the bank account in the main account 6, the balance.

9. Clean – long-term debt. The interest rate of 750 is charged in the main account of 5, Interests, etc. and is credited to the bank account of the main account 6, the balance.

10. Investment – common. The capital of 800 is charged assets in the common area of the main account 6. The expenditure is credited to the bank account in the main account 6, the balance. The investment does not affect the operation.

11. Clean – bank account. The interest rate of 15 is charged in the main account of 5, Interests, etc. and is credited to the bank account of the main account 6, the balance. In the calculation of the interest rate, an interest rate of 6 per cent is applied, and it is provided that the deposit and withdrawals on the bank account are made up of the year.

12. Writings – health. Depreciation of 1,000 is charged in the main account of 1, Health, and credited to the health sector in the main account 6. The depreciation is calculated from a plant value of 30,000 per year and a depreciation period of 30 years, such as hospitals. It is noted that the balance displacement affects the operation.

13. Writing – social and special lessons. Depreciation of 100 debtors' main account 2, Social and special lessons, and credit the facilities of the social and special lessons in the main account 6. The depreciation is calculated from a plant value of 1,000 per year and a depreciation period of 10 years, such as machines and workshops. It is noted that the balance displacement affects the operation.

14. Rewriting – new investment. Depreciation of 25 is charged in the main account of 2, Social and Special Education, and credit the facilities of the social and special lessons in the main account 6. There is a new investment of 500, cf. posting no. 7. It is provided that the investment is taken in the middle of the year and that a depreciation period of 10 years should be used. Therefore, only the depreciations are recorded to a 1⁄2 year. It is noted that the balance displacement affects the operation.

15. Rewriting – new investment. Depreciation of 80 debtors’ main account is 4, common for goal and administration, and credit the facilities in the common area of the main account 6. A new investment of 800 is referred to in Section No 11. It is provided that the investment is taken in use per year and that a depreciation period of 10 years should be used. It is noted that the balance displacement affects the operation.

16. Benefits for health. The operating result for main account 4, common purposes and administration is distributed in main account 1, 2 and 3. The distribution key is determined by the regions taking into account the load of the common area. The distribution key must be stated in budget and accounting. In this example, the gross costs are used as the distribution key. Of the total cost of main account 4 of 80, 75 will be transferred to main account 1.

The distribution of cost-based records from main account 4 to main account 1 - in this trap depreciation - must be done using main item 0.

17. Benefits for social. The operating result for main account 4, common purposes and administration is distributed in main account 1, 2 and 3. The distribution key is determined by the regions taking into account the load of the common area. The distribution key must be stated in budget and accounting. In this example, the gross costs are used as the distribution key. Of the total cost of main account 4 of 80, 4 will be transferred to main account 2.

The distribution of cost-based records from main account 4 to main account 2 - in this trap depreciation - must be done using the expense header 9. If the cost-based main item 0 is used, the liquidity of the social and special learning area will be recorded in the cash flow statement. In the specific example, a proportion of the depreciation of the investment under the main account 4 should be recognised in the tariff of the main account 2, but the liquidity design must be counted to the region – and not the main account 2 - in order to reinvest on the main account 4.

18. Benefits for regional development. The operating result for main account 4, common purposes and administration is distributed in main account 1, 2 and 3. The distribution key is determined by the regions taking into account the load of the common area. The distribution key must be stated in budget and accounting. In this example, the gross costs are used as the distribution key. Of the total cost of main account 4 is transferred 1 to main account 3.

The distribution of cost-based records from main account 4 to main account 1 - in this trap depreciation - must be done using main item 0.

19. Intern rate – social and special lessons. Internal advance of 66 debtors' main account 2, social and special lessons, and credit the main account 5, Interests, etc. The internal interest in the social and special training area is calculated based on the financial statement. Primo the year there is a liquidity between the region of 1,000. If the example relates to accounts 2007 it is the value of the assets made available to the region at the start of the region. If the example relates to a later financial year, the liquidity between the same year is equivalent to the value ultimo the previous year. Between the year, the rate of interest rate of 6 per cent is subject to a rate of 60.

In addition, there are liquidity effects on -204 as a result of the operational and investment activity in the field during the year, i.e. social and special training area borrows the liquidity of the region. It is assumed that the withdrawal and withdrawals are continually falling over the year, and that the interest rate is 6 per cent of p.a.

The total liquidity is at the end of the year -1.270.

20. Net interest rates are distributed to health. Net interest rates of 689 are credited to the main account 5, Interests, etc., and are charged main account 1, Health. The starting point is that the net balance in the main account 5 both in budget and accounting must be distributed in the main account 1 and 3 and financed by the revenue of these accounts. The distribution between the main account 1 and 3 is taking into account the contribution of the 2 activity areas to the net interest rates, such as the gross costs. The distribution key must be stated in budget and accounting. There is no distribution to main account 2, as this is loaded with internal rate, in accordance with Section 14.

21. Net interest rates are distributed to regional development. Net interest rates of 10 are credited to the main account 5, Interests, etc., and are charged main account 3, Regional development. The starting point is that the net balance in the main account 5 both in budget and accounting must be distributed in the main account 1 and 3 and financed by the revenue of these accounts. The distribution between the main account 1 and 3 is taking into account the contribution of the 2 activity areas to the net interest rates, such as the gross costs. The distribution key must be stated in budget and accounting. There is no distribution to main account 2, as this is loaded with internal rate, in accordance with Section 14.

22. Operating results – health. At the end of the financial statements, the deficit in the health area of 264 is transferred to the main account 6, the balance by debiting the own capital. Under the own capital of the authorized account plan, a special function is 6.75.96, Accumulated profit for the health area, for the purpose. In the example, it is provided that there is no over or deficit from previous years.

23:23 Operations results – social and special lessons. At the end of the financial statements, the profit is transferred, including internal interest in social and special training area of 105 to the main account 6, the balance, by crediting the accumulated result regarding main account 2. The accumulated result concerning the main account 2 is not recorded as the corresponding results regarding health and regional development of its own capital, as the social and special training area should rest-in-second self in relation to municipalities. The accumulated result in the social and special learning area can be both a resident or a debt. In the example, it is provided that there is no over or deficit from previous years.

24. Operating results – regional development. At the end of the financial statements, the deficit of the regional development area of 6 to the main account is 6, the balance by crediting the equity. Under the own capital of the authorized account plan, a special function is 6.75.98, Accumulated profit for the regional development area, for the purpose. In the example, it is provided that there is no over or deficit from previous years.

9.3 Costscaling guidance

9.3.1 Introduction

Over the past years, development in the municipal sector has set greater focus on the organisation of municipalities' business, including for production methods and methods in connection with the provision of municipal service. With the implementation of the Government’s initiatives in connection with free choice, service strategies and challenge law, further focus is on the statement of costs associated with municipal service production.

This guide intends – in connection with the authorised rules for the preparation of municipal budgets and accounts – to provide a general basis for the municipalities and county municipalities’ preparation of cost calculations. The guide is thus prepared to contribute with practical instructions for the preparation of cost descalings, including in relation to the statement of costs cf. law of the challenge, law on municipalities and county municipalities’s execution of tasks for other public authorities and the law of free choice of personal and practical help etc. It should be noted that there is a general guidance associated with the calculation of costs. For special claims on accounting statements, descalings etc. in connection with statutory cost descalings are referred to in the specific legislation of this Regulation;11).

A number of initiatives for the introduction of cost registration in Budget and accounting system for municipalities and county municipalities. Thus, the creation of main item 0 incorporated facilities in the budget and accounting system for registration of depreciation, inventory displacements and other calculated and transferred expenditure and revenue. As a result of the municipality agreements for 2003 and the agreements concluded in the extension, the cost registration and the use of the main article 0 and the supply area are mandatory to the elderly and hospital area from the Danish Parliament. It also follows from the municipality agreement for 2003 that, from 1 January 2004, a status balance of material assets is established – the basis for the statement of depreciation on material assets.

The authorised rules in the budget and accounting system constitute a significant basis for the preparation of cost descalings – e.g., the basic cost of wages, purchase purchases, etc. will typically be included in the cost calculation. From accounting 2004, depreciation can also be calculated on buildings, machines, etc. in accordance with Chapter 8 on the bill and measurement of material and intellectual property assets. However, the authorised rules in the budget and accounting system do not provide sufficient information for the use of specific costs and tariffs/prices for specific municipal services. Thus, in connection with the authorised budget and accounting system, there will be a need for a number of additional elements for the preparation of cost calculations.

It is due to the first fact that the account plan is not necessarily divided uniquely in the areas where the preparation of cost descalings can prove necessary, such as law on the challenge. It must therefore be expected that in a number of cases, cost calculations are requested solely for a proportion of an activity that is restricted to one single function/grouping in the account plan – e.g. in the statement of the cost of specific activities in integrated institutions. In addition, there is also expected to occur situations where the cost of an activity is requested, which can be attributed to costs from several different functions/groups – e.g. when calculating costs relating to various help/service functions.

Secondly, it is due to the fact that the cost of all the resources included in the production will not necessarily be stated in the authorized budget/account. This applies, for example, costs for the sale of the bottom capital linked to the production of municipal activities.

It should be noted that this guide is based on the principle of inventory of the long-term average costs. On the basis, the calculation must be included in all costs, including for both variable and fixed costs associated with the production of municipal services. Therefore, the guidance cannot immediately form the basis for the statement of the marginal costs by a given activity (i.e. what it costs to produce an additional unit of the performance concerned). However, it should be noted that in the instructions the possibility of the statement of follow costs associated with the use of external suppliers – follow-up takes into account that not necessarily all costs associated with a given activity immediately fall away by transition to the use of external suppliers;12). As regards the statement of costs, it may also be noted that in the Ministry of Finance’s Economic-Administrative Guidance on pricing and cost descaling for the State may also refer to the principle of statement of the long-term average costs.

9.3.2 Distribution of cost descaling

Before a cost descaling is started, it must be delimited for which activity the cost is requested. It must therefore be clarified whether the cost must be set up for a specific device, for a specific performance, a more general type of services etc.

Thus, in the specific case, it must be determined, for example, the costs of the costs incurred for the actual operation of an institution. In that case, it is sufficient only to establish the costs of the institution. If there is a statement of the total cost of a given performance, such as the care of the children of the nursery, a number of common costs shall be taken into account. For example, it applies to the central administration. If the cost descaling is to be used in terms of outsourcing, it may be relevant to take into account any consequential costs associated with the use of external supplier.

Thus, it is crucial that the cost descaling is defined for the purpose of the calculation. It is important to make such a limit to be able to provide all relevant costs to the activity for which costs are requested.

In this regard, it should be noted that at the expense of a given service production as a general rule does not incur costs associated with political business, authority tasks, etc., unless the calculation itself is intended to establish the cost accordingly.

9.3.3 Attack clarification

They expenditure, In each year, in the budget/account, typically concerns wages, the purchase of goods and services etc. The expenses here may cover over the purchase of services and products consumed fully in each year. However, the expenses may also cover the purchase of services and products used over a number of years, such as buildings and machines. The expenses can thus fluctuate from year to year and will not necessarily reflect the actual resource consumption of the provision of municipal services. In other words, the cost of the acquisitions of resources is similar.

Costs However, reflect the value of the resources consumed during the production of municipal services. The cost of a given period is thus not necessarily coincided with the costs associated with the corresponding period. The cost descaling for a given product is based on the costs associated with the resource consumption during the production of the product.

In the cost descaling, you must therefore be particularly aware that there is a difference between costs and expenditure in each year. Therefore, it cannot necessarily only be based on the numbers that figures in the year's budget/account are prepared for a specific task. It should also be noted that the total cost constitutes a calculated and not a direct con-stateable size. The cost calculation can therefore contain a number of limeulatoric records that do not at any time figures in the municipalities’ budgets/accounts.

9.3.4 The contents of the cost descaling

In the cost cult, all costs for the specified activity are calculated. A number of costs can be immediately applied to the production of that activity – such as pay, materials etc. However, there may be a need to raise costs that are not directly linked to the production of that activity. It may be costs listed in the central management of the municipality – such as pay management – as well as the cost of advance and depreciation of capital. In addition, there may – depending on the limit and purpose of the cost descaling – be necessary to establish any follow costs associated with an activity. For the statement of follow costs referred to in Section 9.6.

Costs associated with a given performance can as a starting point be divided into the following two categories:

– – Direct cost

– – Direct costs

It should be noted that there is no unique limit between direct and indirect costs. The same cost can, for example, in some municipalities figures as a direct cost, while in other municipalities, it can be an indirect cost – depending on how the individual municipality has decorated its business. If the activity concerned is organised with an independent administration, the costs will be included in the calculation as direct costs. However, if there is a common administration where the activity concerned is administered by a device that manages several activities, the cost of administration will be concluded as indirect costs.

9.3.4.1 Direct cost

The costs that can be related directly to a given activity are called directly costs. For the direct costs, there is a period of time between the costs directly linked to the activity and the corresponding cost. This typically applies to pay and services.

However, some acquisitions are not always consumed at the same time. The cost is thus not shown in the year's budget. This may apply to, for example, the purchase of materials placed in stock. It is crucial that alone the cost of the consumed resources directly in production is recognised as a direct cost.

Examples of direct costs are

– – salary (as well as salary shares, including pension contributions and holiday money)

– – work or work

– – service travel and transport

– – the purchase of materials and specially acquired appliance watch (the apparatus that is consumed over more than one year and which is equal to or exceeds the bagatel limit of DKK 100,000, or that of the municipality established the range of 50,000 - 100,000 DKK, in accordance with Chapter 8, is recognised as capital cost)

– – foreign services

– – repair and maintenance costs

– – rent rent rent rent

– – electricity, heating, water

– – insurance

9.3.4.2 Direct costs

The indirect costs are costs that cannot be directly attributed to the activity concerned. The indirect costs consist of a number of different types of costs. Firstly, a number of indirect costs, which appear as a cost somewhere in the municipality’s budget – here are typically common expenses for, for example, premises, administration etc. In addition, a number of costs that do not necessarily appear in the year’s budget – such as costs for depreciation on buildings. Finally, costs incurred in the whole of the budget must be recognised, for example, the rate of operational and construction capital.

It should also be noted that, in the statement of the indirect costs, any consequential costs associated with a given activity – such as freed buildings expected in a period as well as waiting money for civil servants. For the statement of follow costs referred to in Section 9.6

Examples of indirect costs are the following:

– – local expenses (house rental, heating, water, electricity, cleaning, maintenance etc.)

– – office expenses (phone, porto, office articles etc.)

– – indirect wage revenues (cancellation, training)

– – edb expenditure

– – expenses for management, administration, etc.

– – insurance

– – development costs

– – calculated service fees

– – calculated costs for statutory insurances

– – calculated damage hazards (self insurance)

– – the interest of operational capital

– – the interest of capital capital

– – depreciation of plant assets

Because of the indirect costs of expenditure, they must typically be distributed after a distribution key. The important thing about the choice of distribution keys is that a realistic inventory of the costs incurred by the production of the activity concerned, such as the statement of time consumption. Another distribution key is pay shares where the individual activity share of common expenses is determined by how large a proportion of the pay expenses for the activity constitutes in relation to the total pay expense of the area. Alternatively, the number of employees, area or local expenses can be used as a distribution key.

9.3.4.3 Time of expenditure

The time placement of expenditure seen in relation to the consumption of production factors can be divided in the following ways:

– – expenditure held for one year and where consumption is done in the same year – e.g. pay and purchase

– – expenditure held for one year, but where consumption is done in a previous year or in a later year – such as materials purchased for warehouse, which is first consumed in a later year, construction and acquisition of buildings and service pension.

As it appears, in some cases there will be a difference in the time placement of costs and expenses. It is due to previously mentioned that the entire resource consumption in the production of a given activity does not necessarily take place the year in which the cost is held.

It should also be noted that in the cost descaling it should be taken into account a number of costs that do not at any time enter the municipality’s budget/account. For example, the costs for the sale of the bottom capital as well as the cost of self-proof municipalities corresponding to what the municipality should have paid in the prize if it was insured – for example through an internal insurance scheme.

The cost handles included in the total cost descaling can be calculated as the following:

Direct costs that are an expense in the municipality's budget for the same year

+ + Direct costs that are an expense in the municipality's budget for another year

+ + Direct costs that are an expense in the municipality's budget same year

+ + Direct costs that are an expense in the municipality's budget for another year

+ + Direct costs that do not figures in the municipality's budget

= = Total cost

9.3.5 Cost linked to the capital unit

Costs linked to the capital unit include costs for depreciation of plant assets (machines, buildings etc.) and for the interest of operational and construction capital. Costs are included in the cost descaling on equal foot with other costs, but are treated separately here due to the particular conditions that apply to the accumulation of such costs.

9.3.5.1. Rewriting of plant capital

In the cost descaling, costs are recognised for depreciation of capital capital. You must be aware that the assets to be described can appear in both the operating and plant budget/account. For example, edb equipment on the operating budget, costs must be included in the limestone. From 1 January 2004, there must be – among other things, based on the plant block, in accordance with Chapter 8 – a total level of status balance is drawn up as well as financial and material assets. It will be apparent from 2004 which assets are described.

Calculation of depreciation is made after the linear method, which is described just a lot each year, in accordance with Chapter 8. The size of the depreciation rate is determined from the expected lifetime of each assets. The period of time must correspond to the period in which the plant taking into account its nature and the cost of repair and maintenance is estimated to be used in production. You can work with physical or economic life.

The physical lifespan is determined both by wear and more activity-dependent factors such as wind and weather. The economic service life is determined by, for example, technical limitation (new technology, new production methods, etc.). Is the economic life shorter than the physical, the economic life should be used as a starting point for the calculations. It should also be noted that when calculating depreciation, any scrap values must be taken into account.

For a detailed description of the general rules for the statement of depreciation etc. please refer to Chapter 8.

9.3.5.2. Acquisition of operational capital

In the cost market, costs are recognised for the interest of operational capital, if an activity is associated with the performance of the task. The interest of operational capital shall be subject to the costs incurred by liquidity in the production.

If the payment of activity happens continuously – for example, pay is recognised continuously as well as at a conto billing – in the calculation you will be able to see from the rate of operational capital. Similarly, if the production time and the credit are very short.

However, if a longer production period, where the payment of the product is first carried out at the delivery, possibly with credit time, it may be necessary to withdraw a repayment of the operating capital in the calculation.

The market interest will be the relevant interest foot of these calculations. Since the interest rate of operational capital is based on a current/card interest rate.

9.3.5.3. Acquisition of capital capital

In the cost-calc, costs are included for the interest of plant capital. The calculation is based on the residual value of the asset. The value is calculated as the acquisition value from previous years calculated depreciation, in the second chapter 8.

In the calculation of the cost of the advance of the capital, all major assets are included – whether these appear on the operational or plant budget. For example, edb equipment on the operating budget, the associated cost of interest in the calculation is included. From 1 January 2004, a total level of status is drawn up as well as financial and physical assets. From 2004, the interest is made on the basis of the registrations in the plant interest.

The determination of the interest foot used in the calculation of the interest rate of the value of the asset must be made from the character of each plant.

If assets with a long service life, a rate rate is used, which is the average interest rate over a longer period. Here, for example, it can be based on the efficient average 10-year state invitation as stated by Danmarks Nationalbank. For assets with a shorter lifetime, a shorter interest rate can be used.

9.3.6 Follow costs

Follow costs are calculated on equal foot with other costs. However, if the cost descaling should be taken into account due to the purpose of the calculation.

If a task is considered by an external supplier, there may be some costs that do not fall away even if the task is no longer carried out in your own register. In consideration of the use of external supplier, the following costs associated with external assignment can be taken into account.

As an example of follow costs that do not immediately fall away by the use of external suppliers, can be mentioned

– – rent costs for premises that can first be terminated after the completion of a new period

– – free municipal buildings expected in a period of time

– – rental of machines that can only be terminated after the completion of a new period

– – freed machines that will be wholly or partially unused for a period

– – staffing

– – wait money for civil servants (practice wage)

– – parts of common functions that can only be adjusted after a period

There may also be cases where new costs will arise for the municipality if it no longer perform the task itself, but instead the task is done by an external supplier. As an example, additional costs can be mentioned for supervision and control of the external supplier.

93.7 VAT

The question regarding the calculation of VAT must be treated differently depending on the purpose of the accumulation.

This is distinguished between limeulation of offers for the execution of a task for another public authority and the calculation of a price for use with a private supplier.

In addition, there is a distinction between the calculation of offers for the execution of a task for another public authority relating to the company covered by the law of surplus value or not.

The calculation prepared for the purpose of placing an offer for the execution of a task for other public authority relating to the value tax law, the municipality or the county’s costs shall be calculated exclusive VAT in the cost-litter – i.e. the cost of e.g. raw materials must be included in the limeul exclusive VAT. In return, VAT must be added at the price (the total cost decalule) as the municipality or county municipalities offer to perform the task concerned. The procedure corresponds to the applicable regime for example municipal supply companies.

However, if there is an offer for a task exempt from the value added tax, in accordance with the added tax law, the municipality’s or the county’s VAT expenses shall be recognised in the cost-litter, irrespective of the fact that the VAT allowance is actually reimbursed via the intermediary VAT scheme. However, VAT shall not be subject to the placing of offers on the execution of such tasks.

If the cost descaling is intended to compare the price of the offer from a private supplier, the limestone must be seen from VAT expenses. Thus, the VAT that the municipalities pay for the purchase of goods and services that are not included in a VAT registered company in the municipality shall be reimbursed under the municipal VAT scheme. VAT must also be seen from registered VAT – i.e. the bill of VAT with the customs being held in relation to the VAT registered company in municipalities – which is calculated as incoming VAT in a VAT account in relation to the Danish Customs and Tax Authority.

For detailed description of VAT, please refer to Chapter 2.6.

9.3.8 Cost Calculation

Below is a schedule that can be used in the statement of costs associated with a given activity. It should be noted that the form alone is prepared as a tool for the cost calculations – there is no requirement for using the form. It should be noted that the form does not necessarily include all the costs relevant in the specific cases, but must be seen as a general help for preparing cost calculations.

Help form for cost descaling

Direct cost
This year's budget/account
Second budget/year
All
Costs in accordance with the municipality’s budgets and accounts can be submitted directly to that task
Wages (*)
Transport
Materials Materials Materials
Specially acquired appliance watch and machine(**)
Services
Repair and maintenance costs
House rental (RSS)
El El
Heating
Water Water
Insurance(*RSS)
Other direct costs
Collected direct costs
(*)
Should include all wage contributions including direct pay, holiday money, search/all day payment, pension contributions and obligations (including service fees), sickness benefits, ATP, occupational safety, liability insurance, overwork etc.
(**)
This is included only costs for appliance clock and machine, which are immediately prescribed in the accounting. The cost of the appliance and machinery recorded in the plant article relating to costs linked to the funds.
(RSS)
Here, rent, property taxes, real estate insurance, etc. Where the buildings are owned by the municipality, costs to the buildings under the section relating to costs linked to the capital apparatus.
(*RSS)
The cost of insurance prizes as well as the cost of self-proof municipalities is estimated to the prize if the municipality was insured.

Direct costs
This year's budget/account
Second budget/year
Without the budget/account
All
Andel of common expenses for the device whereby the task is carried out(*)
Total cost(**) (a)
Total hour consumption/number of employees/sumer/andet(share) (b)
Number of hours/workers/sumer/andet(share) included in the production of the task concerned (c)
Total share of common expenses for the device whereby the task is carried out ((a/b)*c)
Andel of common expenses outside of the device whereby the task is carried out(*)
Total cost(**) (a)
Total hour consumption/number of employees/sumer/andet(share) (b)
Number of hours/workers/sumer(share) included in the production of that task (c)
Total share of common expenses for the device whereby the task is carried out ((a/b)*c)

9.3.9 Example of calculation of costs

In the following, an example of the statement of the total cost associated with the care of the children in a nursery in an integrated day institution. In the example, the introduction of the general prerequisites for the example, and the overall cost elements in the calculation. The individual elements of the calculation are then shown in the general help form for cost descalings and elaborated in the A-D app.

9.3.9.1. General conditions

The total costs are requested to fit the children in a specific nursery in the municipality. Thus, the cost of expenditure is attached to the actual operation of the nursery as well as the parts of the common functions associated with the nursery, including parts of the central administration of the child care area.

The Vuggestue is located in an integrated institution consisting of both a nursery part and a kindergarten part. In the institution, staff are employed, which are alone attached to the nursery area and staff, which are only attached to the kindergarten area. In addition, the cradle lounge area has its own budget for the use of various materials, equipment, services etc. There is also a manager who is responsible for the entire institution. In addition, there are a number of other common expenses between the nursery area and the kindergarten part – such as cleaning, maintenance, electricity, water, heating etc.

In central management, a number of persons employed solely with the central administration and coordination of the municipality’s day institution area. These people are physically located on the municipality's town hall.

In addition, in the municipality there is a child and youth management, which is associated with a management director and a secretariat. The director and sekretariatet are physically located on the town hall and working with a number of tasks relating to the children and youth area – thus the day institution area alone constitutes a share of the work of the director and sekretariatet.

It must be emphasised that the below inventory of costs does not cover all types of costs that can be included in a cost descaling, but alone constitutes an example of a cost calculation.

The total direct and indirect costs can be calculated as shown below. The costs specified are calculated based on the general schedule for the inventory of the total costs. In Annex A-D, the calculations specified in the form have been specified.

9.3.9.2. Prefaceted elements of the cost descaling

Direct cost
Pay (see Appendix A)
2.259.575
Materials (toy, food, diapers etc.)
238,000
Specially acquired equipment (kryber, stroller etc.)
26,000
Transport in connection with excursions etc.)
5,000
Services (tickets etc.)
7,000
Direct costs in everything
2.535.575
Direct costs
Part of common costs from the integrated institution (see Appendix B)
311.624
Part of common costs from central administration (see Appendix C)
219.262
Costs for funds relating to the integrated institution
(see Appendix D)
353.407
Andel of the cost of funds relating to central administration
(see Appendix D)
25.358
Direct costs in everything
909.651
Total cost
Direct cost
2.535.575
Direct costs
909.651
Total cost
3.445.226

9.3.9.3. Example of cost calculation when using tarry

Direct cost
In the year
budget/account
Second
budget/iscal year
All
Costs in accordance with the municipality’s budgets and accounts can be submitted directly to that task
Wages (see Appendix A)
2.259.575
2.259.575
Transport
5,000
5,000
Materials Materials Materials
238,000
238,000
Specially acquired appliance watch and machine
26,000
26,000
Services
7,000
7,000
Repair and maintenance costs
House rental
El El
Heating
Water Water
Insurance
Other direct costs
Collected direct costs
2.535.575
2.535.575

Direct costs
In the year
budget/account
Second
budget/iscal year
Outside
budget/account
All
Andel of common expenses for the device whereunder the task is carried out (see appdiks B)
Total common costs (a)
535.500
57.525
593.025
Total hour consumption/number of employees/sumer/andet (b)
4.300,000
4.300,000
- - -
Number of hours/workers/sumer/andet included in the production of that task (c)
2.259.575
2.259.575
- - -
Total share of common expenses for the device whereby the task is carried out ((c/b)*a)
281.396
30.228
311.624
Andel of common expenses outside the device whereunder the task is carried out (see Appendix C)
Total ferry costs (a)
1.842.168
86.044
1.928.212
Total hour consumption/number of employees/sumer/andet (b)
More
More
- - -
Number of hours/workers/sumer/andet included in the production of that task (c)
2.444.821
2.444.821
- - -
Total share of common expenses outside of the device whereby the task is carried out ((c/b)*a)
209.478
9.784
219.262
Costs linked to the capital unit (see Appendix D)
Depreciation on buildings, machines, fixtures etc. for the device, including the task is carried out
168.571
168.571
Acquisition of plant capital buildings, machinery, fixtures, etc. for the device, whereby the task is carried out
184.836
184.836
Acquisition of operational capital, for the unit, during which the task is carried out
0
0
Rewriting on buildings, machinery, fixtures, etc., partly included in the production of the product
10.511
10.511
Acquisition of plant capital buildings, machinery, fixtures, etc., partly forming the production of the product
14.847
14.847
Acquisition of operational capital that is included directly in the production of the product
0
0
Total costs linked to the capital unit
179.082
199.683
378.765
Total indirect costs
490.874
219.094
199.683
909.651

Appendix A Calculation of pay costs

Below is the example of calculating the annual pay costs for the staff employed in the cradle lounge area of an integrated day institution. In the nursery area, 6 full-time educators, 3 full-time educators and a part-time kitchen assistant. In addition, the nursery part is awarded 400 vicar hours.

It is noted that the work-based supplement for the fixed staff is assumed to be able to be calculated as equivalent to 3% of the pay.

Cost of educators, educators and kitchen staff

Wage (6*220,000 + 3*195.000 + 130,000)
2.035,000
Work-deservant (notch here to form 3 per cent of the pay)
61.050
ATP ATP
12.300
AER
15.375
Pension contribution
83,000
Emergency insurance
8,000
Cost of all
2.214.725

Costs relating to vicars

Pay (400 hours a 99.00 kr.)
39.200
Holiday allowance (here 12.5 per cent of pay and supplement)
4.900
ATP ATP
260 260 260
AER
320
Emergency insurance
170 170 170
Cost of all
44.850

Total pay costs

Wage costs relating to fixed staff
2.214.725
Costs relating to vicars
44.850
Total pay costs
2.259.575

Appendix Part of common costs from the integrated institution

The Vuggestue is located in an integrated institution consisting of both a nursery part and a kindergarten part. In the institution there are a number of common costs between the nursery area and the kindergarten area. The common costs relate to the manager, office expenses, cleaning, playground, repair and maintenance costs, electricity, heating, water, insurance etc. All costs listed on the budget of the institution.

The manager is a service manager, why costs are recognised for the future board of directors. In this example, the cost is assumed to be calculated as equivalent to 19.5 per cent of the manager’s pay. The cost is not included in the year's budget.

In terms of the division of the costs between the nursery part and the kindergarten part, it is assumed to be quite fair to use a distribution key based on the pay costs. The pay for the overall personnel group – excluding salary for the manager – at the nursery and kindergarten part, is DKK 4.300,000. The pay costs of the Vuggestuedel are 2.259.575 kr., in accordance with the A. Vuggestue’s share of the common expenditure from the integrated institution are thus set up to 2.259.575/4.300,000.

Common costs between the nursery and kindergarten

Pay-per-view of the year's budget)
295,000
Office expenses
23,000
Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning
135,000
Playground
26,000
Repair and maintenance costs
24,000
El El
9,000
Heating
12,000
Water Water
5,000
Insurance insurance
6.500
Shared costs in the year's budget
535.500
Board pension for the manager (referred here 19.5 per cent of the pay)
57.525
Common costs in other budgetary years
57.525

Appendix C Part of common costs from central administration

Below is an example of the statement of the cost share from the central administration.

In the municipality, 3 full-time employees and a part-time employee directly linked to the central administration of the operation of the day institution area. Employees are employed in an office that alone deals with tasks regarding the operation of the day institution area. Employees do not perform authority tasks. It is noted that all wage contributions must be recognised. The one employee (the leader) is the service manager. The cost of the Board’s pension is assumed to be calculated at 19.5 per cent by the employee’s salary.

In connection with the pay expenses to employees directly linked to the central administration of the day institution area, other operating costs for rent, office teams, cleaning, material purchases etc. The other operating costs are generally considered to be up to 17 percent of the pay costs for employees employed in the central administration. It is noted that it is assumed that the municipality itself owns its administrative buildings, why there is no cost for rent. However, the costs of depreciation on the administrative buildings are included as part of the cost linked to the funds.

Common costs to the central administration, costs directly linked to the day institution area

Wage costs for 21⁄2 employees á DKK 340,000.
850,000
Wage costs for 1 employee (leader) á €00,000.
370,000
Other operating costs (0.17*(1,195*370,000 + 850,000)
219.666
Total cost in the year's budget
1.439.666
Board pension for the manager (19.5 per cent of the pay)
72.150
Total cost in all
1.511.816

The central administration of the operation of day institutions constitutes part of the Child and Youth Management. The remuneration of the director and sekretariatet regarding the Child and Youth Management can be calculated to DKK 2.100,000. Hereby, the pay-examination of the director 475,000 – the director is a serviceman. The cost of the Board of Directors is assumed to be calculated to 19.5 per cent by the Executive Board’s salary. It is also assumed – based on an assessment of the employee’s share of the time consumption relating to the day institution area – that the entire day institution area pays approximately 15 per cent of the total wage expenses relating to the Children and Youth Management’s Director and Secretariat.

In connection with the pay expenses for the Children and Youth Management Director and the Secretariat, other operating costs for rent, office maintenance, material purchases etc. The other operating costs relating to the director and sekretariatet make up 17 per cent of the pay costs for the employees of the Child and Youth Administration, in accordance with above. It is noted that it is assumed that the municipality itself owns its administrative buildings, why there is no cost for rent. The day institution area is set up in the example to address approximately 15 per cent of the total other operating costs relating to the director of the Child and Youth Management and the secretariat.

In addition, costs from the municipality’s salary and staff department are recognised. It can be determined that the municipality’s pay expenses regarding the municipality’s pay and staff department constitute DKK 1,500 per full-time employee in the municipality. The other operating expenses for office teams, cleaning, material purchases, etc. regarding the payroll and personnel department constitutes 17% of the pay costs, in accordance with above. There are a total of 120 full-time employees engaged in the municipality’s day institutions.

Common costs for the central administration, costs relating to the central Child and Youth Management

Wage costs (475,000 + 1.625,000)
2.100,000
Other operating costs (0.17*(1,195*475.000 + 1.625.00)
372.746
Staff department (120*1.500)
180,000
Other operating costs for the payroll and staff department (0.17*180,000)
30.600
Total common costs indirectly linked to the day institution area
2.683.346
Part of the common costs (15 per cent)
402.502
Board pension for the manager (0.195*475.000)
92.625
Annual share of service representatives (15 per cent)
13.894
Total share of the central management costs
416.396

The day institution area share of common costs for the central administration can be calculated as shown in the form below. It is assumed here to be quite fair to distribute common costs to the nursery by using a distribution key based on pay costs. The total wage costs, including the costs of service pension relating to the employees of the individual day institutions, are DKK 21 million. In the integrated institution the total pay for the employees in the nursery area (2.259.575 kr.) and a proportion of the manager’s pay (295.000*1,195*(.259.575/4.300,000), corresponding to 2.444.821 kr.

Common costs for central administration, in all

Common costs directly linked to day institution area, in the year's budget
1.439.666
Common costs linked to the central management of the year
402.502
Total common costs relating to the central administration of the year
1.842.168
Amount costs directly linked to day institution area, in other budgetary years
72.150
Common costs linked to the central management, in other budgetary years
13.894
Total common costs regarding central administration, in other budget
86.044

Appendix Decision of capital expenditure

In the statement of costs linked to the capital unit, it must be noted that in the set example, capital costs are included for both the capital unit relating to the actual nursery part of the integrated institution and the capital apparatus regarding the central administration of the day institution area. Depreciation is based on the historical cost and the linear depreciation method, cf. Chapter 8. It should also be noted that in this example there is no basis for the internal cost of the interest of operational capital.

In the statement of costs linked to the capital apparatus, it must be noted that, with the mandatory preparation of a plant-cartotek during 2003, a basis for the statement of the costs associated with the capital apparatus. Rules for the preparation of plant artoteket are described in Chapter 8. It will, on the basis of this, be possible to calculate the year's depreciation and the book value of which it can be calculated.

As regards the nursery part of the integrated institution, the acquisition value of the entire institution is set to DKK 9 million, the building is 10 years old and estimated to have a total lifetime of 30 years. The annual depreciation is thus DKK 300,000 and the book value can be calculated to DKK 6.0 million. As a interest foot, the average effective 10-year state interest rate is used as determined by Danmarks Nationalbank. The interest is at 5,65 per cent. As regards the distribution of capital costs between the nursery area and the kindergarten area, the area of the nursery is used in relation to the kindergarten area. The institution is in total 280 m2. Hereby, the nursery area is 140 m2, kindergarten area 125 m2 and office room 15 m2. The area of office rooms is distributed in the nursery area and the kindergarten part with the same distribution key used by the distribution of the manager’s salary, i.e. 2.259./4575.300,000. On the background, in total 148 m2 are added to the nursery area.

There is also a newer kitchen for a acquisition value of DKK 150,000. The kitchen is 5 years old and has an estimated lifetime of 15 years. The annual depreciation is DKK 10,000 and the book value can be calculated to DKK 100,000. The rate of interest is set to 5,65 per cent.

Costs for the capital unit

Rewriting concerning the institution (300,000*148/280)
158.571
Writing on Kitchen
10,000
Total depreciation for the nursery
168.571
Interest on the institution (6,000,000*0.0565*148/280)
179.186
Retail for kitchen (0.0565*100,000)
5.650
Total interest in the nursery
184.836
Total capital costs relating to the nursery
353.407

As regards capital costs to the central administration of the day institution area, it must be noted that all employees regarding the central administration of the day institution area are physically located on the municipality’s town hall. The value of the city hall is set to DKK 90 million. The town hall is 25 years old and has an estimated lifetime of 50 years. The annual depreciation is thus DKK 1.8 million and the book value was DKK 45 million. As a interest foot, the average effective 10-year state interest rate is used as determined by Danmarks Nationalbank. The interest is at 5,65 per cent.

As regards the distribution of capital costs, the area distribution is used. The town hall is collected 950 m2. Here is 175 m2 in common facilities including canteen, pay and personnel department, toilets, etc. On the basis, the capital expenditure is distributed from a total area corresponding to 775 m2.

Persons employed in the central administration of the day institution area use 32 m2 for offices. On the basis, a proportion of capital expenditures relating to the day institution area shall be recognised as equivalent to 32/775.

The child and youth management secretariat and manager has 52 m2. As previously mentioned, it is stated that the management of the child and youth management and the secretariat uses approximately 15 per cent of the working time of the day institution. In the background, a share of capital expenditure is to the day institution area corresponding to 0.15*52/775.

In the distribution of the share of the day institution area relating to the central administration, the same distribution key is used as specified in Annex C – i.e. the balance of the cradle room in relation to the total wage price for the day institutions, corresponding to a proportion of 2.444.821/21.

The cost of the institution for the capital unit relating to the central administration alone linked to the day institution area

Rewriting at Town Hall (1.800,000*32/775)
74.323
City Hall (45,000,000*0.0565*32/775)
104.981
Capital cost of central administration directly linked to the day institution area
179.304

The cost of the institution for the capital unit on the central Child and Youth Management

City Hall printing (1.800,000*0,15*52/775)
18.116
City Hall (45,000,000*0.0565*0.15*52/775)
25.589
Capital Cost on Central Child and Youth Management
43.705

The cost of the Vugge Room for the capital unit on the central administration

Writing (2.444.821/21 Overnight*(74.323 + 18.116))
10.511
Retailing (2.444.821/21 Overnight*(104.981 + 25.589))
14.847
Group share of capital costs relating to central administration
25.358
Official notes

1) Plus/minus records on an external nature involve being charged and credited with the same external nature.

2) However, the main rule is that the purchase price must be calculated excl. VAT, which applies in individual areas special rules. Among other things, regarding older dwellings, where the statement should be made incl. VAT. Please refer to Chapter 2 section 6 concerning VAT.

3) 3) Annual Report – comments on the Financial Statements Act on 353354.

4) A definition of the individual concepts is at least in this chapter.

5) The book value is calculated based on the above values.

6) The depreciation base is also an constructed value.

7) However, for the category of material plant assets is also non-operational assets, i.e. assets which are not used directly in production such as infrastructure, etc.

8) When fixing scrap value, the expected price increases may be calculated including inflation gains.

9) With the exception of VAT.

10) Unless they had to fall under the bagatel limit of DKK 100,000.

11) In this regard, the rules of the Ministry of Social Affairs may be pointed out in accordance with the law of free choice of personal and practical help, which entered into force 1 January 2003.

12) In this regard, it must be emphasised that the statement of costs under the law of free choice of suppliers of personal and practical assistance and the law of the execution of tasks for other public authorities is based on the principle of the statement of the long-term average costs.